SHELL_SMEP Lifting and Hoisting Manual Rev. 1.0

Shell EP ASIA PACIFIC (EPA)

Production Directorate

SMEP LIFTING AND HOISTING MANUAL SMEP.EP200802258279 Code of Practice Business Control Document – Company Standard Restricted to Shell Personnel Only

Page 1 of 247

DOCUMENT HISTORY Custodian

William MacDonald

Export Compliance Control No.

No US Content

Type

Business Control Document – Company Standard

REVISION CHANGE DETAILS REV.

Location of Change

0.1

Description of Change

New Issue

This document will be maintained live on the Shell EPA intranet site. The web-based document w i l l b e t h e c o n t r o l l e d v e r s i o n a n d r e v i s i o n a n n o u n c e m e n t s w i l l b e d i s t r i b u t e d v i a e - m a i l t o r e l e v a n t p a r t i e s a n d pu pu b l i s h e d o n t h e w e b . C o p i e s o r e x t r a c t s of of t h i s d o c u m e n t , w h i c h h a v e been downloaded from the website, are uncontrolled copies and cannot be guaranteed to be the latest version.

DISCLAIMER

The relationships shown in this document are for EPA Region organizational maintenance and planning purposes and are not intended to create legal or corporate authority incompatible w i t h o r s u p e r s e d i n g t h e u n d e r l y i n g c o r p o r a t e g o v e r n a n c e a n d s t r u c t u r e o f p a r t i ci p a t i n g companies, including for example, authorities of the board of directors, individual directors or executive officers of any particular company.

Page 2 of 247

Shell Exploration & Production, ASIA PACIFIC

SMEP.EP200802258279

SMEP LIFTING AND HOISTING MANUAL

REV.1.0

TABLE OF CONTENTS 1.0

P R E F A C E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 5

1.1

P o s s i b l e R e a s o n s F o r A c c i d e n t s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 5

1.1.1

C o n t r i b u t o r y F a c t o r s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 5

1.1.2

O p e r a t o r E r r o r . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 5

1.1.3

E q u i p m e n t F a i l u r e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 5

1.1.4

S a f e S y s t e m o f W o r k . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 6

1.1.5

R e q u i r e m e n t s o f a S a f e S y s t e m o f W o r k . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . . . . 1 6

2.0 2.1 3.0

P u r p o s e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 8 S c o p e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . . . . 1 8 C e r t i f i c a t i o n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 9

3.1

I n t r o d u c t i o n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 9

3.2

Certification With New Lifting Equipment................................................... ...19

3.2.1

Inspection Certificate................................................................................ 19

3.2.2

O p e r a t i n g a n d M a i n t e n a n c e I n s t r u c t i o n s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . . . . 1 9

3.3

Certification of Existing Lifting Equipment..................................................... 19

3.4

R e t e n t i o n P e r i o d f o r C e r t i f i c a t e s a nd nd R e p o r t s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . . . . 1 9

3.4.1

I n s p e c t i o n C e r t i f i ca ca t e s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 9

3.4.2

T h o r o u g h E x a m i n a t i o n C e r t i f i c a t e s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . . . . 2 0

4.0 4.1 5.0

Maintenance of Lifting Equipment........................................................... .....21 I n t r o d u c t i o n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 1 M a r k i n g o f L i f t i n g E q u i p m e n t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . . . . . . . . 2 2

5.1

R e q u i r e m e n t s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 2

5.2

W o r k i n g L o a d L i m i t ( W L L ) / S a f e W o r k i n g L o a d ( S W L ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 2

5.2.1

S a f e W o rk rk i n g L o a d ( S W L ) M a r k . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 2

5.2.2

W o r k i n g L o a d L i m i t ( W L L ) M a r k . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 2

5.2.3

Va V a r i a b l e W L L o r S W L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 2

5.2.4

D e - r a t i n g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 3

5.2.5

L i f t i n g E q u i p m e n t a s s e m b l y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 3

5.2.6

L i f t i n g A c c e s s o r y C o n f i g u r a t i o n s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 3

5 . 2 . 7 A c c e s s o r i e s - O t h e r F a c t o r s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 3 5.2.8

L i f t i n g E q u i pm pm e n t f o r L i f t i n g P e r s o n s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 3

5.2.9

G a n g w a y s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 3

5.2.10 6.0 6.1 7.0 7.1

E q u i p m e n t I d e n t i t y M a r k i n g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 3 L i f t i n g E q ui ui p m e n t Co Co l o u r C o d e s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 4 L i f t i n g E q u i p m e n t C o l o u r C o d i n g S y s t e m . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . . . . 2 4 T r a i n i n g o f P e r s o n n e l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 5 T r a i n i n g R e s p o n s i b i l i t i e s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 5

Page 3 of 247


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

7.2

Training.................................................................................... .............25

7.2.1

A d d i t i o n a l T r a i n i n g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 5

7.2.2

T r a i n i n g f o r N e w an an d I n e x p e r i e n c e d P e r s o n n e l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 5

7.2.3

P e r s o n n e l U n d e r T r a i n i n g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. 2 5

7.2.4

Q u a l i f i c a t i o n U p d a t e s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 5

8.0

P l a n n i n g , D e f i n i t i o n s a n d E x e c u t i o n o f L i f t s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . . . . 2 6

8.1

P u r p o s e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 6

8.2

S c o p e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . . . . 2 6

8.3

R e s p o n s i b i l i t i e s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 6

8.4

C o r r e c t U s e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 6

8.5

S a f e t y M a r g i n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 6

8.6

Controlling Access to the Lift Area.......................................................... .....26

8 . 7

R i s k A s s e s s m e n t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 6

8.7.1

L i f t P l a n / J S A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . . . . . . . . 2 6

8.7.2

R i s k M a t r i x . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 7

8.7.3

10 Questions For a SAFE Lift...................................................................... 28

8.8

L i f t C a t e g o r i s a t i o n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 8

8.8.1

Routine Lifts............................................................................................ 28

8.8.2

R o u t i n e L i f t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 8

8.8.3

Non-Routine – SIMPLE............................................................................... 30

8.8.4

N o n - R o u t i n e – CO CO M P L I C A T E D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 1

8.8.5

N o n - R o u t i n e – C O M P L E X . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 1

8.8.6

N o n - R o u t i n e – H E A VY VY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 3

8.9

E x e c u t i o n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 3

8.9.1

P e r m i t s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 3

8.9.2

P r e - l i f t M e e t i n g s ( T o o l b o x T a l k ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 3

8.9.3

C o n d u c t i n g t h e L i f t i n g O p er e r a t i o n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . . . . 3 3

9.0

P e r s o n n e l L i f t i n g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 4

9.1

P u r p o s e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 4

9.2

S c o p e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . . . . 3 5

9.3

A u t h o r i t y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 5

9.4

P r e r e q u i s i t e s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 5

9.5

O b j e c t i v e s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. 3 6

9.6

P r o c e d u r e s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 6

9 . 7

D e f i n e d C a s e s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 6

9.8

Emergency Conditions........................................................................ .......36

9.9

R i s k A s s e s s m e n t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 6

9.10

Other Considerations........................................................................ ........37

9.11

Criteria.................................................................................... ..............37

Page 4 of 247


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

9.11.1

C r a n e S u i t a b i l i t y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 7

9.11.2

Personnel Transfer Carrier...................................................................... 37

9.11.3

Ve s s e l S ui t a bi l i t y . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . .. 3 8

9.11.4

T a k e - o f f a n d l a n d i n g a r e a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 8

9.12

E n v i r o n m e n t a l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 9

9.12.1

W e a t h e r .. . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . 3 9

9.12.2

Vi s i b i l i t y . . . . . .. . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. 3 9

9.12.3

D a y l i g h t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 9

9.12.4

R a i n f a l l a n d E l e c t r i c a l S t o rm s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . 4 0

9.12.5

C o m m u n i c a t i o n s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 0

9.13

P e r s o n n e l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 0

9.13.1

C r a n e o r W i n c h O p e r a t o r . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 0

9.13.2

B a n k s m a n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 0

9.13.3

A s s i s t i n g P e r s o n n e l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 0

9.13.4

P e r s o n n e l T r a n s f e r r i n g b y C a r r i e r . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . 4 0

9.14

B a g s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . 4 1

9.15

T o o l b o x T a l k . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 1

9.16

R e c o v e r y A r r a n g e m e n t s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 1

9.17

Ve s s e l Pr o pe l l e r s . . .. . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . 4 1

9.18

Planned Maintenance......................................................................... .......41

9.19

A d mi n i s t ra t i o n a n d O p e r at i o n a l D ut i e s . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. 4 1

9.19.1

S M E P S i t e R e p r e s e n t a t i v e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 2

9.19.2

Master of the Vessel.............................................................................. 42

9.19.3

Banksman and/or Deck Foreman.............................................................. 43

9.19.4

C r a n e O p e r a t o r . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 3

9.19.5

R i g g e r s / D e c k H a n d s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . 4 3

9.19.6

P e r s o n n e l T r a n s f e r r i n g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 4

9.19.7

C r a n e o w n e r ’ s R e q u i r e m e n t s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 4

9.19.8

G e n e r a l P r e c a u t i o n s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 4

9 . 1 9 . 9 P r e - U s e I n s p e c t i o n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 5 9.19.10 9.20

T r i a l L i f t s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 5 M a n R i d i n g ( d r i l l i n g o p e r a t i o n s ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 5

9 . 2 0 . 1 W i n ch e s f o r M a n R i d i n g . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . 4 6 10.0

S u s p e n d e d W o r k Ba s k e t s ( C r a n e s ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 8

10.1

R e q u i r e m e n t s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 8

10.2

E q u i p m e n t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 8

10.3

P e r s o n n e l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 8

10.4

P e r s o n n e l E n g a g e d i n S us p e n d e d W o r k B a s k e t A c t i v i t i e s ( O n s h o r e O n l y ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 9

10.4.1

A ut h o ri t y .. . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . .. . . . . . . . .. . . . 4 9

Page 5 of 247


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

10.4.2

P r e r e q u i s i t e s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 9

10.4.3

R i s k A s s e s s m e n t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 9

10.4.4

O t h e r C o n s i d e r a t i o n s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 0

10.5

Criteria.................................................................. ................................50

10.5.1


10.5.2

W o rk B as ke t s . . . . . . . .. . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . 5 0

10.6

E n v i r o n m e n t a l C o n d i t i o n s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 1

10.6.1

W e a t h e r . . . . . .. . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . 5 1

10.6.2

Vi s i b i l i t y . . . . . .. . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. 5 1

10.6.3

D a y l i g h t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 1

10.6.4

R a i n f a l l & E l e c t r i c a l S t o r m s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 1

10.7

C o m m u n i c a t i o n s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 2

10.8

Crane....................................................................................... ............52

10.9

P e r s o n n e l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 2

10.9.1

B a n k s m a n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 2

10.9.2

P e r s o n n e l W o r k i n g f r o m t h e W o r k Ba s k e t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 2

10.10

T o o l B a g s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 2

10.11

Safety...................................................................................... ..............52

10.11.1

T o o l b o x T a l k . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . 5 2

10.11.2

R e c o v e r y A r r a n g e m e n t s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 3

10.12

M a i n t e n a n c e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 3

10.12.1 10.13

P l a n n e d m a i n t e n a n c e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 3

A d mi n i s t ra t i v e an d O pe r at i o n a l D ut i e s . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . 5 3

10.13.1

Person in Charge.................................................................................. 53

10.13.2

B a n k s m a n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 4

10.13.3

C r a n e D r i v e r . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 4

10.13.4

R i g g e r s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 4

10.13.5

Personnel Working from a Workbasket...................................................... 55

10.13.6

C r a n e O w n e r ’ s R e q u i re m e n t s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 5

10.13.7

G e n e r a l P r e c a u t i o n s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 5

10.13.8

C a r r i e r P r e - u s e I n s p e c t i o n C h e c k . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 6

10.13.9

T r i a l L i f t s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 6

11.0

Use of Mobile Cranes on Marine Vessels..................................................... ..57

11.1

P u r p o s e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 7

11.2

S c o p e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . 5 7

11.3

R e q u i r e m e n t s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 7

11.3.1


11.3.2

T y p e s o f M o b i l e C r a n e s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 5 8

11.3.3

C r a n e C a p a c i t y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 9

Page 6 of 247

11.3.4 11.4 11.4.1 11.5


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

C r a n e S t a b i l i t y f o r D e ck M o u n t e d C r a n e s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 9 W e a t h e r C ri t er i a an d M o bi l e O f f s ho r e U ni t ( M OU ) S t a b i l i ty . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . .. 6 0 W e a t h e r Cr i t e r i a A n d M ob i l e O f fs h o re U n i t S t ab i l i t y . .. . . . . .. . . . . . .. . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . 6 0 Mobile Cranes Tied-Down, Free Lifting and Travelling With Load .......................60

11.5.1

Ve s s e l d e ck St r e n gt h . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. 6 0

11.5.2

M o b i l e c r a n e s t i e d - d o w n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 0

11.5.3

M o b i l e cr a n e s f r e e l i f t i n g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 1

11.5.4

M o b i l e cr a n e s t r a v e l l i n g w i t h l o a d . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 1

11.5.5

M o b i l e c r a n e s us e d f o r b a s k e t t r a n s f e r . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . 6 2

11.5.6

P r o c e d u r e s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 2

11.6

D o c u m e n t a t i o n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 2

11.7

P e r i o d i c C h e c k s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 2

11.7.1

G e n e r a l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 2

11.7.2

C r a n e P r e - s t a r t C h e c k s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 2

11.7.3

R e p o r t i n g o f d e f e c t s a n d i n c i d e n t s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . 6 3

11.8

M a i n t e n a n c e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 3

11.8.1

G e n e r a l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 3

11.8.2

P l a n n e d m a i n t e n a n c e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . 6 3

12

Fork Lift Trucks............................................................................ ............64

12.1

G e n e r a l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . 6 4

12.2

Pre-Use..................................................................................... .............64

12.2.1

S t a r t v e h i cl e i n s p e c t i o n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 6 4

12.2.2

I g n i t i o n O N c h e c k s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 4

12.2.3

E n g i n e R u n n i n g C h e c k s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 5

12.2.4

P r e - u s e c h e c ks f o r f o r k l i f t t r u c k s n o t i n u s e f o r a n e x t e n d e d p e r i o d o f t i m e . . . . . . . 6 5

12.2.5

D o c u m e n t s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 6

12.2.6

H a z a r d o u s Z o n e R e q u i r e m en t s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 6

12.3

O p e r a t i o n s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 6

12.4

C a p a c i t y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 6

13

M e c h a n i c a l H a n d l i n g E q u i p m e n t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . 6 7

13.1

G e n e r a l R e q u i r e m e n t s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 7

13.2

A e ri a l Pl at f o rms . . . . . . . .. . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . 6 7

13.3

D e s i g n C r i t e r i a - G e n e r a l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 7

13.3.1

I d e n t i f i c a t i o n o f M o b i l e A e r i a l P l a t f o r m s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 6 7

13.3.2

P r e - U s e O p e r a t i o n a l C h e c k s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . 6 7

13.3.3

O p e r a t i o n a l U s e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 8

13.4 13.4.1 14.0

H a n d t r u c k s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 0 G e n e r a l R e q u i r e m e n t s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . 7 0 C r a n e O p e r a t i o n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 1

Page 7 of 247


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

14.1

I n t r o d u c t i o n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 1

14.2

R e g u l a t i o n s a n d Do c u m e n t s f o r s a f e O f f s h o r e C r a n e O p e ra t i o n s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 1

14.3

Lifting Team................................................................................ ............71

14.4

C r a n e O p e r a t o r . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 1

14.4.1

C r a n e O p e r a t o r ’ s R e s p o n s i b i l i t i e s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 2

14.5

R i g g e r / S l i n g e r . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 2

14.6

Banksman.................................................................................... ...........72

14.7

Banksman/Slinger Activities................................................................ .......72

14.8

L o a d C h a r t s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 5

14.9

Protocol for the use of two-way radio communications .....................................76

14.10

Two-way Radio Communications - General Information ....................................76

14.10.1 14.11

B a n k s m a n - R a d i o C o m mu n i c a t i o n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 7 7 P r e - U s e C r a n e I n s p e c t i o n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 7

14.11.1

P r e - r e q u i s i t e s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . 7 7

14.11.2

Crane Access...................................................................................... . 78

14.11.3

H o u s e k e e p i n g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 8

14.11.4

S a f e t y E q u i p m e n t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 7 8

14.11.5

C r a n e P r e - s t a r t C h e c k s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 8

14.11.6

P r e - u s e c h e c k s f o r c r a n e s n o t i n u s e f o r a n e x t e n d e d p e ri o d o f t i m e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 9

14.11.7

C r a n e Re f u e l l i n g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 9

14.11.8

C r a n e S t a r t - u p . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 0

14.12

C r a n e F u n c t i o n T e s t s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 0

14.12.1

Function Test Crane Controls................................................................... 80

14.12.2

F u n c t i o n T e s t L i m i t S w i t ch C u t - o ut s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . 8 0

14.12.3

R a t e d C a p a c i t y I nd i c a t o r s R C I ( A ut o m a t i c S a f e L o a d I n d i c a t o r s - A S L I ) . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 1

14.12.4

E m e r g e n c y L o a d R e l e a s e S y s t e m . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 1

14.12.5

E m e r g e n c y S t o p B u t t o n s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 2

14.12.6

S y s t e m C h e c k s W h i l s t C r a n e i s R u n n i n g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 8 2

14.13 14.13.1 14.14

R o u t i n e C r a n e O p e r a t i o n s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 2 S i g n a l l i n g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 2 L o a d H a n d l i n g o n t h e P l a t f o r m D e c k . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 3

14.14.1

R o u t i n e L i f t s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 3

14.14.2

N o n - r o u t i n e L i f t s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 3

14.14.3

P l a t f o r m D e c k W o r k . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 3

14.15

C a r g o h a n d l i n g - s u p p l y v e s s e l w o r k . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 8 5

14.15.1

R o u t i n e L i f t s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 5

14.15.2

N o n - r o u t i n e L i f t s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 5

14.15.3

V e s s e l C a rg o Ha nd l i n g O p e ra t i o ns . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . .. 8 5

14.16

T r a n s p o r t o f s c a f f o l d i n g M a t e r i a l s a n d B o a r ds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 8 6

Page 8 of 247


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

1 4 . 1 7 G e n e r a l O p er a t i n g I n s t r uc t i o n s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 7 14.17.1

S t a b i l i s e t h e L i f t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 8

14.17.2

T r i a l L i f t i n g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 8

15.0

Sub-sea Lifting and hoisting operations ........................................................89

15.1

C o m p e t e n c e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 9

15.2

C a t e g o r i s a t i o n o f L i f t s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . 8 9

15.3

L i f t P l a n n i n g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 9

15.4

M a n a g e m e n t o f C h a n g e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 9

15.5

S u b - s e a l i f t i n g r u l e s & s u b - s e a cl a r i f i c a t i o n s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 8 9

15.6

L o a d H a n d l i n g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 0

15.7

C o m p e t e n c e o f P e r s o n n e l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 0

15.8

L o a d C h a r t s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 0

15.9

C r a n e M a i n t e n a n c e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 0

15.10

R o p e M a i n t e n a n c e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 1

15.11

C r a n e I n s p e c t i o n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 1

15.12

R o p e I n s p e c t i o n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 1

15.13

C r a n e / R o p e R e c o r d s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 2

16

M o b i l e C r a n e O p e r a t i o n s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 3

16.1

Documents................................................................ ..............................93

16.2

L o a d C h a r t s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 3

16.3

S i t t i n g o f C r a n e s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . 9 4

16.4

P r e p a r a t i o n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 5

16.5

Lift Plans................................................................................. ...............96

16.6

E n v i r o n m e n t a l C o n d i t i o n s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 6

16.7

G e n e r a l O p er a t i n g I n s t r uc t i o n s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 7

17.0

M u l t i p l e C r a n e L i f t s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 8

17.1

S a f e t y M e a s u r e s f o r M u l t i p l e C r a n e L i f t s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . 9 8

17.2

Calculated Share of the Load................................................................ ......98

17.3

Principles for Multiple Crane Lifting....................................................... ......98

17.4

M a s s o f t h e L o a d . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 9

17.5

P o s i t i o n o f t h e C e n t r e o f G r a v i t y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 9

17.6

M a s s o f t h e L i f t i n g G e a r . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 9

17.7

S a f e W o r k i n g C a p a c i t y o f t h e L i f t i n g G e a r . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . 9 9

17.8

S y n c h r o n i s a t i o n o f C r a n e M o t i o n s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 9

18.0

Precautions when Using Mobile Cranes....................................................... 100

18.1

L a t t i c e B o o m C r a n e s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0 0

18.2

H y d r a u l i c B o o m C r a n e s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0 0

18.3

P r e c a u t i o n s w i t h P i c k - a n d- C a r r y C r a n e s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0 0

19.0

Ve h i cl e -L o ad i n g Cr a n e s . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . .. . . . . .. . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . 1 0 1

Page 9 of 247


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

19.1

G e n e r a l u s e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0 1

19.2

C r a n e a n d Ve h i c l e S u i t a b i l i t y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0 1

19.3

R a t e d C a p a ci t y L i m i t e r s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . 1 0 1

19.4

O p e r a t i o n a l I s s u e s f o r V e h i cl e - L o a d i n g C r a n e s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . 1 0 1

20.0

U s e o f T a g L i n e s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0 3

20.1

R i s k s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0 3

20.2

M a k e - u p o f L i n e s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0 3

20.3

I n U s e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0 3

21.0

S l i n g W i r e D i a m e t e r s a n d M a s t e r l i n k s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . 1 0 5

21.1

M u l t i - l e g S l i n g s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0 5

22.0

P a l l e t s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . 1 0 6

23.0

Pre & Post-Use Checks and Safe Use of Lifting Appliances and Lifting Tackle ...... 107

23.1

I n t r o d u c t i o n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0 7

23.2

L i f t i n g A p p l i a n c e s a n d L i f t i n g T a c k l e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . 1 0 7

23.3

I d e n t i f i c a t i o n a n d C e r t i f i c a t i o n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0 7

24.0

Control Of Portable Lifting Appliances and Lifting Tackle ............................... 108

24.1

E q u i p m e n t S t a n d a r d s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0 8

24.2

S t o r a g e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0 8

24.3

C e r t i f i c a t i o n / C h a n g e o u t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0 8

24.4

E q u i p m e n t M a r k i n g a n d T r a c k i n g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . 1 0 8

24.5

C o n t e n t s R e g i s t e r a n d O t h e r D o cu m e n t a t i o n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . 1 0 9

24.6

R i g g i n g S t o r e C o n t r o l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0 9

24.7

C o l o u r C o d i ng . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0 9

24.8

C l e a n i n g o f E q u i p m e n t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0 9

24.9

M a i n t e n a n c e a n d I n s p e c t i o n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1 0

24.10

D a m a g e d L i f t i n g Eq u i p m e n t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1 0

24.11

Retirement of Lifting Equipment................................................................ 110

24.12

Contractors Using Their Own Lifting Equipment On SMEP Platforms/Worksites.... 110

24.12.1

E q u i p m e n t M a r k i n g / T r a c k i n g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1 0

24.12.2

E q u i p m e n t R e gi s t e r a n d O t h e r D o cu m e n t a t i o n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1 0

24.13 25.0

Pre-Use Inspection - Basic Requirements .................................................... 111 Pre-use checks for lifting appliances not in use for an extended period of time ... 112

25.1

E q u i p m e n t I d e n t i f i c a t i o n M a r k i n g s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . 1 1 2

25.2

Identification Number/Mark.................................................................... 112

25.3

C o l o u r C o d i ng S y s t e m . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . 1 1 2

25.4

D o c u m e n t a t i o n A cc o m p a n y i n g L i f t i n g E q u i p m e n t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1 3

26.0

W i re R op e a nd W i r e R op e S l i n g s . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . 1 1 4

26.1

W i r e Ro p e . .. . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . 1 1 4

26.2

T y p e s o f L a y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1 4

Page 10 of 247


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

26.3

W i r e Ro p e Sl i n gs . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . 1 1 5

26.4

Sling Identification.............................................................................. .. 115

26.5

P r e - u s e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . 1 1 7

26.6

S a f e U s e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1 7

27.0

W i re C l a m p ( AS B RO ) P re -U s e In s pe ct i o n . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . 1 2 2

27.1

R e j e c t i o n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . 1 2 2

27.2

C a r e a n d m a i n t e n a n c e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 2 2

27.3

A f t e r U s e . . . . . . .. . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . 1 2 2

28.0

C h a i n S l i n g s a n d F i t t i n g s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . 1 2 3

28.1

B a r r e l S l i n g s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 2 3

28.2

P r e - u s e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . 1 2 4

28.3

S a f e U s e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 2 4

28.4

A f t e r U s e . . . . . . .. . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . 1 2 5

28.5

B a r r e l L i f t e r s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 2 5

29.0

M a n - M a d e F i b r e ( W e b b i n g) S l i n g s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 2 7

29.1

W e b b i n g ( R ou n d an d F l at ) S l i n g W L L C ol o ur C o d i n g . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . 1 2 8

29.2

P r e - u s e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . 1 2 9

29.3

S a f e U s e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 2 9

29.4

P r o h i b i t e d L i f t s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 2 9

29.5

Special Applications.............................................................................. 130

29.6

A f t e r U s e . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . 1 3 0

30.0

Hooks.................................................................................................. 132

30.1

P r e - u s e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . 1 3 3

30.2

Scissor Hook Inspection........................................................................... 134

30.3

S a f e U s e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 3 4

30.4

A f t e r U s e . . . . . . .. . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . 1 3 5

31.0

S h a c k l e s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 3 6

31.1

P r e - u s e I n s p e c t i o n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 3 6

31.2

S a f e U s e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 3 7

31.3

A f t e r U s e . . . . . . .. . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . 1 3 9

32.0

E y e b o l t s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . 1 4 0

32.1

E y e b o l t w i t h L i n k . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 4 0

32.2

C o l l a r E y e b o l t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 4 0

32.3

P r e - u s e I n s p e c t i o n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 4 1

32.4

S a f e U s e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 4 2

32.5

A f t e r U s e . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . 1 4 4

32.6

S w i v e l Ho i s t R i n g s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 4 4

32.7

P r e - u s e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . 1 4 5

32.8

S a f e U s e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 4 5

Page 11 of 247

32.9 33.0 33.1


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

A f t e r U s e . . . . . . .. . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . 1 4 5 B e a m C l a m p s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 4 6 U n i v e r s a l S u p e r c l a m p s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 4 6

33.2


33.3

B e a m C l a m p S a f e U s e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 4 7

33.4 34.0

A f t e r U s e . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . 1 4 8 B e a m T r o l l e y s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 4 9

34.1

P u s h T y p e T r o l l e y s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . 1 4 9

34.2

G e a r T y p e T r o l l e y s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 4 9

34.3

B e a m T r o l l e y I n s t a l l a t i o n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 4 9

34.4

A n t i - t i l t D e vi ce . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . .. . . . . . . 1 5 0

34.5


34.6

S a f e U s e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 5 1

34.7

A f t e r U s e . . . . . . .. . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . 1 5 1

35.0

Plate Clamps......................................................................................... 152

35.1

P r e - u s e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . 1 5 3

35.2

H o r i z o n t a l P l a t e C l a m p s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 5 3

35.3

U n i v e r s a l ( V e r t i c a l ) P l a t e C l a m p s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 5 4

35.4

S a f e U s e o f P l a t e C l a m p s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 5 5

36.0

R i g g i n g S cr e w s / T u r n b u c k l e s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 5 7

36.1

P r e - u s e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . 1 5 7

36.2

S a f e U s e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 5 8

37.0

W e d ge a n d So ck e t . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . 1 6 0

37.1

P r e - u s e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . 1 6 1

37.2

S a f e U s e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 6 2

38.0

L i f t i n g N i p p l e s a n d L i f t i n g C a p s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 6 3

38.1

P r e - U s e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 6 3

38.2

S a f e U s e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 6 3

39.0

R u n w a y B e a ms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 6 4

39.1

B e a m I d e n t i t y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 6 4

39.2

U n c e r t i f i e d L i f t i n g B e a m s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 6 5

39.3


39.4

S a f e U s e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 6 6

40.0

Lifting Points......................................................................................... 167

40.1

P a d e y e s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 6 7

40.2

B o l t - o n Pa d E y e s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 6 8

40.3


40.4

S a f e U s e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 6 8

40.5

O t h e r T y p e s o f L i f t i n g P o i n t s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 6 9

Page 12 of 247

40.6


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

A d di t i o n al L i f t i n g Po i n t s . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . 1 6 9

41.0

S p r e a d e r B e a m s a n d L i f t i n g F r a m e s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . 1 7 1

42.0

M a n u a l l y - O p e r a t e d H o i s t s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 7 2

42.1

R a t c h e t L e v e r B l o c k s ( P u l l L i f t s o r C h a i n L e v e r Ho i s t ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 7 2

42.2

P r e - u s e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . 1 7 3

42.3

S a f e U s e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 7 4

42.4

A f t e r U s e . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . 1 7 7

42.5

Ratchet Lever Blocks in an Offshore Sub-Sea Environment.............................. 177

42.6

H a n d - O p e r a t e d C h a i n B l o c k s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . 1 7 8

42.7

C h a i n B l o c k U s a g e T e r m i n o l o g y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 7 9

42.8

Va r i o us T y p es o f C h a i n B l o c k . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . 1 7 9

42.9

C h a i n B l o c k S a f e t y C o n s i d e r a t i o n s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 7 9

42.10

P r e - u s e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . 1 8 0

42.11

S a f e U s e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 8 1

42.12

A f t e r U s e . . . . . . .. . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . 1 8 3

42.13

Manual Chain Blocks in an Offshore Sub-Sea Environment............................. 184

43.0

P o w e r e d C h a i n H o i s t s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 8 5

43.1

P n e u m a t i c C h a i n H o i s t s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 8 5

43.2

E l e c t r i c a l l y Po w e r e d C h a i n H o i s t s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . 1 8 5

43.3

P r e - u s e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . 1 8 6

43.4

S a f e U s e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 8 7

44.0

L i f t i n g a n d P u l l i n g ( T i r f o r ) M a c h i n e s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . 1 8 8

44.1

T i r f o r U s e - S a f e t y C o n s i d e r a t i o n s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 8 8

44.2

P r e - u s e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . 1 8 8

44.3

I n s e r t i n g t h e M a x i f l e x L o a d R o p e i n t o t h e T i r f o r M a c hi n e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 9 0

44.4

S a f e U s e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 9 0

44.5

A f t e r U s e . . . . . . .. . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . 1 9 1

45.0

S n a t c h B l o c k s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 9 2

45.1

W i r e r o pe Pul l e y Bl o ck s . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . 1 9 2

45.2

P r e - u s e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . 1 9 2

45.3

S a f e U s e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 9 3

45.4

A f t e r U s e . . . . . . .. . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . 1 9 4

46.0

W i n ch e s . . . . .. . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . 1 9 5

46.1

M a n - r i d i n g W i n c h e s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 9 6

46.2

H a n d - O p e r a t e d W i n c h e s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 9 7

46.2.1

P r e - u s e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 9 7

46.3

S a f e U s e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 9 8

46.3

Electric or Air Driven Winches.................................................................. 198

46.3.1

P r e - u s e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 9 8

Page 13 of 247

46.4 47.0


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

S a f e U s e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 9 9 H y d r a u l i c J a c k s , R a m s a n d Pu m p s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 0 0

47.1

P r e - u s e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . 2 0 1

47.2

R a t c h e t J a c k s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 0 1

47.3

H y d r a u l i c J a c k s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 0 1

47.4

S a f e U s e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 0 2

47.5

A f t e r U s e . . . . . . .. . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . 2 0 2

48.0

Overheard Cranes.................................................................................. 203

48.1

H o i s t i n g a n d T r a v e l l i n g U n i t s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . 2 0 3

48.2

P r e U s e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 0 4

48.3

S a f e U s e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 0 5

48.3.1 49.0

D o N o t : . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 0 6 Ve h i cl e L oa d i n g C ra ne s ( e . g . Hi a b C ra n e ) . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . 2 0 7

49.1

P r e U s e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 0 7

49.2

S a f e U s e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 0 7

50.0

F l e x i b l e I n t e r m e d i a t e B u l k C o n t a i n er s ( F I B C ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 0 8

50.1

L i f t i n g o f f i l l e d F I B C s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 0 8

50.2

P r e - U s e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 0 8

50.3

R e p a i r o f F I B C s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 0 8

50.4

H o w t o us e F I B Cs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 0 8

50.5

L i f t i n g F I B C s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 0 9

50.6

L i f t i n g w i t h C r a n e s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 1 0

50.7

C a r r y i n g W i t h F o r k L i f t T r u c ks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . 2 1 0

51.0

C o n t a i n e r s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 1 2

51.1

W i r e r o pe s l i n gs . . . . . .. . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . 2 1 2

51.2

I S O C o n t a i n e r s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 1 3

52.0 52.1

P e n n a n t s / S t i n g e r s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 1 4 P e n n a n t A s s e m b l y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 1 4

A p p e n di x 1

C r a n e Ba n k s m a n H a n d S i g n a l s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 1 5

A p p e n di x 2

F l o w C h ar t L i f t i n g a n d H o i s t i n g O p e r a t i o n s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 1 9

A p p e n di x 3

M o b i l e C r a n e L i f t P l a n n i n g S h e e t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . 2 2 1

A p p e n di x 4

A p p l i a n ce L i f t P l a n n i ng Sh e e t . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . . 2 2 3

A p p e n di x 5

C a r r i e r T r a n s f e r C h e c k l i s t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . 2 2 5

A p p e n di x 6

Ca r ri e r T r a n s f e r Pa s s e n g e r C h e ck l i s t . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . 2 2 6

A p p e n di x 7

Pe rs o n n e l T ran s f e r R e q ue s t . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . 2 2 7

A p p e n di x 8

Installation Of Wire Rope Double Saddle Grips ...................................... 228

A p p e n di x 9

S h a c k l e – Sp l i t P i n S i z e s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 3 0

A p p e n di x 10

O v e r l o a d Pr o t e c t i o n a n d A n t i - T w o - Bl o c k Re q u i r e m e n t s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 3 1

A p p e n di x 11

G l o s s a r y o f T e r m s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 3 2

Page 14 of 247

1.0


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

PREFACE.

W h e n i t e m s ar e l i f t e d i t i s o f t e n t he ca s e t ha t t h e f i r s t a v ai l ab l e p i e ce o f l i f t i n g e qu i p me n t i s used. Conveniently available lifting appliances and lifting tackle are randomly requisitioned and the lift undertaken and often with disastrous consequences. The “can do” attitude often contributes to the eventual accident. A l t h o u gh t h e a b o v e b a d pra ct i ce ca nn o t b e i de n t i f i e d t o a s pe ci f i c a re a o f t he o il a n d g a s exploration and production industry, the dangers of the “can do” attitude must be understood i f accidents are to be avoided. No job is so important that cannot be carried out safely.

The author and review team members would like readers to note that, whilst every practical attempt was made to ensure the accuracy and scope of the content of t his document, due to the size of the task and the given ti mescale, there may be some unintentional errors or omissions. Comments (recommendations, additions or deletions) and any pertinent data that may be of use in improving this document are encouraged and should be addressed to the author for consideration for inclusion in the next revision. Users are cautioned that adherence to this Manual alone does not exclude the use of competent engineering judgment.

1.1

Possible Reasons For Accidents

Possible contributory reasons for accidents occurring during lifting operations are briefly listed below.

1.1.1

Contributory Factors

•

Inadequate planning of the lifting operation.

•

Inadequate pre-operation risk assessment.

•

Inadequate control of operations

•

Inadequate operator training standards.

•

Inadequate continuous assessment systems.

•

1.1.2

A cce p t a n ce o f t h e “ c an d o ” c ul t ur e .

Operator Error

Operator errors such as “overloading”, incorrect selection of equipment, incorrect attachment of equipment, inability to recognize faulty equipment etc. can often be attributed to: •

Incorrect level of “Competency”.

•

Inadequate training.

•

Inadequate job information

•

Not recognizing the hazards involved.

1.1.3

Equipment Failure

Equipment failure is often due to: •

Inadequate storage facilities.

Page 15 of 247


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

•

Inadequate routine maintenance management.

•

Lack of examination and certification

•

Lack of written routine maintenance instructions.

•

Misuse.

In order to avoid lifting incidents, the introduction and implementation of a “Safe System of W o rk ” i s e ss en t i al . Before any lifting operation takes place a briefing (toolbox talk) must be given to all personnel involved in order that the requirements of the lift are fully understood.

1.1.4

Safe System of Work

A s a f e s ys t e m o f w o rk i s a s t e p -b y -s t e p d e s cri p t i o n o f a ny t a s k or p ro ce s s t h a t t ak e s i nt o account the hazards likely to be encountered. The following summarises the requirements of a safe system of work:

•

Define the task.

•

A s s e s s t h e ri s k s .

•

Describe safe methods by writing /checking of lifting plan.

•

Measure and monitor its effectiveness.

The safe system of work procedures must also address the effective is olation of supplies and systems from the work area and stipulate what effective barriers must be in pl ace to distance personnel working in the area from any hazard or danger. It is essential that t he safe system of w o rk l i s t s a l l s af e t y p re c a ut i o n s t h at m us t b e t ak e n a t ea ch s t a g e o f t h e w o rk.

1.1.5

Requirements of a Safe System of Work.

The following gives a brief summary of the subjects that must be considered before any lifting operation is started.

P r e a s s e s s m e n t : A s s e s s t h e h a za r d s a n d a s s o ci a te d ri sk s . A s s e s s t h e co m pl e x i t y o f t h e wo rk . J ob P l an n i n g: P l a n t h e w o r k w i t h r e s p e c t t o a l l p e r s o n n e l t h a t a r e d i r e c t l y o r i n d i r e c t l y

involved. For example: •

Removal of an item of equipment from an enclosed bay on a platform may involve moving other personnel from the work area, closing access routes and/or removal of structures to establish a removal route.

•

How inherently dangerous is the task? What could go wrong? What could happen if the task is incorrectly performed?

•

Break down each individual’s task into steps or component activities and examine each step to see what could go wrong.

E q u i p m e n t p r o v i s i o n : C h e c k a v a i l a b i l i t y o f l i f t i n g a p p l i a n c e s , l i f t i n g t a c k l e a n d q u a n t i t i e s

required for every phase of the operation. Lifting appliances and tackle must be “certified” a nd

Page 16 of 247


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

comply fully with SMEP requirements. All equipment used during the lifting operation must undergo pre-use, pre-start and function checks. Wor k A re a : W o r k ar e a s w i l l h a v e d i f f e ri ng co n s t ra i nt s ; t h e a re a ma y h a v e re s t ri c t e d ma ch i n e ry

space, or one where the lift is being carried out on an open deck. Each must be considered on it’s own individual merits. Environment: Environmental considerations shall include external weather conditions and

internal constraints such as confined spaces e.g. Ensure that the area is gas free b efore entry and arrange for continuous monitoring during work period. Personnel: Numbers must be adequate to safely carry out the task. Anticipate the possible need

for assistance, shift changes, back up etc. Is additional Personnel Protective Equ ipment (PPE) required? Communication: Establish a clear and effective system of communication between all personnel

involved in the lifting operation. Person In Charge (PIC): Organise the person in charge for the task and personnel involved. E m e r g e n c i e s : A n t i c i p a t e e m e r g e n c y r e q u i r e m e n t s . Handover Log: I n i t i a t e a s h i f t c h a n g e h a n d o v e r l o g , w h i c h m u s t b e m a i n t a i n e d s o t h a t i t

correctly informs the incoming shift of the current status of the lift ing operation. Reporting System: Report all incidents that occurred during the operation and provide a

meaningful summary using the Fountain reporting system.

Page 17 of 247

2.0


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

Purpose

The purpose of this document is to describe how lift ing equipment and activities, operated w i t h i n S M E P o n s h o r e an d o f f s h o r e fa c i l i t ie s a nd a t a n y w o rk s i t e w h er e S M E P h a s a p r ev ai l i n g influence, are identified and that hazards associated with these activities are correctly identified, assessed and kept as low as reasonably possible (ALARP).

2.1

Scope

This standard applies to all SMEP and Contractors at all locations where SMEP has the prevailing influence. It covers lifting operations in connection with all the li fting equipment listed in Table 1 below.

Lifting Equipment

Lifting Appliance

Lifting Tackle

Cranes (Including): Offshore pedestal Mobile cranes A-Frames and derricks – not drilling (onshore and on barges) Tower cranes Overhead/gantry cranes Lorry loading cranes (HIAB’s) Runway beams/monorails Jacks Mobile Aerial Platforms Hoists • Manual lever • Tirfor/comealong •Powered overhead •Chain hoist •Chain block Padeyes (fixed structural) Winches (incl.Man-riding) Forklift trucks Beam clamps Beam trolley Sheave blocks

Wire rope slings Chain and chain slings Man made fibre slings Shackles Plate clamps Eye bolts and swivel Rings

Table 1.

Page 18 of 247

Lifted Equipment

Offshore containers Skips Skids Spreader beams Drum cages Gas cylinder racks Frames Cargo netting Baskets Pipe racks FIBC’’s (Big Bags) Pallets


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

3.0

Certification

3.1

Introduction

A l l l i f t i n g e q ui pm e n t us e d o n S M E P o n s h o re o r o f f s h o re f a ci l i t i e s b y S M E P p e r s o n n e l , contractors or sub-contractors shall be accompanied by a current valid certificate of examination. NOTE.

RD

CERTIFICATES OF EXAMINATION MUST BE ISSUED BY A SMEP RECOGNISED 3 PARTY LIFTING CERTIFICATION AUTHORITY.

3.2

Certification With New Lifting Equipment

3.2.1

Inspection Certificate

A d e c l a r at i on by t h e ma n uf a ct ur e r t h a t t h e p ro d uc t s s u pp l i e d m e e t t h e r e q ui r e men t s o f t h e order and which supplies specific test results. The Inspection certificate shall meet the requirements of ISO 10474 type 3.1B or BS EN 10204:2004. Inspection Certificates for any item of lifting equipment shall be kept by the owner/user in a safe place and be readily accessible for as long as the equipment is in use. The Inspection Certificate shall accompany lifting equipment being transferred for use in a different locatio n.

3.2.2

Operating and Maintenance Instructions

It is a requirement that written Operating and Maintenance Instructions must accompany all new equipment. These instructions (or photocopies) must be kept in a pl ace of safety, with the equipment, and be readily available to the end user.

They are normally stored at the location where the l ifting equipment is being used. However, w h e re t hi s i s n o t p o s s ib l e e . g . d ue t o s p a ce co n s t r a i n t s , t he y m ay b e s t or e d e l s e wh e r e p rov i d e d that they are readily accessible.

3.3

Certification of Existing Lifting Equipment

A l l l i f t i n g e qu i p me n t o n S M E P f a ci l i t i e s , a n d t ho s e o wn e d b y co n t ra ct o r s o r s ub- co nt a ct o rs us e d on SMEP onshore or offshore facilitates or where SMEP has the prevailing influence, shall be accompanied by a current valid certificate of examination issued from a SMEP recognised third party certification company.

3.4

Retention Period for Certificates and Reports.

3.4.1

Inspection Certificates

Inspection Certificates are valid for the lifespan of the l ifting equipment.

Page 19 of 247

3.4.2


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

Thorough Examination Certificates

The owner of lifting equipment is responsible for ensuring that all lifting equipment is examined and certified in accordance with IMP 0.03 Lifting Equipment Inspection and Maintenance Philosophy (SMEP.EP72.ST.0032). Thorough Examination Certificates/ Reports are a record of the physical condition of lifting equipment at that moment in time and any testing that was carried out. When statutory testing is carried out and the results recorded, a date for retesting will be specified and such Certificates and Reports are considered to have finite validity.

The retention period for certificates and reports are listed in EPA Document Management Code of Practice EPA 20040901 0001.

Page 20 of 247


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

4.0

Maintenance of Lifting Equipment

4.1

Introduction

A l l l i f t i n g e qu i p me n t o n S M E P f a ci l i t i e s , a n d t h o s e o w ne d b y co n t r act o r s o r s ub- co n t a ct o rs us e d on SMEP onshore or offshore facilitates or where SMEP has the prevailing influence shall have a preventive maintenance routine and shall be maintained by personnel qualified to undertake this work.

A l l SM E P i t e ms o f l i f t i n g e qui p m e n t , wi t h t h e e x ce p t i o n o f l o o s e l i f ti ng t a ck l e , s ha l l b e registered in SAP. The maintenance, examination and overhaul intervals shall be as per A pp e nd i x 1 o f I M P 0 . 0 3 L i f t i ng E q u i p m e n t I ns pe ct i o n a n d M a i n t e na nce P h i l o so p h y (SMEP.EP72.ST.0032) or the manufactures maintenance instructions. Contractors shall maintain a register of all their owned lifting equipment.

A t t e n t i o n i s d ra w n t o S he l l ’ s g l o b al s t a n da r d o n l i f t i n g a nd h o i s t i n g E P2 0 0 5- 0 2 6 4 - ST ( s e ct i o n 4.10 page 13) The maintenance history of all items of lifting equipment shall be fully captured in SAP. Contractors shall maintain maintenance history of all their owned lifting equipment.

Page 21 of 247


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

5.0

Marking of Lifting Equipment

5.1

Requirements

It is the requirement of SMEP to have all lifting equipment clearly marked to indicate their w o rk i n g l o a d l im i t o r s a f e w o rk i n g l o a d . 1.

Where the working load limit or safe working load of the equipment depends on its configuration, the equipment shall be clearly marked to indicate its working load limit or safe working load for each configuration.

2.

Lifting tackle shall be marked in such a way that it is possible to identify the characteristics necessary for their safe use.

3.

Lifting equipment, which is designed for lifting persons, is appropriately and clearly marked to this effect.

5.2

Working Load Limit (WLL)/ Safe Working Load (SWL)

5.2.1

Safe Working Load (SWL) Mark

The SWL marking indicates the maximum load that the equipment may safely lift as certified by the competent person. W h e re v e r p o s s i b l e , t h e act ua l va l u e o f t he SW L mu s t b e ma rk e d ( s t am p e d ) o n t h e e q ui p me n t i n such a way that it cannot be easily removed. Where this is not practicable a system may be used to provide the user with the SWL e.g. attaching some l abel or tag (as happens with manmade fibre slings. The Safe Working Load (SWL) is a method of s tating the maximum load or mass that an item of lifting equipment may raise, lower, or suspend.

5.2.2

Working Load Limit (WLL) Mark

The Working Load Limit (WLL) is an internationally used term (meaning the same as SWL). The W L L m a rk i n g i n d i ca t e s t h e ma x i m um l o a d t h a t t h e e q ui pm e n t i s de s ign e d t o s af e l y l i f t ; t h e manufacturer normally marks it on the equipment. Sometimes it is referred to as the equipment’s “rated capacity”.

5.2.3

Variable WLL or SWL

W h e re l i f t i n g ma ch i n e r y ha s a W L L o r SW L w h i ch v ari e s w i t h i t ’ s op e rat i n g r a di us o r i s dependant upon how it is configured, it must be either clearly marked or have adequate information to indicate to the user it’s WLL or SWL at any particular configuration. These markings can be in the form of an indicator, plate or chart, which is normally visible/availab le to the operator during lifting operations. W h e re t h e re i s a s i gn i f i ca n t h a za r d a ri s in g f ro m t h e u s e o f t h e ma c h i n e ry i t m us t ha v e appropriate equipment or devices such as rated capacity indicators and rated capacity limiters. Rated Capacity Indicators (RCI) were previously known as Automatic Safe Load Indicators (ASLI’s) or Safe Load Indicators (SLI’s) or moment load indicators.

Page 22 of 247

5.2.4


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

De-rating

If it is not possible to provide a value for the SWL for all configurations, the capacity of the equipment must be reduced (de-rated) to allow for all configurations for a factor of safety. W h e n ne c e s s a ry , t h i s f o r m o f de -r a t i n g mus t o n l y b e c a rr ie d o ut by a co mp e t e n t p e r s o n i n consultation with the equipment manufacturer and reviewed by the Lifting Technical Authority.

5.2.5

Lifting Equipment assembly

W h e re a n umb e r o f pi e c e s o f l i f t i n g t a ck l e a re a s s e m bl e d t o f o r m o ne l i f t i n g as s e m b l y , w h i c h i s not dismantled after use, the assembly must be permanently marked to indicate it’s assembled W o rk i n g L o a d L i mi t ( W L L ) . i . e . M ul t i -l e g s l i ng s a r e m ark e d w i t h i t s W L L a nd t h e a n g l e ( f ro m t h e v e rt i c al ) a t wh i ch t h e W L L a p p l i e s , e . g . S W L x T o n n e 0° t o 4 5 ° f r o m t h e v e r t i c a l .

5.2.6

Lifting Accessory Configurations

If the configuration of an accessory can effect the WLL or SWL, e.g. multi-legged sling, it must be clearly and permanently marked to provide the user with information on the SWL for each configuration e.g. 6.9 tonne @ 0 to 45 degrees from the vertical.

5.2.7

Accessories- Other Factors

If a lifting accessory, such as a plate clamp, can be adversely affected by other factors, this must be clearly marked with the plate thickness range of plates over which it can be safely used.

5.2.8

Lifting Equipment for Lifting Persons

Lifting equipment, which is designed for lifting persons, must be clearly and permanently marked that it is for lifting persons. In addition, the carrier (e.g. a suspended personnel basket) must clearly display the maximum number of persons to be carried. The SWL must also be clearly and permanently marked on the carrier. For details of equipment used for personnel lifting see Section 9. Lifting equipment, which may be inadvertently used for lifting people, but was not de signed for that purpose, shall be clearly and permanently marked that it is not t o be used for lifting people.

5.2.9

Gangways

A l l pl a t f o rm g a n gw a y l i f t i ng /r i ggi n g e q ui p me n t s h a l l b e cl e a rl y t a gg e d i nd i ca t i n g t h e s a f e w o rk i n g l o a d ma x i m um r i g gi n g an gl e f ro m t h e v e rt i ca l w h e n i n s e r v i ce .

5.2.10

Equipment Identity Marking

A l l it e ms o f l i f t i ng e q ui p me n t s h a l l h av e a p e r ma n e n t un i q ue i de nt i fi ca t i o n n u mb e r m a rke d o n, or attached to it, through which it can be identified throughout its lifespan.

Page 23 of 247


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

6.0

Lifting Equipment Colour Codes

6.1

Lifting Equipment Colour Coding System

A l l l i f ti ng t a c kl e o w n e d by S M E P o r us e d o n S M E P of f s h o r e o r o n s h o re f ac i l i t i e s mu s t u n d e rg o a thorough inspection every 6 months. The colour coding system used by SMEP, is detailed in IMP0.03 Lifting Equipment )SMEP.EP72.ST.0032), is to indicate to end users that the lifting tackle has passed the 6 monthly thorough inspection and is s uitable for use. The colour code is v al i d f o r a s e t p e r io d o f 6 m o nt h s a n d o n l y l i f t i n g t a c k l e d i s pl ay i n g t h i s co l o ur co d e m ay b e used. The colour code, which is currently valid, shall be displayed at all SMEP locations where li fting and hoisting activities are carried out.

Page 24 of 247


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

7.0

Training of Personnel

7.1

Training Responsibilities

A l l SM E P a n d Co n t r a ct o r pe r s o nn e l e ng a ge d i n l i f t i n g a nd h oi s t i ng o pe ra t i o n s s h a l l m e e t t h e Competence Standards set out in Appendix 1 of Lifting Equipment Management System EP200803208668. Whe re def icienci es ar e found they shall be add ressed by tra ining. The t raining must provide levels of competence that will eliminate incorrect operations/activities and minimize the potential for human error that might otherwise contribute to an incident.

7.2

Training

Personnel who must be adequately trained are listed in Appendix 1 of Li fting Equipment Managem ent S ystem EP200803208668. The t rainin g sha ll b e und ertaken at a SMEP a pproved training provider.

7.2.1

Additional Training

A d d i t i o n al t ra i n i n g w i l l b e ne ce s s a ry w h e n : •

The risks to which personnel are exposed to change due to a change in work tasks.

•

New equipment is introduced.

•

The system of work changes.

7.2.2

Training for New and Inexperienced Personnel

Training and supervision of new personnel is particularly important because of their unfamiliarity with the working environment. Safety induction and familiarisation training sha ll be carried out.

7.2.3

Personnel Under Training

Personnel under training must only undertake tasks appropriate to their assessed level of competence.

7.2.4

Qualification Updates

Some qualifications are valid for a set period of time after which they expire and requalification is required. A system must be in place to keep track of this and ensure a timely re-qualification.

Page 25 of 247


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

8.0

Planning, Definitions and Execution of Lifts

8.1

Purpose

The key to safe lifting operations in SMEP is having competent personnel using the correct equipment in a planned safe manner. This section outlines the issues relating to the selection of the correct people, i.e. crane operator, banksman, rigger etc. for the task. It describes operational practices to be used by these people as part of a planned safe and effective crane and rigging programme. A t t e n t i o n i s d ra wn t o t h e re l ev an t s e c t i o ns o f t h e S h e l l gl o b al s t a n d ar d o n l i f t i ng a n d h oi s t i n g EP2005-0264-SP-01 (Section 4.2.2) and EP2005-0264-GL-01.

8.2

Scope

This section applies for all lift s using lifting appliances and accessories.

8.3

Responsibilities

The responsibilities of SMEP’s activity managers, supervisors, CSR’s OIM’s etc. and personnel involved in lifting operations can be found in Section 2.3 of Lifting Equipment Management Sy st em , EP200803208668.

8.4

Correct Use

The equipment shall be used only for the specific purpose for which it was designed and not be adapted for any other purpose without the approval of the Lifting Technical Authority.

8.5

Safety Margin

A l l l i f t i n g e qu i p me nt an d ap p l i a nc e s u s e d i n t h e l i f ti n g p ro c e s s s h a l l be r at e d at 3 0 % o r mo re above the maximum load to be lifted.

8.6

Controlling Access to the Lift Area

A cc es s t o w or k a r e as a n d t o t h e l i f t i n g e q ui pm e n t s h a l l b e pr o p e rl y co nt ro l l e d . T h i s m ay include security measures and physical barriers. No person shall be allowed under a suspended load unless: • •

There is clear justification and no suitable alternative was identified during planning A n i nd e p e nd e nt s e c on d b a rri e r i s i n p l ace .

8.7

Risk Assessment

8.7.1

Lift Plan/JSA

Every lifting operation must have a lift plan and JSA

Page 26 of 247


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

Every lifting operation shall be preceded by a Lift Plan and JSA to identify hazards, and ensure that safety barriers are in place to reduce the risk to As Low As Reasonably Practicable (ALARP). The Risk Assessment shall address, but is not limited to the fol lowing:

•

Classification of the lift.

•

W e i gh t s i ze , s h ap e a n d ce nt re o f g ra v i t y

•

Av ai l a bi l i t y o f ap p r ov ed l i ft i n g p o i n t s .

•

Methods of slinging, attaching and detaching the load.

•

Overturning, load integrity and the need for tag lines.

•

Suitability and condition of the lifting equipment to be used.

•

Initial and final load position, and how it will get there.

•

Lifting over live equipment.

•

Number and duration of lifts.

•

Conflicting tasks in the lifting area.

•

Environmental conditions, including weather and permissible limits.

•

Ground conditions and the expected ground loadings.

•

Lighting in the pick-up and lay down areas.

•

Proximity hazards, obstructions, path of load.

•

W or k i n g un d e r s us p e n de d l o a d s .

•

A cce s s an d e m e r ge n cy e s cap e r o ut e s o f t h e l i f t i n g e q ui p m e n t o pe r at o r a n d l o a d handlers.

•

Experience, competence and training of personnel

•

Number of people required for the task.

•

Step by step instructions.

•

Pre-use Inspection of equipment by the operator.

• •

Vi s i bi l i t y of th e l o a d b y t h e o p e r a t o r a n d p e r s o n g ui di n g t h e l oa d . Method of communication between all personnel involvedin the operation and the , chain of command is clear.

•

Recovery and contingency plans.

Routine lifts are generally, but not always, considered with generic risk assessments.

8.7.2

Risk Matrix

The Risk Assessment Matrix (RAM), A ppendix 1 EP 2005-0264-GO1, shall be used to determine the level of risk. If the risk is assessed as red, the task shall not proceed. The lif t shall be re-assessed and further control measures put in place to reduce the risk.

Page 27 of 247

8.7.3 1.


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

10 Questions For a SAFE Lift A r e y o u a w a r e o f a n d f u l l y co n v e r s a n t w i t h t h e l i f t i n g a n d h o i s t i n g p r o c e d u r e s applicable to the lift?

2.

Has everyone involved with this lifting operation attended the Toolbox Talk?

3.

H a s a p r e - u s e i n s p e c t i o n o f t h e l i f t i n g e q u i p m e n t b e e n ca r r i e d o u t a n d i s t h e l i f t i n g tackle tagged or marked with: Safe working load.

• •

A un i qu e i de n t i f i ca t io n n um b e r.

•

A v a l i d ce rt i f i ca t i o n d a t e .

4.

A r e a l l t h e s a f e t y d e vi c e s w o r k i n g ?

5.

Do you know the Person-In-Charge of the lift?

6.

Is everyone competent and aware of his or her tasks?

7.

I s t h e r e a c u r re n t L i f t Pl a n a n d J S A , w h i c h m a n a g e s r i s k s ?

8.

Do you know the environmental limits for the lift?

9.

I s t h e l i f t a re a c o n t r o l l e d a nd i s e v e r y o n e c l e a r i f t h e l o a d s w i n g s o r f a l l s ?

10. Are signalling methods and communication agreed and clear to you?

8.8

Lift Categorisation

Lifting operations shall be categorised to reflect increasing risk and consequent increasing level of control required. The categories of lifting operations are as follows:

8.8.1

Routine Lifts

A g e n e r i c ri s k a s s e s s m e n t an d l i f t pl a n mu s t b e us e d f o r ro ut i n e l i f t s . Ho w e ve r , c l as s i f y i n g a lifting operation as “Routine” does not automatically make it a “Safe” lifting operation (most incidents associated with lifting occur during “Routine” operations). The risk assessments an d lift plan shall always be reviewed during toolbox talks for continued applicability. If t here are changes to the original plan a further risk assessment must be undertaken.

8.8.2

Routine Lift

A R o ut i n e L i f t i s o n e wh e re : 1.

Uncomplicated lifts that are performed on a regular basis or

2.

Which involve basic slinging practices or

3.

The gross load does not exceed 5 tonnes, and not exceeding 50% of the manufacturer’s capacity chart at the working radius.

4.

Only one lifting device is used for the lift.

Category of Lift

Control Measures

Competent Person

Lift Plan Reviewed by

Routine Crane Operations •

W i t hi n t h e n o rm al

•

Risk Assessment

•

(generic)

Page 28 of 247

Crane Operator

•

Person in Charge (PIC)


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

operating parameters of

•

the crane. •

Lifting over a safe areas

•

Suitable environmental

•

(generic) •

•

Banksman

•

Deck Crew

•

Drilling crew

•

Construction

J o b Sa f e t y A n al y s i s

conditions

•

Toolbox Talk

Familiar, competent

•

Safety checklist

•

10 questions for

crane operators •

Lift Plan

Load has known and

a safe lift

evaluated weight, shape and centre of gravity •

Standard rigging arrangements

Routine repetitive Lifting

•

(generic)

Operations using the same Equipment (e.g. Drilling or

•

Construction Crews) •

Load has pre-determined

•

Single function or series of functions repeated

•

Order of function

•

Same equipment

•

Same operators

Routine Lifting Operations

Equipment used at the

Toolbox Talk

•

Safety checklist

•

10 questions for

Same equipment

•

Stable known

•

•

•

Risk Assessment

•

Lift Plan

•

•

J o b Sa f e t y A n al y s i s Toolbox Talk

Familiar, competent

•

Safety checklist

•

10 questions for a safe lift

evaluated weight, shape and centre of gravity •

Maintenance Technicians

(generic)

•

Load has known and

•

(generic)

environment equipment operators

crew

a safe lift

same location •

(PIC)

J o b Sa f e t y

•

wi t h L oo se Li f t i n g E qui pme nt •

Person in Charge

A n al y s i s

repeated •

Lift Plan

•

(generic)

w e i gh t , s h a p e a n d c en t re of gravity

Risk Assessment


Page 29 of 247

Drilling Crew

•



SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

8.8.3

Non-Routine – SIMPLE

A No n - r ou t i n e Si m p l e L i f t i s o n e w h e r e : 1.

It is not Routine as defined in 8.8.2 above, or

2.

The gross load weight does not exceed 25 tonnes, and does not exceed 75% of the manufacturer’s capacity chart, and

3.

Lift is in non-sensitive or unrestricted areas, and Load is with required lifting points or easy to sling

4.

Only one lifting device is used for the lift.

Category of Lift

Control Measures

Competent Person


Non-Routine – SIMPLE •

•

•

(prepared by

evaluated weight of < 25 tonnes

competent

Centre of gravity is

•

•

•

point directly above the

•

Safety checklist

•


Lifting in non-sensitive, non-difficult or unrestricted area

•

Single lifting appliance

•

Unlikely to be effected by changing environmental conditions

•

Experienced and competent operator

•


•

Suitable lay down area available

•

Hoist suspended from a dedicated lifting structure or runway beam

•

Banksman

Level 1 & 2

A n al y s i s Toolbox Talk

Maintenance technicians

J o b Sa f e t y

•

A mp l e h e a dr o o m

•

rigger)

Use of certified lifting load

•

Lift Plan

Load has known and

below sling attachments •

Risk Assessment (generic)

Equipment installed by competent operator

•

•

Lifts from one offshore v e s s e l t o a no t h e r

Page 30 of 247

•


8.8.4


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

Non-Routine – COMPLICATED

A Co m p l i ca t e d l i f t i s o ne w h e r e : 1.

The load is an awkward shape or offset or a high centre of gravity, or

2.

The load is fragile, contains liquid or is difficult to sling, or

3.

Two or more pieces of lifting equipment are required in unison i.e. tandem lifts, or

4.

Non-standard crane configurations are used, or

5.

The gross load is greater than 25 tonnes, or

6.

The gross load represents more than 75% of the manufacturer’s capacity chart at the w o rki ng ra d i us , o r

7.

The gross load is greater than 25 tonnes and is also greater than 80% of the manufacturer’s capacity chart.

Category of Lift

Control Measures

Competent Person


Non-Routine – COMPLICATED •

•

•

equipment (due to malfunction, inadequacy or unsuitability •

Use of two or more items of Lifting Equipment,

(tandem lifting) •

W i t hi n s e n s i t iv e , d i f f i cu l t

Lift Plan

•

Permit to Work

•

Toolbox Talk

•

•

J o b Sa f e t y A n al y s i s

•

Safety checklist

•


or restricted areas •

Load that requires to be rotated or across hauled involving two or more sets of rigging

•

A w kw a rd s h a p e , o f f s e t o r high centre of gravity, fragile, containing liquids

•

No lifting attachments and difficult to sling

8.8.5

Non-Routine – COMPLEX

A co m pl e x l i f t i s o n e w h e re : 1.

Technical Supervisor

(specific)

including tailing pipe using winch and crane

•

(Specific)

Continuation of a lifting operation with different

Risk Assessment

A n y o f t h e a b o v e , b u t w i t h a d d i t i o n a l h a z a r ds , o r

Page 31 of 247

Lift planner

•

Lifting Technical A u t h o ri t y


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

2.

The load is lifted over, or near, operating equipment or electrical power lines, or

3.

Lifting of personnel, floating cranes, sub-sea lifts, or

4.

The gross load is greater than 75 tonnes, or

5.

T h e g r o s s l o a d r e p r e s e n t s m o r e t h a n 9 0 % o f t h e m a n u f a c t u r e r’ s c a p a c i t y ch a r t a t t h e w o rki ng ra d i us , o r

6.

The gross load is greater than 75 tonnes and is also greater than 80% of the manufacturer’s capacity chart.

Category of Lift

Control Measures

Competent Person


Non-Routine - COMPLEX •

pack with method

operation with different

statement

changeover Lifting of personnel, Riding

energised hydrocarbon

from one lifting

•

Dropped object

Engineer

In environmental conditions likely to effect equipment performance

•

Operator under training

•

Load with unknown or

•

study •

Risk assessment (specific)

•

Lift Plan prepared and reviewed by a Professional engineer

•

Lifting analysis per SES10.1

•

W o rk P e r mi t

•

Toolbox Talk

•


difficult to estimate w e i g h t a n d / o r ce n t r e o f gravity •

Load is special and / or expensive the loss of w h i ch w o ul d h av e s e ri o us impact on production operations

•

Non-standard rigging arrangements

•

•

Load lowered into or lifted from a confined space

Page 32 of 247

Senior


Engineer Structural

appliance to another •

Professional

HAZOP

equipment. Transferring the load

•

•

containing process

•

Lift planner

HAZID

Over or in sensitive areas e.g. active or

•

•

including drill floor Man-

•

Formal work

Continuation of a lifting personnel e.g. shift

•

•

and •

Structural TA1


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

•

Sub-sea lifting

•

Lifting involving floating cranes

Lifts involving floating cranes or Sub-sea lifting must be reviewed by the Structural TA1.

8.8.6

Non-Routine – HEAVY

A h e av y l i f t i s o ne w h e r e : •

The weight of the load is i n excess of 90% of the rated capacity of the lifting appliance.

Category of Lift

Control Measures

Competent Person


•

W e i gh t of l o ad i n e x c e s s

•

Lift plan

of 90% the rated capacity

prepared/review

of the lifting appliance

ed by a qualified engineer • •

•

Crane Operator

•

Banksman

•

Rigger

•


Risk assessment J o b Sa f e t y A n al y s i s

•

W o rk P e r mi t

•

Safety checklist

•

Toolbox Talk

•


8.9

Execution

8.9.1

Permits

Prior to commencing lifting operations it must be ascertained whether a permit to work (PTW), as detailed in Permit To Work System procedure DIN: TCP.XX.1009, is required.

8.9.2

Pre-lift Meetings (Toolbox Talk)

A T o ol bo x Ta l k s ha l l b e he l d i m me d i a t el y b e f o r e an y l if t t o e ns ur e t h a t a l l p e rs o nn e l i n v ol v e d in the lift fully understand the JSA and Lift Plan. The PIC shall verify that t he answers to “10 questions for a safe lift “ are all addressed.

8.9.3

Conducting the Lifting Operation

The PIC shall ensure that lifting operations are carried out in s trict accordance with the approved Lift Plan. Any variation from the agreed Lifting Plan shall result in the job being stopped and reassessed to ensure continued safe operation.

Page 33 of 247


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

9.0

Personnel Lifting

9.1

Purpose

This section describes the requirements for the transfer of personnel by personnel carrier and w o rk i n g a t e l e v at e d h e i g h t s f r om s u s p e nd e d w o rk b a s k e t s /b ox e s an d i s b as e d o n t h e g ui d a n ce given in:

1.

LOLER 98, Regulation 5.

2.

BS 7121, Part 11

3.

ASME B30.23.

Personnel carrier transfers and work basket operations are to be used in exceptional circumstances only, where no alternative means of carrying out the transfer of personnel or operation is available. In the situation where the transfer of personnel between a construction/pipelaying barge that is equipped with a helideck and a fixed offshore structure that is also equipped with a helideck is required, the use of a helicopter is mandatory.

A t t e n t i o n i s d ra wn t o t h e re l ev an t s e c t i o ns o f t h e S h e l l gl o b al s t a n d ar d o n l i f t i ng a n d h oi s t i n g EP2005-0264-GL-01 (Section 4.2.2) and EP2005-0264-ST.

SMEP’s preferred method for basket transfer is using the “FROG”. The FROG is a semi-enclosed basket. Personnel are seated in the centre facing outward while being secured by a four-point safety belt. It is Shell’ s policy to transfer personnel by means of basket only in exceptional cases (no other alternatives). In case another method than the FROG is applied, it has to be “equivalent” in terms of risk to personnel. A n ot h e r a c cep t a bl e m e t ho d f o r ba s ke t t ra n s f e r i s t h e E SV A G T -R i g i d b as k e t . This basket has optical similarities to t he conventional “Billy Pugh” design. However, the ESVAGT-Rigid basket is, fully compliant with the British LOLER regulations and it requires a different procedure for personnel transfer as personnel stand during the transfer inside the basket.

Page 34 of 247


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

NOTE: THE “BILLY PUGH” PERSONNEL TRANSFER CARRIER, SHOWN BELOW, IS NOT APPROVED FOR USE IN SMEP FOR PERSONNEL (PASSENGER) TRANSFER.

9.2

Scope

The scope of this section covers SMEP requirements for transferring people by personnel carriers and operating suspended workbaskets.

It specifies the requirements and defined instances where transfer by personnel carrier is allowed.

This standard prohibits a person from riding or travelling on a load, lifting hook, sling, platform or other lifting medium of a crane except in a specifically designed personnel transf er carrier that is solely used for that purpose. Attention is drawn to Shell’s global standard on lifting and hoisting EP2005-0264-SP-01

9.3

Authority

A l l p er s o n n el ca rr i e r t r a ns f e r s s ha l l o nl y b e c a rri e d out u s i n g t h e S M E P Pe rm i t t o W o rk s y s t e m . To support the issuance of the permit to work, the attached carrier transfer checklist shall be u t i l i s e d f o r e a c h i n d i v i d u a l t r a n s f e r ( A ppe n d i x 5) . For guidance on how to complete the work permit refer to DIN: TCP.XX.1009“Permit to Work System”

9.4

Prerequisites

If a personnel transfer operation is to be carried out the foll owing must be produced before the operation can start: •

Permit to Work.

•

Risk Assessment.

•

Lift Plan. (Written step-by-step instructions)

•

Safety Check List.

Page 35 of 247

9.5


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

Objectives

Carrier transfers are not the preferred method of moving personnel. However, it is recognised that there are situations where this method of t ransfer may be justified. All carrier transfers must be covered by an appropriate SMEP Permit to Work, Risk Assessment and Lift Plan, and be conducted in accordance with this section.

9.6

Procedures

The contractor shall provide a procedure for personnel lifting. The procedure shall be forwarded to SMEP’s Lifting Technical Authority for review.

9.7

Defined Cases

Personnel transfer by personnel carrier shall only be allowed in the following defined cases : 1.

When locating a Jack Up to a platform prior to the establishment of a gangway.

2.

Between MOU and a securely moored cargo barge alongside e.g. Helideck lift.

3.

For the purpose of vessel inspection during MOU location moves.

4.

Upon the initial arrival and/or final departure of a tender assisted rig at/from an SMEP platform. Prior to/after establishment of access between the rig and platform using the rig’s personnel bridge.

5.

In case of emergency.

6.

During the construction/installation of a new platform/jacket when the only access is by personnel carrier.

In any other cases, where carrier transfers are deemed to be necessary, prior approval shall b e obtained from SMEP’s HSE department and Lifting Technical Authority. NOTE: UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCE SHALL THE “PERSONNEL CARRIER” BE USED AS A WORKBASKET.

9.8

Emergency Conditions

Personnel may be transferred under emergency conditions where the risk of not transferring is considered greater than the risk of transfer. While it can be foreseen that such circumstances may arise, it is not practicable to try and envisage all possible cases and list them. W e a t h e r a n d o t h e r l i mi t a t i o n s f o r w e a t h er c o nd i t io n s wi l l b e mad e by ri s k a s s e s s m e nt o n a case by case basis by those involved in the transfer, but shall not exceed those governing crane operations or the launch of fast rescue craft.

9.9 1.

Risk Assessment All personnel carrier lifting operations must be subject to a risk assessment and a lift plan

2.

The risk assessment shall identify all reasonably foreseeable hazards and failure scenarios, including crane operators state of mind, so that in all operations of the transfer personnel are protected from being crushed, t rapped, struck or fall from the carrier.

3.

A written lift plan must be completed for the operation.

Page 36 of 247

4.


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

Emergency procedures shall be established e.g. emergency lowering in the event of crane breakdown, sudden change in sea/weather conditions.

5.

Appropriate crane and carrier checks to be recorded on the plan.

6.

The Person In Charge (PIC) must carry out the checks and supervise the operation defined in the lift plan.

9.10

Other Considerations

1.

Immediately before the lift the crane operator must check that the prevailing weather conditions e.g. wind speed and sea state criteria listed in 9.12.

2.

Check that other criteria required for the operation are met e.g. passengers are w e ar i n g l i f e j a ck e t s o r a n a pp r o ve d f l o t a t i o n wo r k v e s t , a nd ha v e b e e n b r i ef ed o n a l l aspects of the transfer and are willing to transfer.

3.

The area below the path of the carrier shall be kept clear of personnel.

9.11

Criteria

9.11.1

Crane Suitability

1.

The crane is certified.

2.

The certificate issued by the surveyor shall clearly indicate that the crane is suitable for personnel transfer (man-riding) and fully complies with the requirements of Lifting Operations and Lifting Equipment regulations (LOLER 19198) or ASME B30.23.

3.

SMEP Lifting Technical Authority must approve cranes for use in personnel carrier transfer duties, and shall review all certification and maintenance records pertaining to the crane.

4.

Loading hooks shall be of the design that can be closed and locked.

5.

All connections between the crane and the personnel carrier shall be such that they cannot be accidentally self-released under any circumstances.

6.

Cranes or winches, which are suitable for personnel lifting operations, shall be clearly marked at the operator’s location “SUITABLE FOR MAN RIDING” or “ SUITABLE FOR LIFTING PEOPLE”. Cranes with a capacity of less than 10 tonnes and/or winches with a capacity of less than 3 tonnes shall not be used for personnel lifting operations.

7.

M o b i l e c r a n e s o p e r a t i n g o n m a r i n e v e s s e l s s h a l l NO T b e u s e d f o r t h e t r a n s f e r o f personnel (refer to Section 11.5.5).

9.11.2

Personnel Transfer Carrier

1.

The carrier shall be certified and be included in the ship’s Register of Lifting Gear.

2.

The certificate issued by the surveyor shall clearly indicate the carrier is suitable for personnel transfer.

3.

Personnel carriers must be of an approved design and approved by SMEP’s Lifting Technical Authority

Page 37 of 247


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

4.

Two tag lines shall be attached to the carrier, of a suitable length.

5.

There shall be no knots on the tag lines to minimise the chance of snagging.

6.

The transfer carrier lifting gear, master links, slings etc. shall have a factor of safety of at least 10. The carrier shall be equipped with a double safety load line assembly composed of a main wire rope sling and a secondary shock absorbing safety line. The capacity of the wire rope sling and the secondary shock absorbing safety line shall be such that either the sling or the safet y line shall be able to carry the full l oad including the safety factor.

7.

A length of 10metres is recommended for the pennant.

8.

The shackle type to be used is bow or anchor type fitted with split pins i.e. bolt, nut and split pin.

9.

An anti-spin device shall be fitted between the load and the personnel carrier upper master link. The anti spin device shall have a safety factor of at least 10 to 1.

10.

The worksite supervisor shall perform inspections prior to each use.

11.

The carrier shall be thoroughly inspected every 6 months and load tested every 12 months or as recommended by the personnel carrier manufacturer.

NOTE: SCISSOR ACTION SPRING-LOADED OR SELF-LOCKING HOOKS SHALL NOT BE USED FOR PERSONNEL LIFTING OPERATIONS (REF. FIG. 16A)

9.11.3 1.

Vessel Suitability The type of vessel considered suitable to carry out a transfer is determined by its ability to maintain station alongside the plat form and the amount of clear deck space available to safely receive the carrier.

2.

Vessels with an A-frame at the stern. Or without side railings are not considered suitable for carrier transfers. For SMEP this excludes the use of General Purpose mooring launches (Pilot Launches, Survey boats wit h A-frame and landing craft. Other ve ss e l s may a l s o b e f o und un s ui t ab l e d e p e n di ng u po n s t at io n k e e p i ng a bi l i t y a nd d e ck (obstruction) load status.

3.

Marine vessels used for personnel carrier transfer operations must be approved by the marine Technical Authority.

9.11.4 1.

Take-off and landing area The take-off and landing area shall be level, free from obstructions, and have a nonslip surface.

2.

The minimum clear space on the installation shall be 4.5metres by 4.5metres in any we a t h er co n d i t i o n s .

3.

The minimum clear space on a vessel shall be 6 metres by 6 metres in any weather conditions.

4.

The minimum clear space with vertical obstructions must be as follows:

Page 38 of 247


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

(a) With a single vertical obstruction of 1.5 metres at the perimeter of the landing area, the clear area shall be 4.5 metres diameter. (b) With a single vertical obstruction of 2.5 metres at the perimeter of the landing area, the clear area shall be 7 metres in diameter.

9.12 9.12.1

Environmental Weather

The weather criteria and maximum MOU or vessel movement for all personnel lifting operations shall be as follows: Mean wind velocity : 10 m/s measured at 10 metres above sea. Mean wind velocity

: 6m/s measured 10 metes above sea if working on the weather side.

W a ve h e i g h t

: D e t e r mi n e d by t he a b i l i ty of t he v e s s e l t o ho l d s t a t i o n .

Significant wave height

: Not more than 2 metres

Maximum roll (MOU)/vessel

: 3 degrees

The master of the attending vessel shall demonstrate that the above weather criteria are met at all times during transfer operations and shall demonstrate that the vessel can hold station w i t h i n a 5 m et re ra d i us f o r a t l e a s t 2 mi nu t e s p ri o r t o e ac h t r a ns f e r . S M EP m a ri n e de p a rt me n t shall verify all sea state values.

9.12.2

Visibility

Horizontal visibility must be considered and shall be a minimum of 500 metres. Vertical v i s i b i l i t y s h al l b e s u ch t h a t t h e t i p o f t h e c ra n e b o o m i s a l wa ys i n v i ew b y t h e cra n e o p e r at o r . A p p ro v al f ro m a l ev e l 4 m a n ag e r m us t b e o b t a i ne d f o r a n y n i gh t t i m e t r an s f e r s .

9.12.3

Daylight

Transfer operations, wherever possible, be conducted during daylight hours. In urgent cases, w h e re n i gh t t i me t ra n s f e rs a re f e l t un av oi da bl e , t h e p ro v i s i o n o f s e a rc h l i gh t s t o e n ab l e t h e crane operator to have adequate visibility throughout personnel transfer path and landing areas; the wearing of clothing with retro-reflective tape by those being transferred and r e c o v e r y a r r a n g e m e n t s s h a l l b e a d d r e s s e d . A ri sk a ss e s sme n t s h al l b e pe rfo rme d t h at s h ows t h a t t h e r i s k s a r e a s l o w a s r e a s o n a b l y p r a c t i c a bl e ( A L A R P ) .

For night time transfers, the weather criteria and maximum MOU or vessel movement for all personnel lifting operations shall be: Mean wind velocity

:

5 m/s measured at 10 metres above sea.

Significant wave height

:

Not more than 1.5 metres

Maximum roll (MOU)/vessel

:

3 degrees

Page 39 of 247

9.12.4


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

Rainfall and Electrical Storms

If the transfer is proposed during a period of rainfall or electrical storm, considerations sh all be given to the severity of the weather, and the transfer postponed if there are any concerns that it could affect the transfer. In all cases, when any of the above environmental conditions are exceeded all transfer activities shall cease immediately and transfer activities resume when environmental conditio ns return to an acceptable value.

9.12.5

Communications

Radio communication shall be established between Worksite Supervisor, Crane Operator, Master of the Vessel and Banksman. The Crane Operator radio communication shall be hands free, he shall have a full and unobstructed view of t he take off and landing area as well as the full lifting trajectory. However the Banksman must be on hand to take control of signalling in the event that the crane operator loses visual contact with the “carrier”.

9.13

Personnel

9.13.1

Crane or Winch Operator

The Crane Operator shall meet the competence requirements of Lifting Equipment Management System (EP200803208668)- and have a minimum of 50 operating hours (logged) operating the crane to be used in the personnel carrier operation. The crane or winch operator shall not leave the crane or winch controls throughout the duration of the personnel lifting operation. He shall solely concentrate his attention to the personnel lifting operation in progress.

9.13.2

Banksman

The Banksman shall meet the competence requirements of Lifting Equipment Management System (EP200803208668) he shall be easily identified by a brightly coloured banksman jacket. He shall also carry a working radio by which to communicate as described in 9.12.5 above.

9.13.3

Assisting Personnel

A s s i s t i n g p e r s o n ne l s h a l l co n s i s t o f t w o as s i s t an t s a t t h e t a ke o f f a n d l a n d i n g a re a s

9.13.4

Personnel Transferring by Carrier

Personnel being transferred must be properly attired for offshore work i.e. safety helmet with chinstrap, safety footwear, safety glasses, long sleeved coveralls and approved floatation device. Have been briefed on the transfer procedure, viewed the transfer video and signed acceptance for transfer form. See Appendix 6. Personnel will only undertake the carrier transfer on a voluntary basis. If they do not wish to transfer, they must not be forced to do so.

Page 40 of 247


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

A n e x p e ri e n ce d p e r s o n s h a l l a l w ay s ac co mp a n y a n i n e x p e ri e n c e d pe r s o n o r t h o s e n ot t r ai n e d in the use of the personnel carrier.

9.14

Bags

Hand luggage up to a maximum of 29kg (that can be strapped in place) may be transported inside the carrier. All other luggage, bags, oversized bags and tools shall be transported separately as cargo in a cargo box or other suitable container.

9.15

Toolbox Talk

Toolbox talks shall be held prior to the transfer, this will involve (crane side) t he Person in Charge, Crane Operator, Banksman and assistants boat master via radio in necessary. Similarly, the boat Master shall brief his crew. The following elements of the transfer shall be included in the toolbox talk: •

Safe loading conditions

•

Crane actions, movements and signals

•

Body positions, pinch points and personal stability

•

PPE requirements

•

Safety aspects of the transfer – swing, escape routes etc.

•

Potential emergency situations and recovery/rescue procedures are in place

•

Expected behaviour of personnel being t ransferred.

9.16

Recovery Arrangements

A r e s cue p l a n s ha l l b e pr e pa r e d f or a l l p e rs o n ne l l i f t s a s p a r t o f t h e L i f t P l a n . Al l p e r s o n n el and equipment required to implement the rescue plan shall be readily available prior to and during the lift i.e. Fast Rescue Craft (F RC) must be on standby in the water to effect a speedy recovery if personnel fall into the sea. Rescue operations can introduce their own hazards, therefore the planning and execution of a rescue requires particular care and attention including additional risk assessment before proceeding.

9.17

Vessel Propellers

The lowering and hoisting of a personnel carrier near the propellers of a ves sel to be avoided as much as is practically possible.

9.18

Planned Maintenance

Refer to Section 4.

9.19

Administration and Operational Duties.

Page 41 of 247

9.19.1


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

SMEP Site Representative

The SMEP Site Representative shall be: 1.

Familiar with the carrier transfer requirements.

2.

Satisfied with the fitness and training of the personnel to be transferred.

3.

Satisfied with the suitability of the MOU.

4.

Satisfied with the visibility and sea conditions.

5.

Satisfied with the landing area

6.

Check the crane or winch and carrier have current valid Inspection Certificates.

7.

Check the crane or winch and carrier are registered and approved for personnel carrier transfer with SMEP Lifting Technical Authority.

8.

Check suitability of wind speed for crane operations.

9.

Ensure participants are briefed and understand the requirements of carrier transfer and have signed the transfer form.

10.

Ensure the Master of the vessel is familiar with the carrier transfer requirements and is briefed accordingly.

11.

Ensure that the Supervisors and Banksman are familiar with the carrier transfer requirements and handling of the carrier.

12.

Have verified the competency and experience of the crane operator.

13.

Ensure communications are established with all the parties involved in the transfer. The Master of the vessel, Officer supervising the boat desk, t he crane operator and the supervisor on the installation.

14.

Verify the Fast Rescue Craft (FRC) cover is provided.

15.

Have carried out Risk Assessment.

16.

Authorise and sign the work permit, transfer request and transfer checklist for the carrier transfer.

9.19.2

Master of the Vessel

Shall confirm to the SMEP site representative the following 1.

M u s t c o n f i r m b o a t i s s u i t a b l e f o r b a s k e t t r a n s f e r a n d ap p r o v e d b y M a r i n e d e p t . and that he can hold station for the duration of the transfer in the prevailing w e a t h e r a n d s e a co n d i t i o n s .

2.

H e a c c e p t s t h e t r a n s f e r a n d u n d e r s t a n d s t h e r e q ui r e m e n t s f o r ca r r i e r t r a n s f e r .

3.

H a v e c o n f i r me d t h a t t h e de c k c r e w u n d e r s t a n d t h e c a r r i e r t r a n s f e r r e q u i r e m e n t s and have been fully briefed.

4.

Two deck hands on deck to handle tag line.

5.

T h e B a n k s m a n i s i d e n t i f i e d w i t h a h i g h l y r e c og n i s e d v e s t a n d h a s a r ad i o f o r communication and establishes communication on a dedicated channel.

6.

Confirm that the landing area is clear, and meets the landing area requirements

Page 42 of 247

Check


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

and is in a safe and clean condition. 7.

T h e p e o p l e t o b e t r a n s f e r r e d h a v e b e e n b ri e f e d a n d s i g n e d t h e t r a n s f e r f o r m.

8.

C o n f i r m t h a t t h e p e r s o n ( s ) t r a n s f e r r i n g i s / a re f i t t o u n d e r t a k e t h e t r a n s f e r .

9.19.3

Banksman and/or Deck Foreman

Shall confirm to the SMEP site representative the following 1.

The transfer requirements are understood

2.

T h e p e r s o n n e l ca r r i e r i s c he c k e d , s u i t a b l e f o r t h e t r a n s f e r a n d i s c o rr e c t l y r i g g e d .

3.

The personnel transferring are fit for the transfer and understand the requirements; a demonstration of how to use the carrier will be given if required and signed the transfer form.

4.

Communications have been established.

5.

Have full view of the transfer areas.

6.

L a n d i n g a r e a m e e t s t h e r e q u i r e me n t s , i s c l e a r a n d i s i n a s a f e c o n d i t i o n .

7.

The Banksman is clearly identified.

8.

T o o l b o x m e e t in g h e l d w i t h a l l p a r t i e s i n v o l v e d .

9.

2 riggers/deckhands to handle tag lines.

Check

10. Only certified and marked equipment is used in the transfer. 11. The personnel are wearing the correct PPE.

9.19.4

Crane Operator

Shall confirm to the SMEP site representative the following The crane is fully operational. The wind speed is satisfactory for safe operation f or carrier transfer The requirements for carrier transfer have been

understood.

A f ul l an d un o b s t r uc t e d v ie w o f t h e B a nk s m an a n d t h e t r a ns f e r l a nd i n g a re a o n b o t h sides. Confirm that the landing area is clear. Communications have been established. Daily crane checks have been completed and signed by the crane operator. The personnel carrier and lifting gear are in a safe state of repair before use. That the crane will carry no other load that the personnel carrier. That the logbook entry will be made for each lift. That he has no personal conflict with any of the personnel being lifted.

9.19.5

Riggers/Deck Hands

Shall confirm to the Banksman/Deck Foreman the following: 1.

Have been briefed and understood the carrier transfer requirements.

2.

Familiar with handling the tag lines.

Page 43 of 247

Check


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

3.

Know how to control the swing with the tag lines.

4.

Follow instructions from the Banksman/Deck Foreman in charge of the operation.

9.19.6

Personnel Transferring

Shall confirm to SMEP site representative the following: 1.

Have been briefed and understand the carrier transfer requirements and signed the transfer form.

2.

Agreed to the transfer by carrier.

3.

Are physically fit and to declare if they suffer from Vertigo (fear of heights), seasickness etc.

4.

Understand that the transfer is purely on a voluntary basis.

5.

Familiar with the method of carrier transfer and has been briefed on the method of transfer.

6.

Observe all instructions from those in charge of the operation.

7.

Insist on being accompanied by an experienced person if transferring for the first time.

9.19.7

Crane owner’s Requirements

The owner of the crane used to transfer personnel in a transfer carrier shall ensure that: The crane is registered and approved for personnel basket transfer with SMEP’s Lifting Technical Authority. A l og b oo k i s a va i l a bl e t o en a b l e t h e cra n e o p e r at o r t o m a k e e n t ri e s o f e a ch l i f t . This logbook must be made available for inspection on request.

9.19.8 1.

General Precautions Moving the personnel carrier shall be only under powered conditions in a slow controlled, cautious manner.

2.

The load line hoist drum shall have controlled load lowering. Automatic brake shall apply in neutral position. Free fall is not allowed .

3.

The total weight including personnel transfer carrier, rigging and occupants shall not exceed 50% of the crane's rated capacity for the radius and configuration used.

4.

Rigging used for personnel hoisting must not be used for any other purpose and shall be kept apart from other rigging and clearly identified as only to be used for personnel hoisting.

5.

The rigging must be capable of handling 10 times the maximum intended load.

Page 44 of 247

9.19.9


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

Pre-Use Inspection

A p r e- i n s pe ct i o n of t h e p e rs o n n e l t ra n s f e r ca r r i er s h a l l b e un d e rt ak e n a t t h e s t a rt of e a ch d ay the personnel carrier will be used. The pre-inspection shall be carried out in accordance with W o rk I ns t ru ct i o n .

9.19.10

Trial Lifts

A t ri al l i f t w i t h t he un o c cup i e d p e r s o n n e l t r a ns f e r ca r ri e r s h a l l b e u nd e r t a ke n at t h e s t a rt o f each day the personnel carrier will be used. A f t e r t he t ri a l l i f t a nd j us t p r i o r t o h o i s t i n g t h e p e r s o n n e l , t h e ca rr i e r a n d ri g gi n g s h a l l be hoisted a few centimetres and inspected by the PIC.

Reflex Marine Frog transfer unit

9.20

Esvagt-Rigid basket

Man Riding (drilling operations)

Manriding should always be avoided and alternatives should have been challenged. However if properly assessed and man riding will be required then only competent persons and dedicated Man Riding winches, which incorporate appropriate safety equipment, shall be used for Man Riding. These winches shall be clearly marked ‘DEDICATED FOR MAN RIDING’ and never used for any other purpose. A dedicated team including the PIC, Winch Operator, and person being lifted, shall carry out the operation. The PIC shall ensure that no other operation that could interfere with the Man Riding is carried out. Prior to installing or using winches that are certified for Man Riding the following shall be in place: 1.

A s u i t a b l e a n d s u f f i c i e n t r i s k a s s e s s m e n t s h a l l b e c a r r i e d o u t t o i d e nt i f y a l l r e a s o n a b l y foreseeable hazards and failure scenarios such that in all operations using Man Riding w i n ch e s t he pe rs o n i s p ro t e ct e d f r o m be i n g c ru s h e d , t ra p pe d , s t r u ck o r f a l l i n g f r om t h e carrier. Measures additional to those mentioned in this Section shall be put in place if the risk assessment identifies circumstances in which additional controls are required;

2.

E m e r g e n c y m e a n s s h a l l e x i s t b y w h i c h a l l w i n c h m o t i o n c a n e f f e c t i v e l y a nd r a p i d l y b e brought to a halt;

Page 45 of 247

3.


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

A co m p r e h e n s i v e r e v i e w s h a l l b e m a d e b y t h e P I C t o en s u r e t h a t t h e s a f e t y f e a t u re s o f the winch are adequate to provide a safe method of operation for the M an Riding operation. No Man Riding shall be allowed if the Winch Operator does not have clear sight of the rider. Man Riding below the derrick floor level is not allowed. It requires a separate Man Riding winch mounted below the floor. Man riding above the monkey board level shall not be permitted.

Use of Man Riding harnesses s hall only be allowed for short durations with authorisation of the Site Manager. Refer to (Yellow Guides) ‘Working at Height’ for maximum permissible times and recovery periods. The maximum time suspended in the Man Riding harness must always be determined in the risk assessment, taking into account manufacturers instructions, gender and physical condition of the manrider. Only full body harnesses shall be used. Harnesses shall never be used for lifting personnel for long duration jobs, as the potential exists for constricting the blood supply vessels in the legs. A secondary fall protection device shall be used, independent of the primary lifting mechanism. A s p l i t p i n s h a l l b e us e d o n t h e s ha ck l e be t w ee n r i di ng be l t a n d w i n ch w i r e . I t s ha l l n ot b e possible for the split pin to fall out during use. Other types of pin shall not be used. Use, maintenance, storage, check, inspection and examination of riding belts shall as a minimum comply with manufacturer’s instructions for use, see also EN 813 and EN 365.

9.20.1

Winches for Man Riding

W i n ch e s t ha t ar e t o b e us e d f o r M a n R i d i ng s h a l l h av e t h e f o l l ow i n g f ea t ur es a nd s e t t i n g s : 1.

A second independent brake shall be provided for use if the automatic brake fails. This brake should be manual unless the second automatic brake is completely independent of the automatic braking system;

2.

Equipment shall be incorporated in the winch system to prevent the carrier from overriding and over speeding;

3.

M a x i m u m p u l l l i m i t i n g f e a t u r e . T h e l i m it s ha l l be s e t t o t h e va l u e d e t e r m i n e d d u r i n g t h e risk assessment for the job;

4.

T h e w i n ch s h a l l b e c a p a b l e o f l o w e r i n g i n a co n t r o l l e d ma n n e r i n t h e e v e n t o f s u d d e n loss of power or primary control;

5.

The winch shall have adequate capacity to handle the loads required which should include but not be limited to: 1.

Weight of passengers;

2.

Tare weight of the carrier;

3.

Rope weight and frictional effects.

Page 46 of 247


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

The design factor for the winch and the wire rope, taking into account the sum of these w e i gh t s , s h a l l n o t b e l e s s t h a n 8 :1 . 6.

Suspension points for sheaves in the winch systems shall be rated to withstand the maximum credible winch pull;

7.

The design of the winch should be supported by a FMEA (Failure Modes and Effects A n al y s i s ) ;

8.

T h e w i n c h s h a l l b e e q u i p p e d w i t h a g ua r d o v e r t h e d r u m t h a t p r o v i de s p r o t e c t i o n t o t h e W i n ch O p e ra t or e . g. , i n t h e e v e n t o f ro p e b re a k ag e , b ut d o e s n o t i n h i b i t t h e o p e ra t o r from monitoring the spooling action of the rope on the drum;

9.

W i r e r o p e u s e d i n M a n R i d i n g w i n c h e s s h a l l be o f t h e n o n - r o t a t i n g t y p e o r a s i d e n t i f i e d by the manufacture;

The ratio (D/d) between sheave diameter (D) and the wire rope diameter (d) s hall not be less than 22.

Page 47 of 247


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

10.0 Suspended Work Baskets (Cranes) Suspended workbasket operations are not the preferred method of carrying out work at elevated heights. However, it is recognised that there are s ituations where this method of operation may be justified; suspended workbasket operations offshore are forbidden. All suspended workbasket operations must be covered by an appropriate SMEP Shell Permit to W o rk , R i s k A ss e s s me n t an d L i f t P l a n , a n d b e co nd uc t e d i n a cco r d an c e w i t h t h i s s t an d a rd . The following information is based on the guidance given in: 1.

LOLER 98, Reg 5

2.

ASME B30.23

3.

HSE Safety Notice 1/97

10.1

Requirements

The following covers the basic safety requirements that must be met when personnel are required to work from a ‘suspended work basket’ that has been raised by a mobile crane.

10.2

Equipment

A l l l i f t i n g t ac k l e us e d i n t he l i ft mu st h a ve s a f e t y co e f f i ci e n t o f at l e a s t t wi c e t h a t re qu ir e d f o r general lifting. The workbasket and associated lifting equipment and lifting tackle must be marked with it s respective SWL, identity and correct colour code. All lifting equipment and lifting tackle to be used in the operation must be pre-use inspected. The crane shall be uniformly level within 1% o f level and shall have firm footing under both crawler tracks or all outrigger pads. W h e re a cra n e i s us e d t ha t h a s l o ad -l i mi t i ng a n d /o r s l a ck w i r e cut - o ut d ev i ce , t h e co rr e ct operation of these devices must be confirmed before the crane is used. Before starting the operation ensure that the wire rope is spooled correctly on the drum. If the operation Risk Assessment identifies that there is danger from falling objects, or a danger of striking overhead objects as the ‘suspended workbasket’ is raised, suitable overhead protection for personnel in the carrier must be provided. If the workbasket has access doors they must open in-wards and must have a device to prevent inadvertent opening. Suitable high edge guardrails must be fitted to the workbasket to prevent personnel from f a l l i n g f r o m t h e w o r k b a s ke t . T h e f l o o r o f t h e w o r k b a s k e t m u s t h a v e a n o n - s l i p s u r f a c e . To cover the event of a failure to the primary lifting system with personnel suspended, a secondary system capable of safely lowering the workbasket, or personnel from the workbasket, must be available. W h e re a pp r op r i a t e wa rn i ng l a b e l s mus t be a t t a ch e d to e q u i p me n t t o i n d i ca t e k no w n d a ng e r s . Labels shall also be fitted to warn against incorrect usage.

10.3 1.

Personnel All personnel involved in suspended workbasket operations must have:

Page 48 of 247

2.


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

a.

Agreed to do so.

b.

Have received adequate instruction.

c.

Be fully conversant with the requirements involved.

Confirm that all personnel in the workbasket are wearing appropriate Personal Protective Equipment (PPE).

3.

The Risk Assessment must consider the practicability of issuing personnel with fall arresters anchored on the workbasket safety anchorage points.

4.

Personnel in the workbasket must have a primary means of communication/attracting attention (e.g. hand-held radio) and a back-up system (e.g. whistle) if assistance is required.

10.4

Personnel Engaged in Suspended Work Basket Activities (Onshore Only)

10.4.1

Authority

A l l s us pe nd e d wo rk b a s ke t op e ra t i o n s s h a l l o n l y be c a rri e d o ut us i n g t h e S M E P Pe rm i t t o W o rk system. To support the issuance of the permit to work, the attached suspended workbasket operations c h e c k l i s t s h a l l b e u t i l i s e d f o r e a c h i n d i v i d u a l o p e r a t i o n ( A p pe n d i x 6) . For guidance on how to complete the work permit refer to DIN: TCP.XX.1009, “Permit to Work System”.

10.4.2

Prerequisites

If a suspended workbasket operation is to be carried out the following must be produced before the operation can start: 1.

Permit to Work.

2.

Risk Assessment.

3.

Lift Plan. (Written step-by-step instructions)

4.

Safety Check List.

10.4.3

Risk Assessment

A l l s us p e n d e d w o r kb a s k e t o p e ra t i o n s m us t b e s ub j e c t t o a r i s k a s s e s s m e n t ( R e f e r E 9 5 -0 3 1 1 ) and a lift plan. The risk assessment shall identify all reasonably foreseeable hazards and failure scenarios such that in all suspended workbasket operations the people are protected from being crushed, trapped, struck or falling from the workbasket. A pp r o pr i at e cr a ne an d w o rk b a s k e t ch e c ks t o b e r e co rd e d i n t h e p l an . A p e rs o n i n ch ar ge ( P I C) s ha l l c ar ry o ut t h e c h e ck s a n d s up e r v i s e t he o pe r at i o n d e f i n e d i n t he lift plan.

Page 49 of 247


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

10.4.4 1.

Other Considerations To prevent personnel from walking beneath the suspended workbasket the area beneath the workbasket must be cordoned off.

2.

That other criteria required for the operation are met, e.g. personnel are wearing full body harness, and they have been briefed on all facets of the operation.

10.5

Criteria

10.5.1

Crane Suitability

1.

A lifting surveyor from an independent third party certification authority shall certify the crane.

2.

The certificate issued by the lifting surveyor shall clearly indicate the crane is suitable for man-riding and fully complies with the requirements of ASME B30.23 or Lifting Operations and Lifting Equipment Regulations (LOLER 1998).

3.

SMEP’s Lifting Technical Authority must approve cranes used for suspended workbasket operations and shall review all certification and maintenance records pertaining to the crane.

4.

Load hooks shall be of the design that can be closed and locked. The mousing of the hook opening is not permitted.

5.

All connections between the crane and the suspended workbasket shall be such that they cannot self-release under any circumstances.

6.

Articulating or truck loading cranes (HIAB trucks) are not suitable for man-riding duties and shall not be used,

Cranes, which are suitable for personnel lifting operations, shall be clearly marked at the operator’s location “SUITABLE FOR MAN RIDING” or “SUITABLE FOR LIFTING PEOPLE”. Cranes w i t h a ca p a ci t y of l e s s t h a n 1 0 t o n ne s s ha l l n o t be u s e d f o r s us p e n d ed w o r kb a s k e t o p er a t i o n s .

10.5.2 1.

Work Baskets A surveyor from an independent third party certification authority shall certify the

wo r kb a s ke t . 2.

The certificate issued by the surveyor shall clearly indicate the workbasket is suitable for suspended work activities.

3.

SMEP’s Lifting Technical Authority must approve the work basket used and shall review all certification and maintenance records pertaining to the work basket.

4.

The purpose-built workbasket shall be designed to an International Standard i.e. BS EN 14502-1, AS 1418 or ASME B30. 23 or equivalent.

5.

Two taglines shall be attached to the workbasket, of a suitable length.

6.

There shall be no knots on the tag lines to minimise the chance of snagging.

Page 50 of 247

7.


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

The workbasket lifting gear, master links, slings, etc. shall have a factor of safety of at least 10. The workbasket shall be equipped with a double safety load line assembly composed of a main wire rope sling and a secondary shock absorbing safety line. The capacity of the wire rope sling and the secondary shock absorbing safety line shall be such that either the sling or safety li ne shall be able to carry the full load including the safety factor.

8.

The shackle type to be used is the bow or safety-anchor type fitted with split pins, that is, bolt, nut and split-pin.

9.

An anti-spin device shall be fitted between the load line and the workbasket upper master link. The anti spin device shall have a factor of safety of at least 10 to 1.

10.

The worksite Supervisor shall perform subsequent inspections prior to each use.

11.

The workbasket shall be thoroughly inspected every six months and load tested every twelve months or as recommend by the workbasket manufacturer.

NOTE: SCISSOR ACTION SPRING-LOADED OR SELF LOCKING HOOKS SHALL NOT BE USED FOR PERSONNEL LIFTING OPERATIONS. REFER FIG 16.

10.6

Environmental Conditions

10.6.1

Weather

The weather criteria for all personnel lifting operations shall be as follows: Mean Wind Velocity

:

8 m/s measured at 10 metres above ground level.

The person in charge shall ensure that the above weather criteria is fully met at all times during the operation.

10.6.2

Visibility

Horizontal visibility shall be considered, and shall be at l east 500 metres. Vertical visibility shall be such that the tip of the crane boom is always in full view by t he crane operator.

10.6.3

Daylight

W o rk ba s k et op e r a t i o ns s h al l o nl y b e c ar ri e d o ut d u ri n g d a y l i g ht h o urs .

10.6.4

Rainfall & Electrical Storms

If the workbasket operation is proposed during a period of rainfall or electrical storm, consideration shall be given to the severity of the weather, and the operation postponed to more favourable conditions if there are any concerns that it could effect the operation. In all cases, when any of the above environmental conditions are exceeded, all activities shall cease immediately, and workbasket activities may only resume when the environmental conditions return to acceptable values.

Page 51 of 247

10.7


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

Communications

Radio communication shall be established between Person in Charge, Crane Operator (hands free), Banksman and the lifted personnel. The crane operator shall have a full and unobstructed v i e w o f t h e w o r kb a s k et op e r at i ng ar e a .

10.8

Crane

The Crane Operator shall hold a current, valid mobile crane operator's certificate, from a SMEP approved training provider, and have a minimum of 6 months experience as a crane operator. The Crane Operator shall also have a minimum of 50 operating hours (logged) operating the crane to be used in the suspended workbasket operation. The crane operator shall not leave the crane controls throughout the duration of the suspended workbasket operation. He shall solely concentrate his activities on the s uspended workbasket operation in progress.

10.9

Personnel

10.9.1

Banksman

The Banksman shall hold a current, valid banksman’s certificate from a SMEP approved training facility and have experience of workbasket lifting operations. The banksman shall be easily identified by a brightly coloured banksman’s jacket. They shall also carry a working radio by which they can communicate as described under 9.4 “Communications” above.

10.9.2

Personnel Working from the Work Basket

Personnel working from the workbasket must be properly attired this includes safety helmet wit h chinstrap, safety footwear, coverall and approved full body harness. Personnel will only undertake work on a voluntary basis. If they do not wish to work from t h e w o r k b a s k e t , t h e y w i l l n o t b e f o r c e d t o d o s o . S e e A pp e n d i x 6

A n e x p e ri e n ce d p e r s o n s h a l l a l w ay s ac co mp a n y i n e x p e ri e nce d p e o p l e o r t h os e no t t r a i n e d i n the use of suspended workboxes.

10.10

Tool Bags

Only the required tools and materials required to carry out the task shall be allow ed in the w o rk b as k e t .

10.11 Safety 10.11.1

Toolbox Talk

Toolbox talk shall be held prior to t he personnel being hoisted, this will involve t he Person in Charge, crane operator and personnel to be hoisted the following elements of t he operation shall be included in the toolbox talk:

Page 52 of 247


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

•

Crane actions, movements and signals.

•

Body positions, pinch points and personal stability

•

Personnel protective equipment requirement

•

Safety aspects of the operation – Basket swing, Escape routes etc.

•

Potential emergency situations

•

Expected behaviour of personnel being hoisted

10.11.2

Recovery Arrangements

A r e s cue p l an s h a l l b e p r epa r e d f or a l l p e rs o n n el ho i s t i n g o p e r at i o ns . A l l e q ui p me n t r e q ui r ed to implement the rescue plan shall be readily available prior to and during the operation. Rescue operations can introduce their own hazards; therefore the planning and execution of a rescue requires particular care and attention including additional risk assessments before proceeding.

10.12

Maintenance

10.12.1

Planned maintenance

To ensure safe and satisfactory operation of the crane and workbasket, a properly planned maintenance system shall be established and used. Refer t o IMP 0.03 Lifting Equipment Inspection and Maintenance Philosophy (SMEP.EP72.ST.0032) for further details.

10.13

Administrative and Operational Duties

10.13.1

Person in Charge

1.

Familiar with the suspended workbasket requirements.

2.

Satisfied with the fitness and training of the people to be work from the work basket

3.

Satisfied with the visibility.

4.

Check the crane and workbasket have current valid Inspection Certificates.

5.

Check the crane and workbasket are registered and approved for workbasket operations with SMEP’S Lifting Technical Authority.

6.

Check suitability of wind speed for crane operations

7.

Ensure participants are briefed and understand the requirements for workbasket operations.

8.

The Banksman is clearly identified.

9.

Ensure that the Supervisors and Banksman are familiar with the workbasket operation requirements and handling of workbaskets.

10.

Have verified the competency and experience of the crane operator.

Page 53 of 247

11.


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

Ensure communications are established with all parties concerned for the workbasket operations.

12.

Toolbox meeting held with all parties involved.

13.

Personnel are wearing the correct PPE.

14.

Carry out Risk Assessment

15.

Authorise and sign the work permit.

10.13.2

Banksman

Shall confirm to the Person in Charge the following: 1. The work basket operations requirements is understood 2. The workbasket is checked, suitable for the operation and is correctly rigged. 3. Have confirmed the personnel working from the workbasket are fit and understand the requirements; a demonstration of how to use the workbasket will be given if required. 4. Communications have been established on a dedicated radio channel. 5. 2 riggers to handle the tag l ines.

10.13.3

Crane Driver

Shall confirm to the Person in Charge the following:

Check

1. The crane is fully operational. 2. The environmental conditions are satisfactory for safe operation for the suspended workbasket. 3. The requirements and requirements for suspended workbasket operations have been understood. 4. A full and unobstructed view of the Banksman and the workbasket operating area. 5. Hands free communications have been established. 6. Daily crane checks have been completed and signed by the crane driver. 7. The workbasket and lifting gear are in a safe s tate of repair before use. 8. That the crane will carry no other load than t he workbasket. 9. That the logbook entry will be made for each lift.

10.13.4

Riggers

Shall confirm to the Banksman the following: 1. Have been briefed and understand the suspended workbasket requirements. 2. Familiar with handling the tag li nes. 3. Know how to control the swing wit h the tag lines. 4. Follow instructions from the Banksman.

Page 54 of 247

Check

10.13.5


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

Personnel Working from a Workbasket

Shall confirm to the Person in Charge the following:

Check

1. Have been briefed and understand the suspended workbasket requirements. 2. Agreed to the work from the suspended workbasket. 3. Are physically fit and to declare if they suffer from Vertigo (Fear of height), etc. 4. Understand that the work is purely on voluntary basis. 5. Familiar with the method of suspended workbasket operations. 6. Observe all instructions from those in charge of the operation. 7. Insist on being accompanied by an experienced person if working from a suspended workbasket for the first time.

10.13.6

Crane Owner’s Requirements

The owner of the crane used to suspended workbasket shall ensure that: 1.

The crane is registered and approved for personnel basket transfer with SMEP’s Lifting Technical Authority.

2.

A logbook is available to enable the crane operator to make entries of each lift.

3.

This logbook must be made available for inspection on request.

10.13.7 1.

General Precautions

Moving the suspended workbasket shall be only underpowered conditions in a slow controlled, cautious manner.

2.

The load line hoist drum shall have controlled load lowering. Automatic brake shall apply in neutral position. Free fall is not allowed .

3.

The total weight including suspended workbasket, rigging and occupants shall not exceed 50% of the cranes rated capacity for the radius and configuration used.

4.

Rigging used for personnel hoisting must not be used for any other purpose and shall be kept apart from other rigging and clearly identified as only to be used for personnel hoisting.

5.

The rigging must be capable of handling 10 times the maximum intended load.

Page 55 of 247

10.13.8


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

Carrier Pre-use Inspection Check

Longer leg Slings must be fitted with a high visibility cover

The shackle type to be used is the bow or anchor type fitted with split pins, that is, bolt, nut and s plit-pin.

Slings are correctly attached and in good order

NOTE: CHECK SAFETY HARNESS ATTACHMENT POINTS ARE SECURE.

10.13.9 1.

Trial Lifts

A trial lift with the unoccupied work basket carrier loaded with ballast at 1.25 times the intended load, including personnel, shall be undertaken at the start of each day the suspended work basket will be used.

2.

After the trial lift and just prior to hoisting the personnel, the workbasket and rigging shall be hoisted a few centimetres and inspected by the PIC.

Page 56 of 247


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

11.0 Use of Mobile Cranes on Marine Vessels 11.1

Purpose

I t i s n o t S h e l l M a l a y s i a E x p l o r a t i o n a n d Pr o d u c t i o n ( S M E P ) p r ac t i c e t o a l l o w t h e u s e o f m o b i l e cranes on marine vessels, however their use may be allowed when the requirements of this standard are strictly adhered to. This section provides the requirements which shall be followed when using a mobile crane on a marine vessel. A t t e n t i o n i s d ra w n t o Sh e l l ’ s g l o b al s t a n da r d on l i f t i n g an d h o i s t i n g E P 2 0 0 5 - 0 2 6 4 - G 0 1 ( s e c t i o n 4 page 15)

11.2

Scope

T h e s c o p e o f t h i s s e c t i o n co v e r s t h e u s e o f m o b i l e c r a n e s m o u n t e d o n m a r i n e v e s s e l s . T h e s e types of arrangements shall be considered as a floating crane. The pos ition of the crane on the marine vessel affects the trim and stability of t he combination, and this has to be taken into account. This section specifies the minimum requirements for the marine vessels listed below, however, the list is not exhaustive. It is the duty of the Contract Holder to ensure t hat any marine vessel w h e r e l i f t i n g o p e ra t io n s a re u n de rt ak e n o f f s h o r e , h as e q ui p me n t w h i ch co mp l i e s w i t h t h e marine vessels classification society’s rules and this manual. Examples of marine vessels where this section will apply: 1.

Pipe laying ships and barges.

2.

Crane barges, work barges

3.

Dredgers, using cranes with clam shells or buckets.

E x a m p l e s o f m a r i n e v e s s e l s w h e r e t h i s s e c t i o n w i l l n ot ap pl y : 1.

Supply/Anchorhandling vessels and stand-by vessels

2.

Shuttle tankers

3.

Dredgers, except those fitted with cranes using clam shells or buckets

4.

Survey vessels

5.

Jack up rigs

6.

Drilling Vessel

11.3

Requirements

11.3.1

Crane Suitability

It shall be noted that mobile cranes are particularly sensitive t o external influences such as environmental effects, vessel movements, and dynamic loading. There are several types of mobile cranes, initially designed for land-based operations, which can be considered for lifti ng operations offshore. Not all however are equally suitable, e.g., a wheel-mounted crane, will

Page 57 of 247


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

not be suitable, because of tyre floatation effects and s horter wheelbase. It is not as st able as a tracked/crawler crane for the same duty and/or operating conditions. The suitability of a mobile crane for use on a marine vessel shall therefore be carefully appraised according to service requirements, type of marine vessel and operational requirements.

Mobile cranes require to be certified in accordance with the latest revision of IMP 0.03 Lifting Equipment, SMEP.EP72.ST.0032. It shall be noted that the certification and load-testing of t he mobile crane, shall include verification that tie downs, supports, ballast counterweight and load radius configuration conform to the crane manufactures or an authority experienced in crane design and stability of craft specifications. Certification and load-testing of the mobile crane must be undertaken after the crane has been mounted on the marine vessel and prior to utilisation in Malaysia; the certification and load-testing of the mobile crane requires to be undertaken by a third party surveyor from a classification society and witnessed by SMEP’s Lifting Technical Authority. Subsequent certification of the mobile crane shall be at the ti me intervals detailed in IMP 0.03 Lifting Equipment, SMEP.EP72.ST.0032, witnessing of these certifications by SMEP’s Lifting Technical Authority is not required. .

11.3.2

Types of Mobile Cranes

Mobile cranes that feature all hydraulic power transmission, integrated control systems, enclosed gear drives and brakes are preferred opposed to mechanically driven cranes using open gear drives and open brakes/clutches. TABLE 1 outlines in general terms, the prospective suitability of various types of mobile cranes for use on barges.

TABLE 1 Monohull. TYPE OF MOBILE CRANE & MODE OF USE

Sea lifts

Inboard lifts

W he e l mo u n t - f re e l i f t i n g/ t r a ve l l i n g o n t y re s

NP

NP

Wh e e l mo u n t - f re e o n o ut r ig ge r s

NP

NP

Wh e e l mo u n t - o ut ri g ge r s t i e d- d o w n

POSS

POSS

W h e e l mo u n t - f i x e d cha s s i s

YE S

YES

Crawler crane - free lifting / travelling on tracks

POSS

POSS

Crawler crane - tied-down

YE S

YES

Crawler crane - fixed chassis

YE S

YES

NP

Not Permitted

Y E S

Pr e f e r re d o p t i o n

POSS

Possible option, where a risk assessment has been performed that shows that the

r i s k s a r e a s l o w a s r e a s o n a b l y p r a c t i c a bl e ( A L A R P ) .

Page 58 of 247


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

The risk assessment shall be appraised by the contractor and the executing department and submitted to SMEP’s HSE department and Lifting Technical Authority for review. Other factors for consideration when selecting mobile cranes for use offshore are as follows: •

Cranes, which operate with outriggers deployed, shall have the facility to withstand any high pressure generated in the outrigger's hydraulic system, arising from dynamic lifting operations.

•

Booms shall have adequate torsional stiffness, rigidity and lateral stability for the service specified. Box section booms of the type used on ram luffing/telescoping cranes are not considered suitable.

•

Mobile cranes fixed, tied-down or pedestal mounted shall still be considered as mobile cranes.

NOTE: ALL OTHER TYPES OF MOBILE CRANES ON MARINE VESSELS, WHICH ARE NOT INCLUDED IN THE CLASSIFICATION SOCIETY REGISTER OF LIFTING GEAR, OR ARE NOT COVERED BY THIS STANDARD, WILL BE CONSIDERED BY SMEP'S LIFTING TECHNICAL AUTHORITY ON A CASE-BY-CASE BASIS. THEY SHALL BE STRICTLY APPRAISED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THIS SECTION.

11.3.3

Crane Capacity

The capacity charts displayed in the operators cab shall clearly show the maximum crane list the crane can safely operate at. The charts will reflect the type of crane mounting and operating conditions i.e. static or dynamic lifting. •

Capacity charts supplied for a fixed mobile crane shall be based on structural strength.

•

Capacity charts for a deck-mounted crane shall be based on stability (tipping).

It is preferable to have crane capacity charts based on allowable crane list supplied by the crane manufacturer. W h e re t hi s i s n o t p o s s ib l e , a n a ut h o r i t y e x p e ri e n ce d i n cr a ne d e s i g n a n d s t a b i l i t y o f cr a f t s h a l l provide capacity charts and the maximum amount of crane list the charts are applicable for. The capacity charts shall be confirmed and approved by the marine vessel’s Classification Society, Naval Architect or Warranty Surveyor. The crane’s load indicator shall be recalibrated to reflect the crane’s reduced capacity chart s.

11.3.4

Crane Stability for Deck Mounted Cranes

The minimum stability margin for a deck-mounted crane shall be 1.33 X the safe working load. Stability testing of the deck-mounted crane shall be carried out if the crane has been de-rated from its land-based duties to achieve a stability margin of 33%.

Page 59 of 247

11.4


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

Weather Criteria and Mobile Offshore Unit (MOU) Stability

11.4.1

Weather Criteria And Mobile Offshore Unit Stability

The weather criteria and maximum MOU movement for all mobile cranes on marine vessel operations shall be as follows: Mean wind Velocity : 10 m/s measured at 10 metres above the sea Significant wave height

:

of not more than 2 metres, and a 3° roll and 2 deg pitch of the vessel. (on site conditions NOT weather forecast data)

Maximum list

:

as advised by the crane manufacturer or the authority experienced in crane design and stability of craft.

The master of the marine vessel or attending marine vessel shall demonstrate that the above w e a t h e r cr i t e ri a a r e me t a t a l l t i me s d u rin g l i f t i n g o p e ra t i o n s . T h e co n t r a ct o r s ha l l l i a i s e w i t h the CSR on site who in turn, will liaise with the SMEP Marine Department of to confirm the sea state values. In all cases when the above sea s tate values are exceeded the mobile crane shall have the boom lowered onto the boom rest. Crane activities can only resume when the sea states fall below the above stated values.

11.5 11.5.1

Mobile Cranes Tied-Down, Free Lifting and Travelling With Load Vessel deck Strength

The vessel’s Classification Society or Naval Architect shall verify that the vessel’s deck is strong enough, under all operating conditions and the cranes operating area for the use of the proposed mobile crane. The deck structure of the marine vessel and any mats/bearers used, shall be adequate to support all forces generated by the operation and test loading of t he crane including: The maximum force that would cause the crane to tip. a.

Tractive forces i.e., forces to propel/travel the crane.

b.

Braking forces when arresting travelling and/or slewing and, decelerating the load hoist and boom.

c.

Dynamic forces including any forces arising from offleads/sideleads

d.

Forces generated by steering and spragging of the crane.

e.

Forces induced by any motion of the barge.

11.5.2

Mobile cranes tied-down

Mobile crane’s operating on a marine vessel, require to be tied-down or fixed at dedicated locations on the deck. The location of the t ie-down points on the crane/marine vessel and, the method of fixing via welding, bolting, turnbuckles etc., shall be agreed between the marine v e s s e l ’ s C l a s s i f i c a t i o n S o cie t y o r Na v al A r ch i t e ct a n d t he cr a ne ma nu f a ct u r e r /s up pl i e r. T h e

Page 60 of 247


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

crane supplier shall verify that the method used to fasten or restrain the crane to the deck is strong enough, under all operating conditions to prevent the crane from breaking off the deck or moving on the marine vessel. The supplier shall provide a critical assessment of the strength and failure mode sequence of the tie-down points and of the crane’s primary load path elements including as appropriate; boom, A-frame, bedplate, car body, chassis, outriggers, hydraulic rams (luffing and outriggers), slew bearing and fasteners and all primary load carrying pins. The calculations o f all forces transmitted to the marine vessel’s structure and the sequence of failure report in conjunction with the lift programme that the mobile crane is intended to be used for, shall be assessed and approved by the marine vessel’s Classification Society, Naval Architect or a SMEP recognised warranty surveyor. The crane supplier shall provide copies of the approved calculations and the sequence of failure report to SMEP’s Lifting Technical Authority for revi ew. A l l c ra n e t i e -d o w n w e l d s t o b e s ub j e ct ed t o 1 00 % v o l um e t r i c a nd s ur f ac e i n s p e ct i o n me t h od s prior to utilisation in Malaysia. The crane tie-down welds shall be subject to 100% visual inspection every six months and 100% volumetric and surface inspection annually.

11.5.3

Mobile cranes free lifting

Because of the particularly large and random motions of monohull marine vessel’s arising from w av e ac t i o n , t he us e o f m o bi l e cra ne s f o r f re e l i f t i ng s h a l l n o t be SM E P ’ s p re f e rre d o p t i o n . However, where cranes are required to free lift, the crane must work on a timbered area and have travel restrained by side constraints and end stops. When not working, the crane chassis is required to be anchored with tie-downs to the deck and the boom lowered on to a boom rest. W h e re c ra n e s a re r e qu i r e d t o f r e e l i f t , p a r t i cul a rl y w h e n t h e m o t i o n o f t h e ma r i n e v e ss el ca n c a u s e t h e l o a d t o p e n d u l u m a n d a d v e r s e l y a f f e c t t h e s t a b i l i t y o f t h e c r a n e . A ri sk ass e ss me n t shall be performed that shows that the risks are as low as reasonably practicable (ALARP).

SMEP's Lifting Technical Authority shall carefully consider free lifting on a case-by-case bas is, only after approval has been granted by SMEP’s Lifting Technical Authority shall work commence. The supplier shall provide a critical assessment of the cranes stability, based on the w e a t h e r cr i t e ri a a n d ma x i mu m M O U m ov e m e nt d e t a il e d i n P ar a 1 0 . 5 . T h e ca l c ul at i o n s o f al l forces transmitted to the marine vessel’s structure and the critical assessment, shall be assessed and approved by the marine vessel’s Classification Society, Naval Architect or a SMEP recognised warranty surveyor. The crane supplier shall provide copies of the approved calculations and the critical assessme nt report to SMEP’s Lifting Technical Authority for review. The supplier shall ensure that the provision of any mats, bearers et c. used to spread these forces are positively and effectively secured to the deck of the marine vessel. Any mats/bearers used to carry the load across the deck of the barge shall not deviate, move, spread or cause any de-stabilising effects under any operating condition and, under any forces arising from Section 10.6.1 a), b), c), d), e) and f).

11.5.4

Mobile cranes travelling with load

However, where cranes are required to travel with the load, they must fully meet the requirements of 10.6.3 and be shown to be ALARP.

Page 61 of 247


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

SMEP's Lifting Technical Authority shall carefully consider cranes travelling with load on a case-by-case basis, only after approval has been granted by SMEP’s Lifting Technical Authority shall work commence. On wheel mounted cranes, the effects of tyre f loatation will add to the pendulum problem. W h e e l mo u n t e d cr a n e s s h a l l n o t b e co n s i d e r e d s ui t ab l e an d a r e t he re f o re n o t p e rmi t t ed . ( r e f e r table 1).

11.5.5

Mobile cranes used for basket transfer

M o b i l e c r a n e s o p e r a t i n g o n m a r i n e v e s s e l s s h a l l NOT b e u s e d f o r t h e t r a n s f e r o f p e r s o n n e l .

11.5.6

Procedures

The contractor shall provide a procedure for the safe use of the mobile crane on t he marine v e s s e l . T h e p ro ce d ur e s h a l l f u l l y c om pl y w i t h t h i s s t a n d a rd a nd s h a l l b e f o rw ar de d t o S M E P’ s Lifting Technical Authority for review and approval.

11.6

Documentation

A l l re c o r d s s ha l l be i n a cc o rd a nc e w i t h I M P 0 .0 3 L i f t i n g a n d E qu i p me n t I ns p e ct i on a nd Maintenance Philosophy (SMEP.EP72.ST.0032)

11.7

Periodic Checks

11.7.1

General

The Chief engineer shall ensure that the checks given in 10.8.2 to 10.8.3 have been carried out. NOTE. It is possible the crane operator could be authorised to carry out periodic checks, to t he extent that he may be considered competent.

11.7.2

Crane Pre-start Checks

Carry out the following pre-start checks: 1.

Carry out pre-start checks following the Manufacturer’s checklist. This must include (as a minimum) a check of oil, coolant and fuel. If the crane engine requires refuelling refer to Para 13.11.7. Walk round the crane and the crane access ways, visually checking for any faulty conditions or abnormalities. The checks must include audible w ar n i n g d ev i ce s , al l s a f e t y l i mi t s a n d c ut o ut s , b o o m, ho o k b l o cks , s h e a v es , w ir e ro p e s and pendants (including spooling of wire rope on to the drums, rope terminations and any anchorage points), cab, control levers, slew motors, pinions and brakes.

2.

Check that the rated capacity indicator is set for it’s correct duty and that the daily test is carried out.

3.

Check that there are no obstructions in the travel of the crane.

4.

Condition of tie downs.

Page 62 of 247

5.


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

If the crane cannot operate, post a “DO NOT OPERATE” sign in a prominent position at the crane’s controls and if necessary, in the machinery/engine room.

6.

Any faulty condition shall be reported.

7.

All acceptable conditions shall be recorded.

11.7.3

Reporting of defects and incidents

The Person in Chargeshall ensure the CSR and the project engineer are immediately notified of the following: 1.

Any defects found during daily or weekly checks.

2.

Defects found at any other time.

3.

Incidents or accidents, however slight

4.

Shock loads, however they occur.

5.

Dangerous occurrences or reportable accidents.

11.8

Maintenance

11.8.1

General

Provision shall be made to ensure that throughout its use the crane, tie-downs and other equipment used in the lifting operation are maintained in a satisfactory condition. The appointed person shall be satisfied that adequate information, e.g. manufacturer's instructions, are available and that the maintenance is carried out by trained personnel who have adequate knowledge of the correct procedures. The frequency and extent of such maintenance shall take account of all factors that affect the crane in carrying out its work.

11.8.2

Planned maintenance

To ensure safe and satisfactory operation of the crane and workbasket, a properly planned maintenance system shall be established and used. Refer t o IMP 0.03 Lifting Equipment Inspection and Maintenance Philosophy (SMEP.EP72.ST.0032) for further details.

Page 63 of 247

12


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

Fork Lift Trucks

12.1

General

Forklift trucks, in a range of different capacities, are used for handling goods in SMEP w o rk s i t es . Forklift trucks must be equipped with a protection device that protects the operator in case o f rollover. The wearing of the seat belt is obligatory. A bright orange revolving light shall be installed and must operate automatically while the forklift truck is in use. An automatic acoustic reversing drive alarm shall be installed. Only properly trained and certified people are allowed to operate forklift trucks within SMEP w o rk s i t es . A t t e n t i o n i s d ra w n t o Sh e l l ’ s g l o b al s t a n da r d on l i f t i n g an d h o i s t i n g E P 2 0 0 5 - 0 2 6 4 - G 0 1 ( s e c t i o n 9 page 20)

12.2

Pre-Use

A t t h e s t ar t o f e v e ry s hi ft i t i s t h e f o rk l i f t o p e ra t o r ’ s d ut y t o c ar ry o ut a v i s ua l ch e c k o n t he truck to ensure it is in a safe condition. As a minimum the following checks shall be made:

12.2.1

Start vehicle inspection

1.

Overhead guard for security.

2.

All hydraulic rams and cylinders and hoses for leaks.

3.

Mast assembly for wear.

4.

Lift chains and rollers for wear and damaged links, ensure anchors are secure.

5.

Forks, ensure they are not bent or damaged, lateral locks are present and working.

6.

Condition of the wheels and tyres.

7.

Check fuel level and fuel gauge.

8.

Check seat belt condition and operation, including anchorages.

9.

Check the engine oil level.

10.

Check the engine coolant level.

11.

Check the transmission fluid level.

12.

Check the hydraulic fluid level.

13.

Check the battery condition.

12.2.2

Ignition ON checks

Check/Test the standard equipment: 1.

Front, tail, and brake lights.

2.

Fuel gauge (if diesel).

Page 64 of 247


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

3.

Rated Capacity Indicator (if fitted).

4.

Amber warning light.

5.

Windshield wiper, if fitted.

6.

Acoustic reversing alarm.

12.2.3 1.

Engine Running Checks Check the gauges. a.

Oil pressure gauge.

b.

Ammeter indicator lamp.

c.

Hour meter.

d.

Water temperature gauge.

2.

Steering

3.

Brakes

4.

Horn

5.

Lights

6.

Check the operation of any load-handling attachments, rotator etc.

12.2.4

Pre-use checks for forklift trucks not in use for an extended period of time

In cases where a forklift truck is not used for an e xtended period of time the user shall ensure that the person in charge specifies a special programme of pre-use checks and in-service inspections and thorough examination before it is used. The extent and thoroughness of this programme depends not only on the length of the period that the fork lift truck was out of use but also on the location of the fork l ift truck during this period. Forklift truck’s standing under cover or inside a workshop might require very little extra inspection. Forklift truck’s that h ave been out of use in the open and t herefore exposed to the weather and atmospheric pollution, etc. might require an extensive appraisal to ensure fitness for work. The programme of pre-use checks and in-service inspections must contain, as a minimum, the following checks: 1.

Any checks that are recommended in the manufacturers instructions for the forklift truck.

2.

Checking all hoist chains for signs of corrosion/degradation and damage and ensuring that there is thorough lubrication.

3.

Checking all control linkage for evidence of seizure or partial seizure and ensuring that there is correct lubrication.

4.

Checking for correct functioning of all the safety devices.

5.

Checking hoses, seals or other components for evidence of deterioration.

6.

Checking for corrosion on the structure, access, control linkages etc.

7.

Checking for structural integrity, for example cracks, dents, missing components.

Page 65 of 247

8.


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

Testing of every motion without load, each motion individually at first then by combination of two or more motions simultaneously as appropriate, and then repeating the test with a load.

12.2.5

Documents

The following documents must be present on the forklift t ruck: 1.

The current certificate of examination.

2.

The safe working load chart.

12.2.6

Hazardous Zone Requirements

A n y f o rk l i f t t ruc k t h at i s re q ui re d t o b e o pe ra t e d i n a z o n e 1 or zo ne 2 a r e a s mus t f ul l y co mp l y w i t h a n d b e c er t i f i e d t o t h e Ha z a rd o us Z o ne r e q ui r e me n t s .

12.3

Operations

Personnel must not operate forklift trucks unless they comply with the competency standards state d i n Ap pendix 1 of Lifti ng E quipmen t M anageme nt Syste m, EP200803208668 and are specifically authorised to do so. Forklift truck operators shall wear a high visibility vest to aid visibility both while driving and at any time when they leave the operation position. Forklift truck operators must: 1.

Not carry passengers.

2.

Not allow pedestrians to walk under the load.

3.

Not drive in a direction where visibility is blocked.

4.

Not attempt stacking and dismantling stacks on inclines.

5.

Avoid fast accelerating, sharp braking or fast turning.

6.

Be cautious when travelling on slopes, uneven or pot-holed surfaces.

7.

Take care when operating in the vicinity of pedestrians or other vehicles.

8.

Obey traffic regulations

9.

Operators must be aware of hazards in and at the perimeter of their areas of operation.

12.4

Capacity

Capacities of forklift trucks are rated by the manufacturer and under no circumstances must these capacities be exceeded. The capacity is defined by a given weight with the centre of gravity at a longitudinal distance from the face of the forks. It is stated as a maximum weight at a maximum load centre. A forklift truck with a rated load of 3000kgs at 500mm centres will be able to carry only 2500kgs at 600mm load centres. Rated weight x Rated distance New Distance

=

3000 x 500 600

Page 66 of 247

= 2500kgs


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

13

Mechanical Handling Equipment

13.1

General Requirements

This section establishes minimum standards for the design and operation of mechanical handling equipment.

13.2

Aerial Platforms

This section applies to those pl atforms, Vehicle Mounted Elevating and Rotating Aerial Devices, Manually Propelled Elevating Aerial Platforms, Boom Supported Elevating Work Platforms, and Self-Propelled Elevating Work Platforms. A t t e n t i o n i s d ra w n t o Sh e l l ’ s g l o b al s t a n da r d on l i f t i n g an d h o i s t i n g E P 2 0 0 5 - 0 2 6 4 - G 0 1 ( s e c t i o n 10 page 22)

13.3

Design Criteria - General

The design, maintenance and operation of this equipment shall comply with an international standard or manufacturer's association rules.

13.3.1

Identification of Mobile Aerial Platforms

The identification and rated load/applicable capacity ratings shall be clearly marked on the mobile aerial platform.

13.3.2

Pre-Use Operational Checks

These inspections shall be performed each day the mobile aerial platform is used and shall include the following: 1.

Check safety devices for malfunction.

2.

Check operating and control mechanisms for proper function.

3.

Inspect for defects such as cracked welds, damaged control cables, and loose cable/wire connections.

4.

Inspect hydraulic or pneumatic systems for observable deterioration or leakage.

5.

Inspect electrical equipment for signs of malfunction, signs of deterioration, and dust and moisture accumulation.

6.

Inspect chains or wire rope for wear or distortion.

7.

Inspect mechanical parts for any signs of wear, cracks, or distortion such as pins, bearings, shafts, gears, couplings, rollers and locking devices.

8.

Hydraulic system for proper oil level.

9.

Hydraulic and pneumatic cylinders and holding valves for malfunction and visible damage.

10.

Condition and tightness of bolts and other fasteners.

Page 67 of 247


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

11.

Legible and proper markings of controls ratings, and instructions.

12.

Legibly and clearly marked with an unique identification number, date of inspection, next inspection date, SWL.

13.3.3

Operational Use.

Mobile aerial platforms shall be operated according to this section and the manufacturers' recommendations. The following practices shall be followed for mobile aerial platform operations: 1.

Determine that the proposed mobile aerial platform operation is the desired operation after comparing hazards, productivity, and manpower requirements associated with other methods of access.

2.

Before each use, the operator understands the manufacturer's operating instructions and safety rules, has been trained and has read and understood all decals and w ar n i n gs o n t h e e q ui p m e n t .

3.

Before each use, the operator shall perform a pre-operational check to demonstrate operational readiness, including all limit switches and outrigger drift switches, if applicable, but excluding the tilt alarm/shutoff. If controls do not operate properly the operator is responsible for notifying the PIC. Repairs and adjustments shall be made before operations begin. The operator shall adhere to all decals on the controls.

4.

Personnel must not operate aerial platforms unless they fully comply with the competency standards stated in Appendix 1 of the Lifting Equipment Management System EP200803208668.

5.

Before each use, the operator shall survey the area for applicable hazards such as overhead obstructions and high-voltage conductors, debris, bumps and loose obstructions, drop-offs and holes, ditches, soft earth, obstructed path of travel, unstable footing, and other possible hazardous conditions.

6.

Personnel must: a.

Keep all parts of the body, tools, and equipment inside the work platform periphery during raising, lowering, and travelling operations.

b.

Hold onto a moving platform using both hands.

c.

Consideration must be given to prevailing environmental conditions (e.g., w i nd , r ai n , l i g ht n i n g, s n o w , e t c ) , as w el l a s as p e ct s o f t he de v i ce ( e . g ., s a i l area) before commencing operations.

NOTE IT IS A REQUIEMENT THAT ALL ACCESS PLATFORMS WITH OUTRIGGERS SHALL USE SOLID SUPPORTING BLOCKING FOR OUTRIGGERS FOR EVERY OPERATION IN EVERY CIRCUMSTANCE. 7.

The operator shall establish appropriate safety zones before initiating operations.

8.

The platform is clearly marked with the number persons it is designed to carry.

9.

The platform shall not be loaded beyond its rated load (capacity).

Page 68 of 247

10.


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

The operator shall ensure the equipment is within inspection and testing intervals by examination of the periodic re-certification tags and/or documentation.

11.

Operator discipline shall be maintained at all times. Personnel shall keep all parts of the body, tools, and equipment inside the work platform periphery during raising, lowering, and travelling operations.

12.

The use of the mobile aerial platform to move ‘heavy’ materials is not allowed; materials shall not project outside the workbasket.

13.

Fall protection is required at all times for personnel using mobile aerial platforms with a lanyard attached to a dedicated lanyard anchorage point. Attach only one (1) lanyard per lanyard anchorage point.

14.

Tools and other objects shall be carried in canvas bags or by other methods that free both hands and do not present a snagging hazard. Alternate methods of tool delivery beside mobile aerial platforms shall be investigated.

15.

Stow the boom and shut off all power before leaving machine

16.

When two or more persons are on the platform, the operator shall be responsible for all machine operations.

17.

Do not place boom or platform against any structure to steady the platform or to support the structure.

18.

Keep both feet firmly positioned on the platform floor at all times. Never use ladders, boxes, steps, planks, or similar items on platform to provide additional reach.

19.

When performing welding or metal cutting operations, precautions shall be taken to protect the chassis from direct exposure to weld and metal cutting spatter.

20.

Do not refuel the machine with the engine running.

21.

Free hanging loads shall not be lifted.

22.

The mobile aerial platform shall not be used to exert a sideways force.

23.

Persons younger than 18 years are not allowed in the workbasket.

24.

Outdoor mobile aerial platform operations shall not commence if winds are above 37km/hr steady state or if gusts exceed 46 km/hr or as recommended by the m a n u f a c t u r e r. C o n s i d e r a t i o n s h a l l a l s o b e g i v e n t o w e a t h e r c o n d i t i o n s s u c h a s

lightning, heavy rain etc before commencing operations. 25.

The requirements of this section apply to all uses of mobile aerial platforms; e.g., movement for storage/repositioning and use of the platform close to ground level.

26.

Never allow personnel in the platform while towing, lifting, or hauling, unless so designed.

27.

Never use the boom assembly to enter or leave the platform.

Page 69 of 247

13.4


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

Hand trucks

Hand trucks are for moving loads over short distances (typically less than 100m), and are specially designed for lifting and moving packages or pallets e.g. hand pallet trucks. In the latter case the facility to jack up the truck may be incorporated. Hand pallet trucks are suit able for loads up to 3000kg.

13.4.1 1.

General Requirements Hand pallet trucks must be clearly marked with an unique identification number, date of inspection, next inspection date, SWL and have an in-date certificate of inspection from a third party surveyor.

2.

Hand trucks must not be used on sloping steel surfaces such as ramps and particularly not on long inclines (maximum recommended gradient 1:15). If there is no alternative, consideration shall be given to using trucks fitted with brakes.

3.

Hand trucks must not be used on uneven or soft surfaces. Such surfaces, e.g. cracked concrete, distorted tarmac, sand and grassy areas, increase both the physical effort required and the risk of toppling.

4.

Special care must be taken when using hand trucks in split level areas, e.g. loading bays, especially where no guardrails are fitted.

5.

Hand trucks must have all their wheels in contact with the working surface at all times during their use.

Users of hand trucks must report any mechanical defects to the appropriate supervisor.

Page 70 of 247


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

14.0 Crane Operation 14.1

Introduction

This section is intended to provide fundamental safe working procedures for crane operators and associated personnel. These basic safe working procedures apply to all crane operations, regardless of crane type or classification. Most crane operations covered in this section can be classified as Routine Operations and as such will be covered by generic Lifting Plans and Risk Ass essments ( A p p e n di x 3) . W h e r e N o n - r o u t i n e c r a n e o p e r a t i o n s a r e d i s c u s s e d , N o n - r o u t i n e Li f t i n g P l a n s and separate Risk Assessment measures are required refer to section 8.

14.2

Regulations and Documents for safe Offshore Crane Operations

The following regulations apply directly to offshore crane operations: 1.

Lifting Operations and Lifting Equipment Regulations (LOLER).

2.

S h e l l ’ s g l o b a l s t a n d a r d o n l i f t i n g a n d h o i s t i n g E P 2 0 0 5 – 0 2 6 4 - G 0 1 ( s e c t i o n 3 p a g e 14).

A s n e c e s s a ry , re f e r t o s e c t i o n 8 o f t h i s d o c u m e n t a n d t h e a b o v e f o r g u i d a n c e w h e n p l a n n i n g any lifting operations. W h e n a pp l i c ab l e t h e re q ui re m e nt s o f t h e IM D G C o d e mus t a l s o b e i mp l e me n t e d a t t h e w o rk s i t e in the form of a risk assessment. Risk assessments/lift plan for ‘Routine’ l ifting operations can be ‘generic’ where similar a c t i v i t i e s a r e b e i n g un d e r t a k e n i n s i m i l a r p l a c e s o f w o r k . H o w e v e r , t h e s e a s s e s s m e n t s m u s t be reviewed if there is: R e a s o n t o b e l i e v e t h a t t h e co n t e n t o f t h e g e n e r i c ‘ a s s e s s m e n t o r l i f t p l a n ’ i s n o l o n g e r v a l i d . There is change in the work activity or conditions.

14.3

Lifting Team

The number of persons in the lifting team must be determined by the risk assessment/lift plan and be appropriate to ensure the safe operation of the crane at a workplace, especially in relation to minimising the risk of collision between the crane and other plant, and loads contacting other structures, overhead power lines or workers. The risk assessment/ lift plan shall consider the size and complexity of the lifts t o be performed w h e n d e t er m i n in g t h e n u mb e r o f op e ra t o rs t o w or k t o ge t h e r i n t he t e am . Crane lifting operations shall in all instances consist of a team of minimum three people, the crane operator, the rigger/slinger and the banksman. The duties of each are outlined in Para’s. 14.4 to 13.7.

14.4

Crane Operator

In appointing an individual to the position of crane operator on an Offshore Platform, t he crane operator shall have been adequately trained, and has adequate experience and fully complies with the competency requirements of the Lifting Equipment Management System (LEMS) A p p e n di x 1.

Page 71 of 247


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

The crane operator must be able to undertake all crane operations in a safe and controlled manner. A n y cra n e o pe r a t o r i n v o l v ed i n s ub -s e a l i f t i n g o p e ra t i o n s s h a l l u nde rg o a s ui t a b l e s ub- s e a lifting familiarisation programme before commencing operations.

14.4.1

Crane Operator’s Responsibilities

W h e n a s i t u at i o n a ri s e s , o r a co n d i t i o n e x i s t s , w h e r e i n t h e c r an e o p e r at o r’ s op i n i o n , t h e safety of personnel, plant or equipment may be jeopardised, he must immediately suspend lifting operations until such time as control measures have been introduced to minimise or eliminate the recognised potential risk(s). W h e n l i f t i n g o p e ra t i o n s h a v e be e n t e mp o r ari l y s us pe n d e d d u e t o i nc l e m e n t we at he r , o r i n t h e case of supply vessel back loading/discharging because of the prevailing sea-state, the crane operator must resist any pressure to restart operations until in his opinion it is safe to do so. Operations must not re-commence until the crane operator is fully satisfied that conditions ha ve improved to within the safe operating parameters recommended by the Crane Manufacturer, the MOPO in the platform HSE case. W h e re n o HS E ca s e o r MO P O e xi s t s t h e w e a t he r l i mi t s f o r p l at f o r m a nd r i g s up p l y as we l l a s boat to boat lifting activities, shall be 2.5 m swell and a mean wind velocity of 12 m/s.

14.5

Rigger/Slinger

The rigger/slinger is the Competent Person responsible for preparing and slinging a load in readiness for a crane lift. He is also responsible for attaching or detaching load slings to and from the crane hook.

14.6

Banksman

The banksman is the Competent Person with sole responsibility for directing (signalling) the crane operator with respect to movement of the load on the crane hook. The banksman must not however commence load movement signals until the slinger informs him that it is safe to do so.

14.7

Banksman/Slinger Activities

A t t h e c o m me n ce me nt o f e ac h s h i f t a l l p er s o n n e l i n vo l v e d i n cr a n e o p e r at i on s w i l l be i n v o l ve d in a Toolbox Talk for all routine lift ing operations. The person in charge will make the allocation of duties to achieve an efficient and safe load handling and lifting operation. Banksman duties are as follows: 1.

It is important that the banksman is readily identifiable (by the crane operator) from other personnel e.g. by wearing a high visibility waistcoat. He must also have agreed wi t h t h e cr a ne o p e r at o r t h e me t h od o f s i g na l l i n g t o b e u s e d .

2.

The Banksman controls the initial lifting and movement of the load, and its final positioning on the landing area or site. The banksman will be responsible for load movements only; he will be assisted by a Slinger who will act as the load handler. A d di t i o n al l o ad h an d l e rs c a n b e us e d a s n e ce s s a ry t o e n s ur e t he s af e t y o f t he l i f t i n g operation.

Page 72 of 247

3.


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

The Banksman shall not become involved in handling of the load. He must at all times retain an overview of the lifting operation.

4.

The PIC, Banksman and Slinger shall discuss each lifting programme with the crane operator to ensure that each understands the sequence relative to the priority of lifts.

5.

Prior to discharging or back loading of supply vessels, the Banksman shall ensure that both he and the crane operator are in possession of a copy of the cargo manifest. The person in charge must be consulted with regard to the sequence of lifts and positioning of loads

6.

The banksman must be aware of the wind speed and direction and be familiar with the capacities and parameters of the crane in use.

7.

He must check that the deck crew have checked the lifting gear being used for condition, that it is certified for use, is correctly colour coded and is of sufficient capacity to carry out the lift.

8.

Ensure that a cargo-handling pennant of 2 – 3 metres long and correct capacity is a t t a c h e d t o t h e c r a n e h o o k a n d i s s u i t a b l e f o r t h e p a r t i cu l a r l i f t t o b e c a r r i e d o u t . I n the case of supply vessel operations, the pennant deployed s hall under normal circumstances be a minimum 3m long. Where, because of the crane' s limited boom length, a full-length pennant cannot be deployed, the pennant must be as long as is p o s s i b l e . I f n o e x t e n s i o n i s p o s s i b l e , a t a g l i n e i s t o b e f i x e d j u s t a b o v e t h e c r a ne hook. The crane operator and vessel's crew must exercise utmost caution.

9.

Be aware of any obstructions within the crane's radius and working area.

10.

Be aware of potential snagging points in the vicinity of the load whilst hoisting/lowering in restricted areas. Check to ensure that the crane's hoist rope, hook block assembly and attachments have a clear passage.

11.

Ensure that the lifting area is suitably barriered off.

12.

If a problem develops whilst lifting or landing a load, the banksman shall identify escape routes for all parties involved with each lifting operation.

13.

If using hand signals, the Banksman shall stand in a position where he can be clearly seen by the crane operator and he can maintain visual contact with the l oad, load handler(s), and see potential crane boom collision points.

14.

When using radio communications, the banksman shall stand in a position where he can maintain visual contact with the load, load handler(s) and potential crane boom collision points.

15.

When lifting, stop the load just clear of the deck to check balance and security of l o a d . T h i s w i l l a l s o g i v e t h e cr a n e o p e r a t o r t h e o p po r t u n i t y t o c h e c k s l i p p a ge o f h i s hoist brake. Allowance must be made for the rise and fall of the supply boat in the sea during vessel cargo operations

16.

Make it clear to the crane operator where the load is to be placed.

17.

Warn other personnel in the area of the movement of the load. Do not move the load over personnel.

Page 73 of 247

18.


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

Keep a check on other activities within the crane's operating area to avoid the development of unforeseen hazards.

19.

W h e n c a r r y i n g o u t l i f t s , un d e r r a d i o c o m m u n i c a t i o n , w h i c h a r e o u t o f t h e l i n e o f v i s i o n of the crane operator (‘blind’ lifts) ensure that the crane operator is at all times aware of the load movement.

20.

During ‘blind’ lifts, the criticality of the lifting operation may be such that there is a requirement for the crane operator to acknowledge and repeat the instruction he has received over the radio.

21.

During ‘blind’ lifts which are being conducted by a hand signalling method and more than one Banksman is being used to relay instructions to the crane operator, each Banksman shall stand in a position where he/she can be clearly seen by the next person in the chain. All signals shall be clear and precise. The Banksman at the load shall have a complete overview of the activity. For vessel cargo operations there must be only one banksman who maintains a clear view of the crane operator throughout.

CAUTION:

22.

WHEN CARRYING OUT BLIND LIFTS, THE USE OF MORE THAN TWO BANKSMEN MAY GIVE AN UNACCEPTABLE SIGNAL TIME DELAY.

When lifting operations are being conducted through hatches to lower decks, always b a r r i e r o f f t h e h a t c h a r e a a n d e r e c t s i gn s w i t h a c o n t a c t n u m b e r . T h e b a r r i e r s m u s t not be removed until the hatch has been replaced and secured.

23.

I f t h e c r a n e s t o p s , b e a w a r e i t ma y w e l l b e t h a t t h e c r a n e o p e r a t o r h a s l o s t s i g h t o f t h e b a n k s m a n ' s s i g n a l s . O r , i f r a d i o c o m mu n i c a t i o n i s b e i n g us e d , a t h i r d p a r t y m ay b e transmitted on the working channel. Re-establish visual or oral contact before restarting the lifting operation.

24.

While the crane is engaged in cargo handling operations with a supply vessel, the banksman shall be available to assume control of the operation if requested to do so by the crane operator in the event that he lo ses sight of the supply vessel deck or an emergency situation arises.

25.

Do not land loads on areas that are designated as ‘No Load’ areas.

26.

Do not direct the crane in a load path over live plant cooler banks etc.

27.

Do not drag trapped slings or other lifting equipment from under loads.

28.

Use lifting equipment specifically designed for that purpose to remove barrels, drums etc. from transit carriers or containers. Always ensure the integrity of the barrel rim. The same equipment shall not be used to l ift barrels or drums across platform areas. Secure slinging methods must be used.

29.

Prior to either transfer on the platform or to a supply vessel the security of cargo inside containers or baskets etc must be ensured. Additionally the doors of the containers must be secured by cable tie (tie-wrap) or similar.

30.

Before movement on the platform or to a supply vessel, all units or equipment shall be checked to ensure: a.

Security of panels.

Page 74 of 247

31.


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

b.

Security of hatches.

c.

That no loose equipment, tools or debris are lying on roof, framework etc.

d.

That all valves are shut to prevent spillage.

e.

That there are no unavoidable protrusions liable to cause snagging.

Do not use plate clamps for the purpose of transferring steel plate. The use of plate clamps is restricted to situations where plate is being removed from a racking system or is being moved short distances where the lift can be retained just above ground or deck level. A safer more secure method of lifting this type of material e.g. by applying shackles, or by using an appropriate slinging arrangement.

32.

Bundles of tubulars such as drill pipe, casing and scaffold tubes must be slung using the ‘double wrap’ slinging method applied ¼ length of the tubulars in from each end.

33.

Appropriate fist grips and cable ties (tie-wraps) must also be applied to ensure the security of the slinging arrangement.

34.

When guiding equipment, into or out of baskets or containers, to avoid entrapment always keep hands clear of the load. Personnel must not enter baskets or containers during these operations. Fit tag lines to the load.

35.

On occasions when it is necessary to double stack equipment, ensure that the integrity of lifting gear is not jeopardised. Cargo or equipment stowed on top of containers et c must be secured against movement (by wind) or collision with other equipment.

36.

Do not stack cargo carrying units, tanks or equipment, unless they are specifically designed for that purpose and it is permitted by the platform or vessel .

14.8

Load Charts

Load charts, also called rated capacity charts, identify what a crane is able to l ift safely. Load charts must be written in English and/or Bahasa Malaysia and use metric units. Where the crane has one main load chart, this must be fixed in t he operator’s cabin in a clearly v i s i b l e l o ca t i on .

Page 75 of 247


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

Fig 1 Typical Offshore Pedestal Mounted Crane

14.9

Protocol for the use of two-way radio communications

Crane operators must always observe the following: 1.

Set up call signs and adhere to them.

2.

Use the agreed call sign at all times to establish the authenticity of commands or directions.

3.

In order to maintain optimum performance and to ensure user safety, if the radio antenna becomes damaged exposing the central core; the antenna must be replaced immediately.

14.10 Two-way Radio Communications - General Information The following must be understood: 1.

The radios must be intrinsically safe and approved for use on SMEP offshore platforms.

2.

The crane operator and Banksman must establish a clear understanding and line of communication prior to the commencement of any lift ing operation.

3.

Radio messages must reflect work requirements only; general conversation must not be carried out over the airwaves.

4.

Always ensure that the transmission button is fully depressed before speaking into the microphone.

Page 76 of 247

5.


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

Speak clearly at all times. Do not release the button until a few seconds after completing your message.

14.10.1

Banksman - Radio Communication

1.

To ensure no radio interference, any banksman’s accompanying assistant(s) radio must be switched off.

2.

When a banksman moves position he must re-establish clear communication with the crane operator.

3.

During 'blind' lifts where the load is being hoisted or lowered for a long time the banksman must: a.

Not keep the transmission button in the depressed position for the duration of the lift.

b.

Not give an instruction at the commencement of the lift and then cease communication until the lift has almost reached its destination.

c.

Give the initial instruction and then talk to the crane operator every 3 – 4 metres to reassure him that the line of communication is still active and that control of the lift is being maintained.

4.

To minimise background noise and distortion ensure that the radio microphone is not exposed to the wind.

5.

Ensure that the radio microphone is not exposed to rain. If a plastic carrying case offering full protection of the radio is not available, place a plastic bag or a piece of cling film around the microphone to ensure it is kept dry.

6.

Do not carry hand-held radios in a coverall pockets. They must be carried in protective holsters attached to the body by either shoulder lanyard or waist belt. In addition to maintaining the integrity of the radio this w ill also eliminate the danger (to personnel below) of dropping the radio from height.

14.11

Pre-Use Crane Inspection

14.11.1

Pre-requisites

On a daily basis, before starting any crane operational activities a crane operator must check : 1.

Crane operational condition, and if any fault conditions have been reported by previous shift by checking the contents of the crane operations log.

2.

By personally speaking to the previous operator before he goes off-shift, about any relevant crane operating observations made that may not be in the log,

3.

For any form of crane maintenance that may be in progress, or is due to start.

4.

If a dedicated banksman is not used, in order to re-establish/establish signalling protocol, with person designated as authorised banksman for the proposed crane operations.

Page 77 of 247

14.11.2


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

Crane Access

Each time that the crane operator accesses the crane, to prevent slips, trips or falls, the crane operator must ensure that all access ladders, walkways, gates and hatches are: 1.

Free from obstruction.

2.

Clean and free from oils, greases and solvents.

3.

All deck plates are secured and access hatches are shut.

4.

Service hoses, e.g. diesel, air, and water are empty/de-pressurised and neatly stowed.

5.

Warning signs and barriers are posted as necessary, e.g. Crane Operations Area, Do Not Enter!

6.

No other personnel are present on the crane, in its engine room, or machinery room.

14.11.3

Housekeeping

Keep the crane cab, and machinery spaces in a clean and tidy condition. 1.

Check machinery space is clean and tidy. Clean up any oil spillage and remove any l o o s e m a t e r i a l s , e . g . t o o l s , ra g s . E n s u r e a c c e s s r o u t e s a r e u n o b s t r u c t e d .

2.

Ensure that all personal belongings or clothing are stored in such a manner that they d o n o t i n t e r f e r e w i t h t h e c o n t r o l s o f t h e c r a n e d u r i ng o p e r a t i o n s . E n s u r e c a b d o o r i s unobstructed.

3.

Check that the operator's cabin windows are clean, windscreen wipers and sun visors are in good condition and that the screen wash system i s full charged and functions correctly.

14.11.4

Safety Equipment

The crane operator must carry out daily visual checks to ensure that all safety equipment such as life jacket, emergency escape equipment etc. is secure, to hand and in a serviceable condition. The crane operator (particularly when he is new to the crane) must confirm that the fi re extinguishes provided are of the correct type and size as specified by SMEP Shell Petroleum, are within examination certification, and that he knows how to use each of the units provided.

14.11.5

Crane Pre-start Checks

Carry out the following pre-start checks: 1.

Carry out pre-start checks following the Manufacturer’s checklist. This must include (as a minimum) a check of oil, coolant and fuel. If the crane engine requires refuelling refer to Para 13.11.7. Walk round the crane and the crane access ways, visually checking for any faulty conditions or abnormalities. The checks must include audible w ar n i n g d ev i ce s , al l s a f e t y l i mi t s a n d c ut o ut s , b o o m, h o o k bl o cks , s h e a v es , wi r e ro p e , pendants (including spooling of wire rope on to the drums, rope terminations and any anchorage points), pennants, cab, control levers, slew motors, pinions and brakes.

Page 78 of 247

2.


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

Check that the rated capacity indicator is set for it’s correct duty and that the daily test is carried out

3.

If the crane cannot operate, post “DO NOT OPERATE” in a prominent position at the crane’s controls.

4.

Any faulty condition must be reported.

5.

All acceptable conditions shall be recorded.

14.11.6

Pre-use checks for cranes not in use for an extended period of time

In cases where a crane is not used for an ext ended period of time the user shall ensure that the competent person specifies a special programme of pre-use checks and in-service inspections and thorough examination before it is used. The extent and thoroughness of this programme depends not only on the length of the period that the crane was out of use but also on the location of the crane during this period. Crane standing under cover or inside a workshop might require very little extra inspection. Crane that have been out of use in the open and therefore exposed to the weather and atmospheric pollution, etc. might require an extensive appraisal to ensure fitness for work. The programme of pre-use checks and in-service inspections must contain, as a minimum, the following checks. 1.

Any checks that are recommended in the manufacturers instructions for the crane

2.

Checking all ropes for signs of corrosion/degradation and damage and ensuring that there is thorough lubrication.

3.

Checking all control linkage for evidence of seizure or partial seizure and ensuring that there is correct lubrication.

4.

Checking for correct functioning of all the safety devices

5.

Checking hoses, seals or other components for evidence of deterioration.

6.

Checking for corrosion on the structure, access, control linkages etc.

7.


8.

Testing of every motion for several minutes without load, each motion individually at first then by combination of two or more motions simultaneously as appropriate, and then repeating the test with a l oad.

14.11.7

Crane Refuelling

W h e n re f u e l l i n g t h e cra n e , cr a n e o pe ra t or s mus t co m pl y w i t h t h e f o l l o w i n g m i n i mu m s a f e t y requirements: 1.

The crane engine must be stopped. Refuelling must not take place whilst the engine is running.

2.

The appropriate generic COSHH/HRA (Control of Substances Hazardous to Health/ Health Risk Assessment) must be observed prior to commencement of the refuelling operation.

Page 79 of 247

3.


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

Extreme care must be taken to prevent overflow or spillage of fuel onto the engine, exhaust or electrical equipment.

14.11.8

Crane Start-up

Proceed as follows: 1.

Prior to start-up, ensure that all controls are in neutral position.

2.

Check that all crane emergency stop buttons are correctly reset/set.

3.

Carry out crane manufacturer’s start-up checks.

4.

When the crane power pack starts, check that all air and oil pressure gauges are wi t h i n ma n uf a ct ur e r ’ s s t at e d s a f e o p e ra t i n g ra n g e . A l l ow e n g i n e ( p ow e r p a ck ) t o obtain operating temperature while maintaining a watch on all gauges. Stop crane immediately if any abnormality is observed.

5.

Switch on aviation warning lights.

14.12 Crane Function Tests 14.12.1

Function Test Crane Controls

C a r r y o u t a f u n c t i o n c h e ck o f a l l c r a n e c o n t r o l s b e f o r e e a c h l i f t i n g o p e r a t i o n . I f t h e c r a n e i s manned and used continuously, a function test of the crane controls need only be carried out a t the start of operations. Carry out safe function tests of hoist, boom and slew systems.

14.12.2

Function Test Limit Switch Cut-outs

Limiting switches are used to prevent physical damage to the crane or part of t he crane due to movement of the crane or part of the crane past its designed range of motion. These devices cause braking, including deceleration where appropriate and stopping, when the following extreme permissible positions have been reached: 1.

The highest position of the hook (this is generally known as ‘anti-two block’)

2.

The extreme permissible operating positions of the jib (luff limiter); and

3.

The end positions of horizontally telescoping.

A t t h e c o mm en ce me n t o f e a ch s h i f t , ca r r y o u t a f un c t i o n ch e ck o f t h e b o o m mi ni mum ra d i us c ut out and the hook block (main and auxiliary) over-hoist cut-outs (anti-two block’). These check s must also include, where fitted, maximum radius and maximum payout limits.

CAUTION:

ALWAYS APPROACH LIMIT CUT-OUTS SLOWLY AND WITH CAUTION SO AS TO LIMIT DYNAMIC SHOCK LOADING AS THE FUNCTION IS STOPPED BY THE CUTOUT, AND TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO CRANE STRUCTURE/EQUIPMENT IF THE CUTOUT FAILS TO OPERATE.

Limit switches must not normally be overridden, but if a cut-out override facility is fitted this too must be function tested.

Page 80 of 247

1.


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

Exercise extreme caution when function testing an 'override' limit switch, See Caution above.

2.

On completion of the override function test, return the override switch to its normal position and move the boom/hook away from the cut-out.

3.

Recheck the cut-out limit switch operation.

14.12.3

Rated Capacity Indicators RCI (Automatic Safe Load Indicators ASLI)

Limiting and indicating devices are intended as an aid to crane operators. The devices must not be relied upon to replace the use of the crane’s load chart and operating instructions under any circumstances. Sole reliance on these devices in place of good operating practices may cause an accident. Rated Capacity Indicators, are commonly known as the Automatic Safe Load Indicator (ASLI) and is a vital component in the safe operation of the crane. If during a function test a fault or abnormality is encountered in the operation of the RCI/ASLI, the crane must not be used for lifting until the reported condition has been safely cleared by the crane maintenance personnel. A r at e d ca p aci t y i n d i ca t o r p r e ve n t s o v er l o a d i n g o f t h e cr a ne b y s t o p p i n g a l l re l ev a n t cr a ne functions when an overload is detected. Rated capacity means the maximum load that may be attached and handled by the crane, and may not include the weight of the hook block, falls of rope, slings and rigging hardware. The load to be raised must include the weight o f all lifting appliances that are not permanently attached to the crane. The crane’s load chart will provide guidance on any deductions that may need to be made. Prior to the commencement of any lifting operations, ensure that the rated capacity indicator is serviceable. Check as follows that: 1.

The onboard (platform) off-board condition is selected.

2.

The main hoist and auxiliary hoist modes indicate the correct number of falls.

3.

Activate the test function to ensure that all visual and audible alarms operate correctly.

4.

Ensure that appropriate load/radius chart is in good condition and visible from the crane operator’s seat without difficulty.

5.

As a check that the RCI is displaying the correct radius, lower the crane hook over known radius mark(s) (painted on the platform deck).

NOTE

THE OVERLOAD PROTECTION REQUIREMENTS FOR OFFSHORE PEDESTAL AND MOBILE CRANES ARE DOCUMENTED IN APPENDIX 10.

14.12.4

Emergency Load Release System

W h e re f i t t e d , ch e ck t h a t t he m an u al l y o p e r at e d E m er ge n c y L o a d R e l e a s e c an n o t be inadvertently activated during normal operations. A f un c t i o n t e s t o f t h e e me r ge n cy l o a d r e l e a s e i s n o t p ar t o f t h e cr a n e o pe rat o r’ s ro ut i n e function checks but is normally tested as part of the third party examination.

Page 81 of 247

14.12.5


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

Emergency Stop Buttons

The emergency stop button shall be used only: 1.

During a periodic function check.

2.

When the normal stop system fails to operate.

3.

In the event of a dangerous engine condition or component failure occurring during crane operations.

14.12.6

System Checks Whilst Crane is Running

Periodically check all gauges to ensure that all pressures and temperatures remain within the m a n u f a c t u r e r ’ s d e s i g n a t e d s a f e o p e r a t i n g r an g e . A l s o : 1.

Listen for unusual engine and/or machinery noises.

2.

Be aware of slight ‘shocks’, which could indicate improper spooling of hoist ropes or imminent equipment/machinery failure.

3.

If anything abnormal occurs: a.

Stop the crane as soon as it is safe to do so, i.e. safely lower any load on the hook.

b.

Check possible cause.

c.

Report defects or malfunctions.

14.13

Routine Crane Operations

14.13.1

Signalling

A l l pl at f o rm cr a ne o p e ra t i on s r e q ui r e a c r an e b a nk s m an . Cr a n e op e r a t o rs an d b an k s m en m us t be familiar with the system of signalling used on board the Platform. Banksman signals are i l l u s t r a t e d i n A p p e n di x 1 . W i t h r es pe ct t o b an k s ma n s i gn a l l i ng, t h e f o l l ow i n g m us t b e s t r i ct l y a d h e re d t o : 1.

The crane operator must ensure that a hand signalling diagram (which complies to the signals illustrated in Appendix 1) is clearly displayed in the crane and is visible from the crane-operating seat without difficulty.

2.

The crane operator must only respond to hand or radio signals given by the authorised banksman. The crane operator must only respond to signals from another person in an emergency situation, i.e. when the 'Emergency Stop' signal is given, either visually or orally.

3.

When hand signals are being used, visual contact with the banksman must be maintained. Crane movements must stop if visual contact is lost and recommence only w he n a cl e a r l i n e o f s i g h t i s re - e s t a b l i s he d , o r t h e ba n k s ma n r ev e r t s t o ra d i o communication.

Page 82 of 247

4.


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

When the crane operator's ability to see the banksman’s hand signals is impaired by inclement weather conditions, darkness, etc., and the lifting operation cannot be executed safely, even with radio communication, crane operations must stop.

5.

When radio communication is used, the crane operator must stop the lifting operation immediately if there is any interruption to the communication (e.g. third party transmission/interference). Crane operations must not restart until clear communication w i t h t h e B a nk s m a n i s r e - es ta b l i s h e d .

14.14

Load Handling on the Platform Deck

14.14.1

Routine Lifts

Routine platform lifts will be covered by a generic risk assess ment and lifting plan and can be undertaken without further procedures being required. (Refer section 8)

14.14.2

Non-routine Lifts

For a non-routine lift, a specific risk assessment and lift plan (specially generated by persons w i t h r e l a t e d co m pe t e n ce ) wi l l b e re qui re d . A no n -r ou t i n e l i ft mu s t n o t b e un d e rt a k e n un t i l t h e s e d o c u m e n t s a re i n p l a c e . ( R e f e r s e c t i o n 8)

14.14.3

Platform Deck Work

Before starting lifting operations, the crane operator must assess the prevailing weather conditions, e.g. wind speed/direction and visibility. Lifting operations must not commence if environmental conditions are liable to jeopardise the safety of the activity. The crane must not be operated in wind speeds above the l imit set by the manufacturer and/or the MOPO in the platform safety case. The following instructions with respect to load movements on the pl atform deck must be observed and understood: 1.

While there is a shared responsibility for the safety of each lifting operation (e.g. crane operator, banksman and rigger or slinger) the banksman is in control of load lifting and manoeuvring activities.

2.

The work area must be closed off with barriers to prevent unauthorised personnel from entering the work area. T he barriers may be made from red/white marking tape.

3.

To facilitate safe handling of the load attach tag lines or handling lines to all long or awkward lifts, e.g. casing/drill pipe bundles, completion baskets, etc. Ensure that the tag lines are secured to the load and not to the rigging gear.

4.

If the load is hazardous check that it is segregated from other loads and that it has clear markings indicating its hazardous contents.

5.

Before a load is attached to the crane hook the crane operator must be aware of the w e i gh t of t h e l o a d an d i t s di s t a n ce ( ra d i us ) f r o m t he cra n e , a n d e n s ur e t h at t h e R CI i s s e t t o t h e c o r r e ct d u t y . T h e c r a n e o p e r a t o r m u s t a l s o b e c o nf i d e n t t h a t h e h a s t h e knowledge and experience to carry out the lift.

Page 83 of 247

6.


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

Ensure that a cargo-handling pennant of 2 – 3 metres long and of the correct capacity (refer to Para 14.42) is attached to the crane hook and is suitable for the particular lift to be carried out. Where because of the crane' s l imited boom length a full-length p e n n a n t c a n n o t b e d e p l o y e d , t h e p e n n a n t m u s t b e a s l o n g a s i s p o s s i b l e . (s e e f i g 7 9)

7.

Pennant’s when used to lift pre-slung loads shall be hooked directly to the master link of the sling set attached t o the load. i.e. no sling shall be attached between the pennant hook and the master link. In general, rigging shall be kept to a minimum, except where required to allow connection from a deck load, in order to reduce the number of “links” between the load and the pennant hook.

8.

The crane operator must check with the rigger/banksman that the lifting gear is correctly colour coded, of sufficient capacity and is correctly secured and positioned on the load, i.e. over the centre of gravity so as to give a stable lift.

9.

Check that there are no loose tools, equipment, etc on the load.

10

Keep the load within the specified radius of the crane. Do not permit load handlers to push or pull loads, or the crane hook, to outside the working parameters of the crane. The crane hoist rope, from boom tip to crane hook, must be vertical before a lift is started.

11.

At the commencement of the first lift, the crane operator must carefully check the operation of the hoist brake to ensure no slippage.

12

Without the prior consent of the OIM, or their delegate, loads must not be moved over: a.

Unprotected accommodation or offices.

b.

Vulnerable plant, machinery, live gas lines or similar wireline and coil tubing operations.

NOTE: WHERE A LOAD CANNOT BE MOVED OTHER THAN OVER WORKSHOPS, OFFICES OR SIMILAR ACCOMMODATION, PERSONNEL MUST BE TEMPORARILY EVACUATED FROM DANGER AREAS IN THE PATH OF THE LIFT.

13.

Before hoisting, check that all personnel are clear of the area of the load and load path. When lifting equipment from baskets or containers a lift shall not start until all personnel are clear of the immediate area of the lift, i.e. outside of, and clear of the basket or container.

14.

Take up sling slack to confirm that the banksman/rigger has correctly positioned the crane hook centrally over the load lifting point, adjust hook position as necessary to minimise any 'drift' of the load as it is lifted clear of the deck.

15.

As the load is lifted off the deck, monitor the rated capacity indicator for possible overload situation.

16.

During crane operations, carry out all movements in a controlled manner. Smooth operation of the crane reduces the possibility of the inherent risks involved with undue shock loading or stress t o the structure and/or machinery.

17.

When moving loads across the platform deck, the crane operator shall be aware of any other activities/obstructions within the crane radius arc.

Page 84 of 247

18.


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

W h e n c a r r y i n g o u t ‘ b l i n d l i f t s ’ , mo n i t o r t h e R C I f o r a n y l o s s o r i n c r e a s e i n t h e w e i g h t of the load, which could be an indication that the l oad, or the load slings, have snagged on the superstructure or on adjacent equipment. If this occurs, stop the lifting operation immediately and advise the banksman.

19.

The crane operator must not leave the crane controls whilst there is a load on the

hook. 20.

If weather conditions become adverse during a lifting operation, the crane operator must resist pressure to carry out lifts, which have now become dangerous. Suspend lifting operations until conditions improve and the lifting operation can be carried out safely.

CAUTION:

NEVER WORK OR WALK UNDER A HOISTED OR SUSPENDED LOAD UNLESS IT HAS BEEN ADEQUATELY SUPPORTED FROM BELOW AND ALL CONDITIONS HAVE BEEN APPROVED BY THE PIC.

14.15 Cargo handling - supply vessel work 14.15.1

Routine Lifts

Routine vessel cargo lifts will be covered by a generic risk assessment and lift plan.

14.15.2

Non-routine Lifts

For a non-routine vessel cargo lift, a separate risk assessment and lift plan (specially generated by persons with related competence) will be required (See Section 8). A non-routine v e s s e l l i f t m us t n o t b e un d e rt ak e n un t i l t h e s e d o cum e n t s ar e i n p l a ce .

14.15.3

Vessel Cargo Handling Operations

W h e n ca rry i ng o ut v e s s e l ca rgo h a n d l i ng w o rk , t h e f o l l o w i n g mus t be o b s e r v e d : 1.

Establish early radio communication with the vessel Master or where applicable the ve ss e l ' s de ck cr e w . O b t ai n a co p y o f t h e ca r go m a n i fe s t ( s ) , pr i o r t o co m me n ce me n t o f the operation to be aware of the weights of the cargo to be discharged/back loaded to/from the vessel.

2.

Check load weights to see if any loads are positioned outside crane load/radius operating limits.

3.

If a load is hazardous, check that it is segregated from other loads in accordance with the IMO (International Maritime Organisation) IMDG Code (International Maritime Dangerous Goods Code), and that it has clear markings indicating its hazardous contents and that appropriate paper work forwarded to or from the vessel, in advance.

4.

Ensure that the pennant length provides an adequate safety margin for the sea state; i.e. the pennant must be appreciably longer than the maximum wave height. Ensure t h a t t h e p e n n a n t i s o f t h e c o r r e c t c a p a c i t y . ( r e f e r t o P a r a 1 4 . 4 2)

5.

Prior to the commencement of cargo handling from/to the vessel, confirm the p r e v a i l i n g w i n d a n d s e a - s t a t e c o n d i t i o n s . I f c o n d i t i o n s a r e m a rg i n a l , f o r w h a t e v e r reason e.g. weight, position or sea state, discuss proposed operation with Vessel Master, and the Person in Charge (PIC). If there are any doubts, the proposed cargo

Page 85 of 247


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

transfer must be postponed until conditions improve. No cargo operations are to commence until the vessel's master verbally confirms by radio that he is satisfied wit h the conditions and his ability to maintain station and that the required controls such as communications are in place. 6.

Before hoisting loads from the vessel deck, ensure that the ship's crew have reached a position of safety well clear of the cargo handling area and have given the a p p r o p r i a t e h a n d s i g n a l , o r v e r b a l i n s t r uc uc t i o n , t o h o i s t . S i m i l a r l y w h e n b a c k l o a d i n g cargo to a vessel deck, ensure that the ship's deck crew are in a position of safety, we w e l l c l e a r o f t h e i n t e n d e d c a r g o s t o w a g e a r e a .

7.

When lowering loads to a vessel deck, ensure enough slack is given in the pendant and slings to allow for the movement of the vessel.

W h e n h o i s t i n g l o a d s f r o m a m o v i n g v e s s e l d e ck p a c k e d w i t h c a r g o , t h e c r a n e o p e r a t o r s h a l l b e alert for: a.

‘Snag-ups’ with adjacent cargo.

b.

Loads, which may still be secured to the vessel deck.

c.

Cargo that is heavier than the manifested weight.

8.

Whenever possible, hoist/lower loads over open water and not over the vessel deck.

9.

While engaged in vessel activities, avoid excessive impacts and avert any shock loading being transmitted to the crane. Wait for the correct moment to make the lift, do not be rushed by signals from the vessel deck crew.

10

Where practicable, do not use maximum boom radius (for the load) during vessel c a r g o l i f t s . K e e p s o m e b o o m ra ra d i u s ( w i t h i n R C I l i m i t s fo fo r w e i g h t o f l o a d ) i n r e s e r v e , t o compensate for vessel ‘drift’ movement, and if the vessel is unable to hold station, abort action.

11.

If a load is immersed in the sea for any reason, be aware of the probable increase in we w e i g h t f r o m w a t e r r e t e n t i o n . R e p o r t t h e i n c i d e n t t o t h e P e r s o n i n C h a r g e ( P I C ) f o r Lifting Operations so that he can check the load and/or contents for any damage sustained following its retrieval.

12.

When moving long tubulars, baskets or other awkward loads, before taking the lift ensure that tag lines are attached to assist control and handling of the load on the platform/vessel deck. Check that tag lines are secured to the load and not the load rigging.

14.16 Transport of scaffolding Materials and Boards Scaffolding material and boards shall be transported in dedicated load carriers.

NOTE: FOR ALL OFFSHORE LIFTING OPERATIONS SHACKLES SHALL BE OF THE 4 PART BOW SAFETY-ANCHOR TYPE, WITH RETAINING NUT AND SPLIT PIN. SCREW PIN SHACKLES SHALL NOT BE USED.

Page 86 of 247


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

Fig 2

Beware of Swinging Hooks

14.17 General Operating Instructions This section covers those areas of safe operating not specifically covered previously: 1.

Do not engage slew parking brake or lock until the crane superstructure has come to a complete halt.

2.

Do not authorise access to the crane or its superstructure until the crane has been brought to a complete halt and the parking brake applied.

3.

Do not use limit switches or cut-outs to stop the crane boom or load line motions.

4.

Do not use the crane to drag (fish) loads.

5.

Do not carry out single point lifts with one handling pennant hooked into the other. This presents snagging potential.

6.

Do not, on cranes equipped with more than one hook block, operate the crane with a handling pennant or other ancillary equipment attached to the stowed hook block.

7.

Except when back loading to vessels, do not lift long or awkward loads without tag lines attached to the load (not the slings).

8.

Do not interfere/tamper with rated capacity indicators or other safety equipment attached to the crane, such actions are extremely dangerous.

9.

Never allow personnel to ride on crane hook blocks or on loads.

10.

Never slew loads over or near diving operations.

11.

Do not lift loads of large surface areas, e.g. steel plates, in high wind conditions. A l w a y s a s s e s s t h e e f f e c t t h e w e a t h e r c o n d i t i o n s co u l d h a v e o n t h e b e h a v i o u r o f t h e load.

12.

Do not lift wire ropes, cables, or other material/equipment of a similar nature, which are not already spooled on drums provided for that purpose. An appropriate Risk A s s e s s m e n t m u s t b e c o n d u c t e d a n d o n e o f t h e f o l l o w i n g m e t h o d s a d o p t e d :

Page 87 of 247


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

a.

Coil and then securely sling the material using an approved slinging arrangement method involving at least a double wrap and bite.

b.

Lift the material in a single strand, provided that:

c.

The lifting arrangement is secured approximately quarter to one-third distance from one end by the use of a clamp or other device to prevent the lifting sling slipping.

d. 13.

A certified lifting device specifically designed for the purpose is used.

W h e n c a r r y i n g o u t l i f t s f ro ro m a r e a s s u c h a s t h e D r i l l F l o o r e t c , e n s u r e t h a t t h e Banksman is correctly positioned to determine the crane boom proximity to potential collision points

14.

Ensure that, where necessary, a Banksman assists the stowing of the boom in its cradle.

15.

Exercise caution when lowering a ‘light’ hook block so that the winch rope ‘payout rate’ is not exceeded.

16.

Ensure awareness of the operation of the crane emergency load release and load lowering equipment (if fitted).

17.

When operating from a moving vessel, the crane operator must assess his abilities to correct a swinging cargo and stop operations.

14.17.1

Stabilise the Lift

Ensure that at all stages of t he lifting operation, the load remains in a stable condition. In general, the load may become unstable if at any time the centre of gravity of the load is not v e r t i c a l l y b e n e a t h t h e c r a n e h o o k o r t h e c e n t r e o f g r a v i t y o f t h e l o a d i s h i g h e r t h a n t h e p o i n t o f attachment of the slings to the l oad or if the contents can move around (i.e. liquids in half full tanks).

14.17.2

Trial Lifting

W i t h a l l l i f t i n g o p e r a t i o n s t h e l o a d s h a l l o n l y b e l i f t e d a n o m i n a l d i s t a n c e i n t h e f i r s t i n s t a n c e . This trial lift allows the operator to check the load weight, balance stability and security whilst it is in a relatively safe position. If any discrepancies are found the load can be lowered and the slinging revised. The sequence of the trial l ift and adjustments shall be repeated until the crane operator is satisfied that the load is safe to lift. A l l o w a n c e m u s t b e m a d e f o r t h e r i s e a n d f a l l o f t h e v e s s e l w h e n m a k i n g t h e t r i a l l i f t o f f s h o r e .

Page 88 of 247


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

15.0 Sub-sea Lifting and hoisting operations The processes and practices in this section do not apply t o any other operations or contractors not involved in the sub-sea operation. The operations described will normally be conducted from Dive Support Vessels (DSV), Well servicing vessels, Multi support Vessel, which includes ROV, Diving and construction operations. Some cranes are suitable for sub-sea lifting, however not all. The crane manufacturer must be contacted for written confirmation of the crane’s suitability for sub-sea lifting before the c rane is used. Normally sub-sea rated cranes have a wire rope constant tensioner or a passive/active heave compensator system installed, any other crane sub-sea systems must not be used without the express, written approval of SMEP's Lifting Technical Authority. Typical operations may include; •

Offshore installation, recovery, maintenance and repair of sub-sea equipment;

•

Lifting in connection with diving or ROV operations;

15.1

Competence

The standards of competence required for the key roles in planning, managing and executing sub-sea lifts are to be in compliance with this document. The contractor will demonstrate compliance for the entire crew and divers who are involved in the lifting and hoist ing operations, prior to mobilisation.

15.2

Categorisation of Lifts

A l l s u b - s e a l i f t i n g o p e r a t i o n s w i l l b e c l a s s i f i e d a s c o m p l e x r e f e r t o S e c t i o n 8 . 8 . 5. 5.

15.3

Lift Planning

A l l S u b - s e a l i f t s w i l l b e e x e c u t e d t o a w r i t t e n l i f t p l a n a s d e t a i l e d i n S e c t i o n 8 . 8 . 5 .

15.4

Management of Change

The contractor’s process for management of change will have been reviewed and any issues r e s o l v e d p r i o r t o mo mo b i l i s a t i o n . W h e n i t i s r e c o g n i s e d t h a t a c h a n g e i s r e q ui ui r e d t o a l i f t i n g operation that exceeds the contingencies included in the plan the contractor’s management of change process will be applied. It is important that contingencies are built into lift plans to minimise the possibility of disruption offshore which may make the safe execution of the lift more difficult.

15.5

Sub-sea lifting rules & sub-sea clarifications

The following practices are ‘deemed to comply’ practices for sub-sea activities only. Lifting operations will be undertaken by a minimum of four competent people: crane operator, banksman and two riggers. A t S e a B a c k - d e c k o p e r a t i o n s Deck foreman is the banksman and controls access to the back deck. Typically two riggers will support him on the deck. Other persons are the crane operator and the PIC.

Page 89 of 247


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

The minimum manning and competence levels will be maintained as crew are rotated for breaks etc. Hand over procedures must be in place. Lifting Sub-sea involving divers Dive supervisor acts as the banksman and gives instructions to the crane operator. The designated diver gives instructions to the supervisor to move the load. Either or both divers can be load handlers. ROV Launch and Recovery Provided that the person operating the launch controls has direct line of sight of the load handler and effective communication by speech or radio and there are no other operations that may conflict and the risk assessment supports two man operation then launch and recovery of the ROV may be done by two people. The banksman controls the initial lifting of the load, lay-down of the load and lifts t hat are out of the line of vision of the crane operator. The lift supervisor or PIC is responsible while a load is in the air. Lifting Sub-sea involving Divers with or with out ROV Dive supervisor acts as the banksman and gives instructions to the crane operator. The designated diver gives instructions to the supervisor to move the load. If both ROV and divers are in the water, the coordination is done through the dive supervisor.

15.6

Load Handling

The banksman must: ensure that he/she is easily identifi able by wearing a high-vis waistcoat, w h i ch i s c l e a rl y m a rk e d t o i n di c at e t ha t h e / s h e i s t h e ba n k s m an . W h e n t h e b an k s m an co nt ro l s t h e l i f t r e mo t e l y us i n g co m mu n i ca t i o n e q ui p me n t a n d i s o u t o f sight of the working party he does not need to wear high visibility clothing. For example lifts controlled by the Dive Supervisor. W h e n co nt ro l i s pa s s e d b e t we e n s ev e r al b a n ks me n t he r e wi l l b e a cl e a r ha n d o ve r p ro c e d ur e agreed before the lift starts. This is to be confirmed at the toolbox talk.

15.7

Competence of Personnel

Sub-Sea contractors will demonstrate that they have a robust system of competence assurance and refresher training for all personnel involved in lifting.

15.8

Load Charts

Sub-sea capacity charts must be posted in the operators cabin and the rated capacity indicator must be programmed for sub-sea duties.

15.9

Crane Maintenance

The crane maintenance during sub-sea operations will be inline with the crane manufacturers recommendations.

Page 90 of 247

15.10


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

Rope Maintenance

Spin resistant multistrand ropes have a characteristic of developing large numbers of internal w i re br e ak s , l o n g be f o r e e x t e r n al s i gn s o f d e t e ri o ra t i o n be c o me a p pa re n t . T h i s c h a r a c t e r i s t i c becomes even more pronounced when the rope is frequently immersed or sprayed with sea w a t e r , a s t hi s l e a d s t o s e v e re i n t er n a l f ret t i ng we a r . 1.

All sheaves and guide rollers in contact with the moving rope must be given regular vi s u al ch e ck s f o r s ur f a ce w e a r, a n d l ub r i ca t e d t o ma ke s u re t h at t he y r un f re e l y . T hi s operation must be carried out at appropriate intervals (generally not exceeding more than one week during sub sea operations).

2.

The rope must be maintained in a well lubricated condition using appropriate marine grade rope lubricants (as recommended by the rope manufacturer). The maintenance of internal lubricant is especially important for multistrand ropes, due to the way they are constructed.

3.

A surface dressing must be applied at appropriate intervals from the winch drum to the hook, commensurate with the depth to which the hook is to be deployed during sub-sea lifting operations. Application of the surface dressing may be by whatever application method is convenient.

4.

In order to make sure that the inner layers of the rope remain well lubricated, use an effective pressure lubricator, an effective lubricator is one that will not only convey fresh lubricant to the core of the rope but will also displace trapped water. This generally requires high pressure application of a heavy grade of lubricant, from the w i nc h d r um t o t h e h o o k , c o m me n s u ra t e w i t h t he de p t h t o w h i ch t h e h o o k w i l l be deployed. This shall be carried out at intervals not exceeding six months. The lubricant must be an appropriate heavy marine grade, as recommended by the manufacturer of the lubricator, and approved by the rope manufacturer.

15.11

Crane Inspection

The routine crane inspection during sub-sea lifting operations must be inline with the crane manufacturers recommendations.

15.12

Rope Inspection

During sub-sea lifting operations all accessible rope and associated equipment shall be checked visually each day. Particular attention to the end termination and the part of the rope entering the end termination. A v i s ua l i n s p ec t i o n o f t h e r o pe , f ro m t h e w i nc h dr um t o t h e h o o k c o mme ns ur at e w i t h t h e de p t h to which the hook will be deployed, must be carried out at we ekly intervals during sub-sea lifting operations. At the same time, because multistrand rope tend to s uffer internal damage, local reductions in diameter or lay distortions shall be treated with the utmost suspicion as they are likely to indicate serious internal degradation. Any anomalies shall be reported immediately and lifting operations stopped. A t i nt e rv a l s n o t e x ce e di n g 1 2 mo nt h s , t he r o p e s h al l be re p l a ce d .

Page 91 of 247


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

W h e n a r o p e i s n o t i n s e rv i ce , co r r o s i o n ca n t a k e p l a ce , p ar t i cu l a rl y wi t h i n t h e ro p e w h er e s e a w a t e r m a y h a v e b e e n t r ap p e d b y an y e x t e r na l dr e s si n g. T h i s m e a n s i t i s n e ce s s a ry t o s ub j e c t the rope to appropriate inspection and tests, before putting it back into s ervice. For crane ropes not in use, when the period of non-use exceeds one month, the wire rope and termination shall be subjected to external visual inspection to i dentify any corrosion or damage over the entire length of rope, including the end termination.

15.13

Crane/Rope Records

Full records shall be kept for the crane involved in sub-sea lift ing operations. This crane record, shall be part of the records of the crane’s planned maintenance programme, the records shall contain details of all daily, weekly ins pections and maintenance carried out on the crane. Full records shall be kept for each rope involved in sub-sea lifting operations, from its first installation to discard. The records shall contain the following information: 1.

At installation, details of the installed rope must include: a.

Date, length installed and name of rope manufacturer.

b.

Minimum breaking load and certificated test strength.

c.

Diameter, construction, wire grade and surface treatment.

2.

Confirmation of daily and weekly inspections.

3.

A record of lubrication (date, lubricant used and application method).

4.

A record of inspections, maintenance and testing, needs to include: a.

Results of six monthly inspection.

b.

Details of any length removed.

c.

Details of the NDT, if applicable;

d.

Details of pressure lubrication, if applicable;

e.

Details of re-termination;

f.

Results of the functional tests.

Page 92 of 247

16


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

Mobile Crane Operations

Only crane operators who have been adequately trained, and has adequate experience and fully complies with the competency requirements of the Lifting Equipment Management System (EP200803208668) are all owed to ope rate cran es.

16.1

Documents

The following documents must be present on mobile cranes: 1.

Crane manual.

2.

The current certificate of examination.

3.

The safe working load charts in English or Bahasa Malay.

4.

Crane operators daily inspection log book.

5.

Registration document.

6.

The current certificate of examination for all lifting equipment belonging to the crane.

7.

Mill certificates for all ropes fitted to the crane.

8.

MPI reports of the Hooks / Hook blocks.

9.

Maintenance records.

16.2

Load Charts

W h e re t h e c ra n e ha s nu me r o u s l o ad ch a rt s ( e . g . f o r d i f f e r e n t b o o m a n d f l y ji b co n f i gu r at i o n s ) , the charts must be kept in a book, folder or envelope in t he operator’s cabin. Lifting must not take place unless the load charts are in the crane cabin. Although the crane’s l oad capacity indictor system may appear to be operating correctly, the load charts must be available to v e ri f y t ha t t he cr a n e i s n o t b e i ng o ve rl o ad e d . The lifting capacities specified on a load chart must never be exceeded, except during testing of the crane by the third party surveyor under controlled conditions. The lifting capacity of a crane is limited by: 1.

Structural strength when the working radius is small; and

2.

Stability when the working radius is greater

The load charts on most cranes have a bold line or shaded area dividing the chart into two segments. The divided segments show the crane operator, which capacities are, limited by structural strength, and which are limited by stability. Ratings above the bold line are based on structural strength, while the ratings below the bold line are based on t he stability of the crane. If a crane is overloaded in the structural area of the load chart, a structural or mechanical component of the crane may fail. However, if the crane is overloaded in the stability area of the load chart, the crane may overturn. On some mobile cranes, there may be numerous load charts for differing boom and counterweight configurations. The load charts may be complex and include numerous conditions that must be complied with to ensure the crane can safely l ift a load. Two important factors that are often overlooked when reading load charts are:

Page 93 of 247

1.


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

The need to subtract the mass of the hook block and lifting slings from the gross capacity of the crane at the particular radius, unless otherwise noted on the load chart. For example, if the load chart states the crane can lift 20 tonnes at a given radius, but the hook and lifting gear have a combined mass of one tonne, the l oad to be lifted cannot be greater than 19 tonnes. T his issue becomes critical for heavier hook blocks and lifting gear (e.g. spreader beams).

2.

The need to subtract the mass of the fly jib from the capacity of the main hook when lifting from the main hook on the main boom with a f ly jib attached to the boom head, unless this is allowed for and noted on the load chart. Capacities of the main boom are generally based on the fly jib being removed.

If this issue is ignored, the l ikelihood of the crane overturning can be very high.

16.3

Sitting of Cranes

1.

The ground or foundation, temporary supporting structures, packing or anchor points must be of sufficient strength and stability for t he maximum loading to be imposed.

2.

Settlement and deflection of ground support or structures must also be taken into account.

3.

Cranes must not be sited on soft or waterlogged ground unless adequate precautions have been taken to provide support to each wheel/outrigger.

4.

Dynamic loads, which might arise during operations must be estimated and calculations must include a 25% margin to allow for unpredictable effects.

5.

Mobile crane’s shall not be used during wind conditions above 15 m/s or above the crane supplier’s recommendations, whichever is the lower. A wind anemometer shall be fitted to the boom tip alternatively a hand-held anemometer can be used in the area of the lift.

6.

Sitting of cranes on sloping ground must be avoided. Where necessary the crane shall be levelled using outriggers or other means to give a level and stable working platform.

7.

Mobile cranes must be positioned so that the risk of injury from collision with other plant is minimised. This issue is particularly important where mobile cranes are set up on public roads. Another way to minimise the risk of injury from collision with other mobile plant and vehicles is to increase the visibility of mobile cranes. One way to increase the visibility of a crane is to permanently mark the crane’s outriggers with high visibility hazard striping (i.e. ‘zebra striping’). The outrigger beams and/or hydraulic cylinders shall be marked with the hazard striping. The striping must:

8.

a.

Be at an angle 30-60 degrees to the horizontal;

b.

Be 40-150 mm wide; and

c.

Consist of two contrasting colours, black and yellow.

For cranes sited in flowing water careful investigation must be made of any potential for scouring effect. Constant checks must be made during operations to monitor the

Page 94 of 247


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

situation. The possibility of cranes being trapped by rising water must not be overlooked and cranes must be moved to safe position as necessary. 9.

Checks must be made to ensure that cranes are not sited above or adjacent to excavations or inadequately compacted ground, which are be liable to subside.

10

Particular care must be taken when cranes are sited in the proximity of hazards including other cranes.

11.

Prior to the commencement of any lifting operations, the temporary closure of roads and access required for crane operations must be notified to all parties likely to be affected by the closures.

12.

Cranes must not be operated unless all personnel including third parties and members of the public are cleared from the radius of the crane’s boom and loads with a safety margin of 5 metres. The barriers may be made from red/white marking tape.

13.

The operation of any crane within 15 metres height or reach from the nearest point of contact (typically the boom, jib or cab) with live overhead electric cables or conductors is strictly prohibited.

14.

Mobile cranes must not be operated where the operating radius of the boom overlaps wi t h t h a t o f an o t h e r cr an e u n l e s s : a.

There is a clear over-riding business requirement and

b.

There is no alternative sitting or equipment that can be used and

c.

The operators and banksmen of both cranes are supervised by a single supervisor in accordance with the written lift plan.

15.

Where there is a danger of any part of the crane fouling any overhead or nearby obstruction e.g. bridges, gantries, pipe work, scaffolding, buildings or walls, the operator must work only under the direction of a banksman so positioned as to have a clear view of the crane and the obstruction.

16

Adequate clearance must be allowed between any part of a crane and the nearest obstruction to prevent contact with, and/or the trapping of personnel when the crane is slewed.

17.

Where it is not possible to allow such a clearance, no access must be allowed whilst lifting operations are in progress.

16.4

Preparation

1.

Preparations for lifting operations must be in accordance with manufacturers recommendations and the lift plan.

2.

Load indicators, overload cut-outs, limit switches and all other safety devices must be function tested before operation of a crane.

3.

Visual load/radius indicators and rated capacity indicators must be checked after assembly, boom length change or any other factor, which might affect correct and safe operation.

Page 95 of 247

4.


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

Outriggers must be fully extended properly supported and if required by manufacturers pinned in position.

5.

Jacks and outriggers must be correctly fitted with feet to provide a firm base for the crane. Prior to operations, the crane must be jacked in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.

6.

Counterweights of the correct weight must be correctly fitted prior to operation. A d di t i o n a l co un t e r -w e i g h t i n g mu s t b e f i t t e d a s n e ce s s a ry t o s ui t l o ad re q ui re me nt s an d any boom or jib extension.

7.

On wheeled cranes with pneumatic tyres particular care must be taken to ensure tyres are inflated to correct pressures as recommended by the crane manufacturers.

8.

Ensure that a pennant of 2 – 3 metres long and correct capacity (refer to Para14.43) is attached to the crane hook and is suitable for the particular lift to be carried out. W h e re b e ca u s e o f t h e c ra n e ' s l i mi t e d b o o m l e n gt h a f ul l - l e n gt h pe n na n t ca n n o t b e deployed, the pennant must be as long as is possible.

CAUTION: NEVER WORK OR WALK UNDER A HOISTED OR SUSPENDED LOAD UNLESS IT HAS BEEN ADEQUATELY SUPPORTED FROM BELOW AND ALL CONDITIONS HAVE BEEN APPROVED BY THE PIC.

NOTE: IT IS A REQUIREMENT THAT ALL MOBILE CRANES WITH OUTRIGGERS SHALL USE SOLID SUPPORTING BLOCKING FOR OUTRIGGERS FOR EVERY OPERATION IN EVERY CIRCUMSTANCE.

16.5

Lift Plans

A l l cr an e o p er a t i o n s h a l l b e s ui t a b l y p l a nn e d as d e s cr i b e d i n S e c t i o n 8 Before lifting operations, the person in charge (PIC) of the li ft must ensure: 1.

The load is robust and not likely to break up, deform or become damaged during the lifting operation.

2.

The load is properly slung and evenly balanced using certified loose lifting tackle with a SWL, adequate for the operation

3.

The lifting gear is properly attached to the load and where lifting points are used they are designed for that lifting operation and are in good condition with appropriate certification stating the WLL and conditions.

16.6

Environmental Conditions

Cranes must not be operated if the visibility of the crane operator or the banksman is significantly impaired by heavy rain, haze etc. Lifting operations must be suspended during heavy rain, except where it would be more hazardous not continuing the lift. Cranes must not be operated in darkness without adequate lighting to illuminate the crane’s lifting area.

Page 96 of 247


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

W i n d i mp o s e s a d d i t i o n a l s t r e s s e s o n bo t h t he c r an e a n d i t s l o a d s , p a r t i cul ar l y wh e n a l o a d starts to swing. Extreme caution must be used during windy conditions and the following restrictions must apply: 1.

Lifting of bulky objects with large surface areas (tubulars, pipes, shipping containers, steel plates etc.) must be stopped when t he wind speed reaches or exceeds 13m/s.

2.

All lifting operations must stop when the wind speed exceeds 20.5 m/s.

16.7

General Operating Instructions

Cranes must not be left unattended whilst s uspending a load. When not in use and left unattended, crane cabs and control compartments must be kept closed with controls or power packs locked off. Cabs and control compartments must be locked and the vehicle parked without obstructing normal access. Cranes must not be used for any purpose other than for lifting in a vertical plane. Do not use for dragging or fishing a load. Crane booms must not be used to apply sideways force to an object. For example, during demolition, tree felling or pushing materials and boxes. Cranes must not be used as winches to drag materials or equipment. Cranes must not be used if they are not fully rigged or are in a defective condition, e.g. if outriggers do not fully extend, there are hydraulic fluid leaks or controls and safety equipme nt are defective. Lifting operations must be conducted cautiously without hoisting, lowering or slewing at excessive speed. Load swinging and snatch loading must be avoided. On completion of crane operations, the crane boom and hook must be properly secured before the crane operator leaves the crane. The crane boom must be left on any fitt ed rest, with the hoist rope slackened, or pointing downwind with the boom angle lower than 45°. A n y de f e c t o r d a ma ge t o t he cr a n e o r i t s s t r uc t ur e a f f e ct i ng t h e s af e t y o f t h e cr a n e m us t b e reported. The crane must be taken out of service immediately the defect or damage is detected and not used until it has been rectified, and re-certified if necessary.

Page 97 of 247


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

17.0 Multiple Crane Lifts Lifting a load with two or more cranes requires greater attention to planning and supervision, because the effects of the relative motion between the cranes may create additional loadings on the cranes, the load and the lifting gear in place.

17.1

Safety Measures for Multiple Crane Lifts

W h e re p o s s i bl e, a v o i d ho i s t i n g a l o ad w i t h mo r e t h a n o n e cra n e . Ho we v e r, w h e re i t i s necessary to lift a load using more than one crane, the fol lowing steps must be taken: 1.

The person in charge (PIC) of the lift shall be in overall control of the lift.

2.

Make an accurate assessment of: a.

The share of the load that is to be carried by each crane.

b.

How the load sharing is to be proportioned.

c.

How the proportioning is to be maintained.

3.

Make sure the instructions to each crane operator and other persons involved are clear, and rehearse the operation wherever possible.

4.

Use cranes of equal capacity and similar characteristics, where practicable.

5.

Make sure that both cranes are aligned in the same direction when using non-slewing type cranes in the pi ck-and-carry mode.

6.

17.2

Use luffing up in preference to luffing down.

Calculated Share of the Load

W h e re m ul t i pl e h o i s t i n g o p e ra t i o n s a re c ar ri e d o ut , t he f ol l o w i n g mi ni mu m ca p a ci ty requirements for each crane will apply: 1.

For two cranes—20% greater than the calculated share of the load.

2.

For three cranes—33% greater than the calculated share of the load.

3.

For four or more cranes— 50% greater than the calculated share of the load.

If it is not possible to comply with the minimum capacity requirements stated above, then an engineer must check and certify the lifting plan.

17.3

Principles for Multiple Crane Lifting

The following factors are to be considered when planning for multiple crane lifts: 1.

Mass of the load.

2.

Position of the centre of gravity.

3.

Mass of the lifting gear.

4.

Safe working capacity of the lifting gear.

5.

Synchronisation of crane motions.

Page 98 of 247

17.4


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

Mass of the Load

Ensure the total mass of the l oad and its distribution is either known or calculated. Where the information is taken from a technical drawing, ensure allowances are made for manufacturing tolerances.

17.5

Position of the Centre of Gravity

Due to the variable effect of manufacturing tolerances and rolling margins, the position of th e centre of gravity may not be accurately known. Accordingly, the proportion of the load being carried by each crane may therefore be uncertain.

17.6

Mass of the Lifting Gear

Ensure the mass of the lifting gear and its distribution are accurately known and included as part of the calculated load on the cranes. Where heavy or awkwardly shaped loads are handled, the deduction from the safe working loads of the cranes to allow for the weight of the lifting gear may be quite significant.

17.7

Safe Working Capacity of the Lifting Gear

Ensure the distribution of the forces within the lif ting gear, which will arise during the lifting operation, is established. The lifting gear must have a s afe working capacity margin in excess of that needed for its proportioned load. Determine whether special lift ing gear is required to suit the maximum variation in distribution and direction of applied loads and forces, which may occur during multiple lifting.

17.8

Synchronisation of Crane Motions

Minimise the variation in the direction and magnitude of forces acting on the cranes by synchronising the cranes’ motions. Where possible, ensure cranes of equal capacity and similar operating characteristics are used. However, in practice, there will always be some variation due to differences in response to the activation of the motion controller and the setting and efficiency of the braking system. A s i t i s un l i k e l y t h a t t h e m ot i o n s o f t h e cr an e s wi l l b e acc ur a t e l y s y n ch r o ni s e d, e n s ur e t ha t a n assessment of the effect of variation in plumb of the hoist ropes, which may arise from inequalities of speed, and the means for keeping such inequalities to a minimum, is made. To allow for these inequalities, the lifting operation must be performed at low speeds with extreme care to ensure the hoist ropes are kept as close as possible to vertical. The rated capacity of a crane is calculated on the assumption that the l oad will be raised and lowered in a vertical plane. The crane boom has limited strength in t he lateral plane.

Page 99 of 247


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

18.0 Precautions when Using Mobile Cranes 18.1

Lattice Boom Cranes

On lattice boom cranes, the top of the ext ended boom must not be lowered to a point below the horizontal line that passes through its boom heel pivot pin. If the boom tips below this plane, the angle of pull of the boom luffing ropes could cause the boom to buckle before the boom begins to lift. Lattice boom cranes must not be moved uphill with an unloaded boom in the near vertical position, or operated: 1.

With the boom at an angle less than that shown on the load chart.

2.

With the boom hard against the boom backstop to avoid serious damage to the structural members of the boom. Regard the boom backstop as a safety device only.

18.2

Hydraulic Boom Cranes

W h e n e x t e n d i n g t h e b o o m o n h y d ra ul i cal l y o p e ra t e d cr an e s , e n s u re t h a t t h e bo o m s e ct i o n s ar e extended or retracted in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations. The crane must not be operated with the boom at an angle less than that shown in the load chart.

18.3

Precautions with Pick-and-Carry Cranes

W h e n mo v i n g a l o a d i n t h e p i ck- a n d- ca rry m o de , t h e b a n k s m an m us t r e m ai n i n s i g h t o f t h e crane operator, and not walk in the path of the crane. When t ravelling and manoeuvring with a load, the crane operator must ensure that: 1.

The slew brake is applied at all times other than when the slew motion is being used.

2.

Precautions are taken on uneven road surfaces when loaded or unloaded, as an undulation in the road surface may move the crane into an unstable zone.

3.

The slewing brake or lock is applied when travelling with a load.

4.

The crane is not moved uphill with an unloaded boom in the near vertical position.

A l w a y s t r av e l s l o w l y t o p r e ve n t e x ce s s iv e s w i n gi n g o f t h e l o a d . T h e l o ad m us t b e ca r ri e d a s close to the ground as possible, and must not be lifted higher until it is almost in position. W h e re p o s s i bl e , a v o i d t r a ve l l i n g t h e m ob i l e c ra n e a cro s s s l o p e s o r ov e r po t ho l e s , d e p r e s s i o n s , soft ground etc. as these could de-stabilise the crane or load.

Page 100 of 247


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

19.0 Vehicle-Loading Cranes 19.1

General use

Ve h i cl e -l o a di n g cr a ne s a r e i nt e nd e d t o b e mo u nt e d o n a br o a d r a ng e o f v e h i cl e s i ncl u di n g f l a t bed trucks and prime movers. When originally introduced, vehicle-loading cranes were used for loading the truck on which they were mounted. However, with the introduction of larger capacity vehicle-loading cranes, these types of cranes are also used for traditional crane operations where either: 2.

The load is lifted from the vehicle bed to an elevated area at a workplace (e.g. lifting containers from the vehicle directly to the work area); or

3.

The load is lifted both to and from locations, remote from the vehicle on which the crane is mounted.

4.

While vehicle-loading cranes may be used for the applications stated above, the level of safety provided by the lift ing set-up must not be less than if a mobile crane was used.

19.2

Crane and Vehicle Suitability

Ve h i cl e - l o a di n g c ra n e s m us t o n l y b e m o un t e d o n v e h i cl e t y pe s a nd mo d e l s s pe c i f i e d b y t h e crane manufacturer. Failure to comply with this could lead to structural failure of the crane or v e h i cl e , o r ma ke t h e cra n e co mb i n a t i o n un s t a bl e . The method of mounting the crane to the vehicle must be in accordance with the crane manufacturer’s specifications. Any adverse effects to both the vehicle and crane are to be taken into consideration. Welding the crane to the vehicle chassis is generally unacceptable because it can damage the chassis, and also leads to fatigue failure of the connection.

19.3

Rated Capacity Limiters

The purpose of the rated capacity limiter is to prevent movements t hat may increase load moment in excess of the rated capacity, and to also prevent an increase of the load radius or p e r m i s s i b l e s t r e s s e s i n t h e s t r u c t u r e . R e f e r t o A p p e n d ix 1 0 f o r t h e r e q u i r e m e n t s .

19.4

Operational Issues for Vehicle-Loading Cranes

The vehicle-loading crane must be operated in accordance with the operator’s instruction manual provided by the crane manufacturer. Additionally, the following points must be complied with: 1.

Operators must be trained in the specific operation of the particular vehicle loading crane.

2.

If the load is out of the operator’s view at any stage during the lifting process, the movement of the load must be directed by a qualified banksman.

3.

The crane may only be used with all outriggers extended in accordance with the crane manufacturer’s instructions. Where multiple positions can be used on outrigger legs, the legs must be set up in compliance with the manufacturer’s load chart.

Page 101 of 247

4.


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

The crane must only be used so that it is level in accordance with the crane manufacturer’s specifications (usually not exceeding 1º or less).

5.

Timbers or other supporting pads specified by the crane manufacturer must be provided under the outrigger feet for every lift in every circumstance.

6.

Hooks must be provided with spring-loaded safety latches, and must be adequately maintained.

7.

Where it is possible to apply a side load to the crane hook, the hook must be provided w i t h an a p pr o p ri a t e s w i v e l .

8.

T h e c r a n e m u s t n e v e r b e u s e d i n p i c k - a n d - c a r ry m o d e .

9.

Vehicle-loading cranes are not to be used for lifting persons.

10.

Where provided, spring lock-outs on the vehicle are to be activated during crane operation.

11.

The crane must only be used with a load suspended vertically from the hook. The crane is not to be used to drag a load across a supporting surface.

12.

The outrigger legs shall be clearly marked with ‘zebra striping’ to improve visibility. Refer to 16.3 –7 for details.

Page 102 of 247


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

20.0 Use of Tag Lines In certain circumstances soft lines may be used to assist in the handling of long and/or fragile items of cargo. These are often referred to as tag lines. It must be recognised that, whilst such aids may assist operations, their use does introduce some additional risks, as described below.

20.1

Risks

A d d i t i o n al r i s k s as s o ci a t e d w i t h t h e us e of t a g l i n e s i n cl ud e t h e f o l l o w i ng : 1.

Potential injuries from dropped objects as a result of personnel handling cargo having to work in closer proximity to suspended loads than would normally be the case.

2.

Potential injuries resulting from personnel handling cargo being dragged across the handling area, through a heavy load rotating in an uncontrolled manner and the tag line being fouled in limbs or clothing.

20.2

Make-up of Lines

1.

Make-up of lines includes the following:

2.

Tag lines must be made up from single, continuous length of rope.

3.

Preferred rope materials are Polypropylene or Manila.

4.

The minimum diameter of rope used shall be 16 mm.

5.

Apart from the knot attaching the line to the cargo, there must be no other joints or knots in the line.

6.

Tag lines must be of sufficient length to allow personnel handling cargo to work in a safe position well clear of the immediate vicinity of the load. In this regard the length of the line shall be not less than one and a half (1.5) times the maximum height above the handling area at which the arrangements will be used.

20.3

In Use

W h i l s t i n u s e , p r e ca u t i o n s s h a l l be o b s e rv e d a s fo l l ow s : 1.

Tag lines are an aid to positioning the load when landing, and as such must only be used when weather conditions would permit the lifting of the ite m without the use of s u c h a r r a n g e m e n t s . I t m u s t n o t b e a s s um e d t h a t , i n c o n d i t i o n s m o re s e v e r e t h a n t h i s , the use of tag lines will allow the operation to be completed safely.

2.

At all times personnel handling tag lines must work at a horizontal distance from the load equivalent to its height above the handling area, maintaining an angle bet ween the line and the horizontal of not more t han 45º.

3.

All sections of the line, including slack, must be kept in front of the body, between the handler and the load.

4.

Where two or more persons are handling the same line, all must work on the same side of the line.

Page 103 of 247

5.


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

Tag lines must be held in such a manner that they can be quickly and totally released. They must not be looped around wrists, or other parts of the body.

6.

Particular care must be taken when using tag lines whilst wearing gloves to ensure that the line does not foul the glove.

7.

Tag lines must not be secured or attached in any manner to adjacent structures or e q u i p m e n t . T h i s i n c l u d e s t h e p r a c t i c e o f m a k i n g a “ r o u n d t u r n ” o n s t a n ch i o n s o r similar structures and surging the line to control the load.

8.

Where pre-installed lines are used, consideration shall be given to providing personnel w i t h bo a t h o o k s o r s i m i l ar e q ui pm e nt t o r e t ri e ve t h e l i ne s wi t h o ut h av i n g t o a pp ro a c h the dangerous area in the vicinity of the suspended load. An example of such circumstances would be when lines are attached to a load on the deck of a vessel, the load being then transferred to an offshore installation.

Page 104 of 247


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

21.0 Sling Wire Diameters and Master links The minimum wire rope diameter for the construction of wire rope slings attached to loads, w h i ch w i l l b e l i f t e d of f s h o r e, i s 1 3m m ( 1 /2 ” ) A ny w i re ro p e o f a s ma l l e r d i a m et e r i s v e ry susceptible to impact damage and must not be used. The maximum number of lifting legs allowed on a single master link is two this is to avoid out-of-plane forces. It is permissible to have a third leg on a master link but only if it is to be used as a top lifting leg. Three and four leg sling sets must be fitt ed with quadruple assemblies i.e. a master link with two intermediate links.

21.1

Multi-leg Slings

W h e n l i f t i ng w i t h m ul t i - l e g s l i n g s , t h e y a re ra t e d a t a c e r t a i n ca p a ci t y f r o m 0 º - 4 5 º t o t he v e rt i c al a n d t h i s W L L s h a l l n o t b e e x ce e de d e ve n i f t h e a ng l e i s l e s s t h a n 4 5 º . Wh e n us i ng slings in pairs however, you must be aware of the increased loadings in the slings when lifting at an angle.

Page 105 of 247


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

22.0 Pallets Only purpose built pallets in good condition, without broken boards and blocks shall be used for transporting of loads. Under no circumstances shall any type of pallet be used as a lifting device. For example, putting slings through wooden pallets to lift them and their contents is prohibited. Slings are likely to crush the pallet leaving the contents on top unsecured. Pallets shall be lifted by a forklift or other certified pallet-lifting accessory. W h e n u s i n g p al l e t l i f t e rs ( se e f i g 3 ) i t mus t be e ns ur ed t h a t t h e f o rk s o f t h e pa l l e t l i f t e r ar e of adequate length for the load to be lift ed. When a load is lifted using a manually operated or semi-automatic pallet hook, the load must always be in a horizontal position or w ith a slight backward angle.

FIG 3

Pallets that require to be lifted from vessels off shore are required to be loaded into a container to facilitate the pre-slinging requirements.

Page 106 of 247

23.0


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

Pre & Post-Use Checks and Safe Use of Lifting Appliances and Lifting Tackle

23.1

Introduction

This Section gives the pre and post checks and brief descriptions of the more frequently used types of lifting equipment used on SMEP offshore platforms and onshore.

23.2

Lifting Appliances and Lifting Tackle

The terms ‘lifting appliances’ and ‘lifting tackle’ will be encountered in this Section and t h r o u g h o u t t h i s s e c t i o n . R e f e r t o t h e G l o s s a r y o f T e r m s i n A p p e n d ix 1 1 f o r f u r t h e r i n f o r m a t i o n

23.3

Identification and Certification

Every item of lifting appliances, portable or fixed (used onshore or on an offshore platform) must have as a minimum the following legible markings: 1.

Unique Identification number.

2.

Working Load Limit (WLL) or Safe Working Load (SWL).

3.

The date of inspection and next due date.

WARNING:

IF AN ITEM OF LIFTING EQUIPMENT HAS NO UNIQUE IDENTIFICATION MARKING, NO WLL MARKING, DATE OF INSPECTION OR IF EITHER THE UNIQUE IDENTIFICATION MARKING, WLL MARKING OR DATE OF INSPECTION CANNOT BE READ WITH CERTAINTY. IT MUST NOT BE USED.

Page 107 of 247


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

24.0 Control Of Portable Li fting Appliances and Lifting Tackle A l l p or t ab l e l i f t i n g a p p l i a n ce s an d l i f t i n g t a ckl e s h a l l be s t o re d an d co nt ro l l e d i n a l i f t i n g equipment store. This also applies to portable lift ing appliances and lifting tackle owned by contractors and sub-contactors using their lifting equipment on Shell Malaysia Exploration an d Production offshore or onshore facilitates. A t t e n t i o n i s d ra w n t o Sh e l l ’ s g l o b a l s t a n da r d o n l i f t i n g an d h o i s t i n g E P 2 0 0 5 - 0 2 6 4 - S T ( s e c t i o n 4.11 page 8)

24.1

Equipment Standards

A l l p or t ab l e l i f t i n g a p p l i a n ce s s up p l i e d mu s t c o mp l y w it h s t a n d a rd s l i s t e d i n a p p en d i x 2 o f SMEP Lifti ng an d Hoi sting Syste m, EP200803208668, Bri tish Standa rds, Interna tional Standard s, or an American Federal Specification. On no account must prototype lifting equipment be supplied without the express, written approval of SMEP's Lifting Technical Authority. If the need arises, SMEP shall, on occasion, restrict or forbid the use of equipment where problems develop/incidents occur.

24.2

Storage

Portable lifting appliances and lifting tackle must be housed in rigging stores (or s imilar storage areas) that are fitted with storage facilities e.g. racks, bins etc. The store shall be a purpose designated storage facility where the lifting equipment can be kept secure from unauthorised use. It may be either a transportable containerised rigging store or a controlled permanent store. The store shall include a secure quarantine area for storing equipment no longer fit for service. The stores must have a l ighting system compatible with the platform/worksite’s power supply. A n y el e ct r i ca l w i ri n g s y s t e ms i n t h e r i ggi n g s t o r e mu s t co m pl y w i t h c ur re n t s a f e t y re g ul at i o n s and meet SMEP electrical specifications.

24.3

Certification/Change out

The portable lifting appliances and lifting tackle must be f ully inspected, certified and suitable for 6 months service offshore, or at the worksite, in accordance with the latest revision of SMEP.EP72.ST.0032. The lifting appliances and lifting tackle will however be changed out prior to the 6 monthly inspection expiry date. When appliances/tackle cannot be changed-out they must be examined on site by the third party surveyor and the new colour code applied.

24.4

Equipment Marking and Tracking

Each and every item of lifting equipment (including tackle) must be permanently marked, in accordance with section 5, to facilitate traceability and allow for tracking during its servic e on the platform or at the worksite.

Page 108 of 247


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

Marking shall be by positively attaching a metal t ag to the equipment. Where the attachment of a metal tag is not possible or practical, marking may be done directly on to the equipment but must not affect the integrity of the equipment. M e t h o d o f m a r k i n g l i f t i n g t a c k l e a n d l i f t i n g a p p l i a n c e s i s g i v e n i n s e c t i o n 5.

24.5

Contents Register and Other Documentation

Documentation that must be available within a rigging store is liste d below: 1.

A register of the rigging store's contents.

2.

Current certificate for each item of equipment in the store.

3.

An issuing and returns register, a "T" card, or similar system to facilitate the tracking of rigging store equipment.

4.

Manufacturer’s operating and maintenance instructions (or copies) as supplied with new equipment.

24.6

Rigging Store Control

Lifting appliances and tackle used by SMEP personnel and its contractors’ will, when not in use b e s t o r e d i n a n o n - s i t e ‘ R i g g i n g S t o r e ’ . W h e n e v e r a n i t e m o f l i f t i n g e q u i p m e n t i s re m o v e d from the rigging store it must be ‘booked out’ in accordance with the booking `system (register, T e e c a r d , o r o t h e r s y s t e m ) . S i m i l a r l y i t m u s t b e ‘ b o o k e d i n ’ u p o n r e t u rn t o t h e r i g g i n g s t o r e . The rigging store shall be controlled by a person who has the necessary competence to inspect the lifting equipment before issuing and on its return to check whether it remains fit for service. Have a comprehensive knowledge of SMEP.EP72.ST.0032, and is approved by SMEP’s Lifting Technical Authority. The requirements for the Lifting Equipment Focal Point are detailed in A p p e n d i x 1 , C o mp e t e n c y R e q u ir e me n t s , o f t h e L i f t i n g E q ui p me n t M an a g e me n t Sy s t e m, EP200803208668.

24.7

Colour Coding

Each and every item of lifting tackle in the rigging store s hall be colour coded in accordance w i t h S e c t i o n 6 .

24.8

Cleaning of Equipment

Portable lifting appliances and lifting tackle returned to the store shall be checked for contaminants and cleaned if necessary prior to inspection and storage. Equipment that has been exposed to seawater splash/spray shall be washed with fresh water, without water pressure. Pressure jets must not be used as they can remove essential l ubricants, or in the case of chain blocks may cause the lubricants to migrate to brake components, which requires to be free of lubricant. After washing, the lifting tackle or appliances shall be dried without the application of direct heat. Portable lifting appliances and lifting tackle shall not be immersed in lubricant, diesel etc. in an attempt to displace water, in the case of appliances it will penetrate into the brake components. The load chain and components that are clearly visible without dismantling of the appliance i.e. pawl pivot spring etc may be lightly lubricated. Care must be taken to avoid lubricant

Page 109 of 247


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

entering the brake components and as precaution, before applying the lubricant the brake shall be closed by operating the appliance in the hoisting direction.

24.9

Maintenance and Inspection

The supply contractor is responsible for the maintenance, inspection, and where necessary overhaul, and re-certification of the lifting equipment in accordance with the latest revision of SMEP.EP72.0032 . It is SMEP's requirement that all items of li fting equipment shall be certified at the frequencies stated in SMEP.EP72.ST.0032. A t t e n t i o n i s d ra w n t o Sh e l l ’ s g l o b al s t a n da r d on l i f t i n g an d h o i s t i n g E P 2 0 0 5 - 0 2 6 4 - S T ( s e c t i o n 4.7 page 6)

24.10

Damaged Lifting Equipment

W h e n a n i t e m o f l i f t i n g e q ui p me n t i s f o un d t o b e d e f e ct i ve , it s h al l b e pl a ce d i n a cl e a rl y marked quarantine area and a third party lifting tackle inspector or surveyor shall be called to decide on one of the following courses of action t o be carried out: Equipment, which cannot be repaired, will be colour coded RED and labelled “DO NOT USE” and be disposed off at the earliest opportunity. Equipment, which can be repaired, shall be colour coded RED, and clearly labelled as unfit for continued use. A report, which will include a brief description of the repairs, required, must be attached to the item. A copy of the report for equipment, that cannot be safely used until repaired, must be submitted to the platform or worksite Lifting Equipment Focal Point (LEFP).

24.11

Retirement of Lifting Equipment

Lifting equipment shall be retired (scrapped) when it has reached the end o f its useful life or is damaged beyond economic repair/re-certification. SAP shall be updated accordingly. A l l l i f t i n g e q ui pm e n t t o b e s cr ap p e d s h a l l b e d i s p o s e d o f f i n s u ch a w ay t h a t t h e eq ui p me n t cannot be re-used.

24.12

Contractors Using Their Own Lifting Equipment On SMEP Platforms/Worksites

Contractors equipment shall be as per 14.4.6 and in addition must comply with the following:

24.12.1

Equipment Marking/Tracking

To distinguish contractor’s equipment from site/platform rigging s tore equipment, contractor’s equipment will require some additional (readily identifiable) identification.

24.12.2

Equipment Register and Other Documentation

W h e re a ri g gi n g s t o r e , o r s ma l l e r q u an t i t i e s o f l i f t i n g e q ui p m e n t / ta ck l e a re us e d on Sh e l l Malaysia Exploration and Production platforms, the following is required: 1.

A register of the rigging store's content

2.

Current certificate for each item of equipment.

Page 110 of 247

3.


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

An issuing and returns register or similar system to facilitate tracking of the equipment.

4.

Manufacturer’s operating and maintenance instructions (or copies) as supplied with new equipment.

24.13

Pre-Use Inspection - Basic Requirements

W h e n e v e r l i f t in g e q ui p m e n t i s i n s p e c t e d p ri o r t o u s e t h e f i rs t i t e m s t h at mus t be ch e cke d ar e : 1.

Item identity number

2.

SWL or WLL

3.

Date of Inspection

4.

Examination colour code (if applicable)

A t t e n t i o n i s d ra w n t o Sh e l l ’ s g l o b a l s t a n da r d o n l i f t i n g an d h o i s t i n g E P 2 0 0 5 - 0 2 6 4 - S T ( s e c t i o n 4.9.2 page 7)

Page 111 of 247


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

25.0 Pre-use checks for lifting appliances not in use for an extended period of time In cases where lifting appliances are not used for an extended period of time the user shall ensure that the competent person specifies a special programme of pre-use checks and inservice inspections and thorough examination before it is used. The extent and thoroughness of this programme depends not only on the length of the period that the lifting appliance was out of use but also on the l ocation of the lifting appliance during this period. Lifting appliances standing under cover or inside a workshop might require very little extra inspection. Lifting appliances that have been out of use in the open and therefore exposed to the weather and atmospheric pollution, etc. might require an extensive appraisal to ensure fitness for work. T he programme of pre-use checks and in-service inspections must contain, as a minimum, the following checks: 1.

Any checks that are recommended in the manufacturers instructions for the lifting appliance.

2.

Checking all hoist chains/ropes for signs of corrosion/degradation and damage and ensuring that there is thorough lubrication.

3.

Checking all linkages for evidence of seizure or partial seizure and ensuring that there is correct lubrication.

4.

Checking for correct functioning of all the safety devices.

5.

Checking seals or other components for evidence of deterioration.

6.

Checking for corrosion on the structure, components, linkages etc.

7.


8.

Testing of every motion for several minutes without load and then repeating the test w i t h a l o a d .

25.1

Equipment Identification Markings

25.2

Identification Number/Mark

A l l i t e ms o f l if t i ng e q u i pm en t mu s t ha v e a p e r m an e n t , un i q u e me an s o f po s i t i v e i d e n t i f i ca t i o n r e l a t i n g t o o w n e r s h i p , e . g . s t a m p e d n u m b e r , a t t a ch e d p l a t e o r l a b e l . I f t h e i d e n t i t y o f a n i t e m o f l i f t i n g e q u i p m e n t c a nn o t b e f o u n d i t m us t n o t b e u s e d . F o r p o s i t i v e i d e n t i f i c a t i o n p u rp o s e s the equipment identification number must be used on all certification and records relevant to that item of lifting equipment. (Refer to Section 5)

25.3

Colour Coding System

SMEP require that all lifting equipment owned by them, or used on their worksites or where S M E P h a s t h e p r e v a i l i n g i n f l u e n c e , b e t h o r o u g h l y e x a m i n e d a t f i x e d i n t e r v a l s . ( R e f e r 6 . 3 . 1) A co l o ur co d e s y s t e m i s us e d by S M EP t o i n di ca t e t o t h e e n d us e r t ha t i t e m o f l i f t i n g t a ck l e h a s undergone a 6 monthly examination. The colour (code) is changed at ‘set’ 6-monthly intervals

Page 112 of 247


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

and lifting tackle shall only be used if they are displaying the current colour code. The colour code for the next 6-month period will always follows the sequence, Green, Blue and Yellow. (Refer section 6)

25.4

Documentation Accompanying Lifting Equipment

The following documentation shall accompany an item of lifting equipment and must be available to the end user if/when required. 1.

Certificate of Conformity

2.

Certificate of test and examination (if applicable).

3.

Operating and Maintenance Instructions.

Page 113 of 247


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

26.0 Wire Rope and Wire Rope Slings CAUTION:

ALWAYS WEAR LEATHER GLOVES WHEN HANDLING ANY FORM OF WIRE ROPE.

26.1

Wire Rope

W i re r op e i s ma n uf a ct u re d f ro m i n d iv i d ua l s t e el b ar s t ha t a re ' d r aw n' t o s i ze t h r oug h a s e ri e s of dies, reducing the diameter of the bar each time until a wire of the desired diameter is obtained. Individual wires are then formed and wound into strands. The strands are then w o un d t o g e t he r a ro u nd a ce n t r al co r e t o f o r m t he ro pe ( s e e F i g 1 ) . T h e co r e o f t h e ro p e ca n b e of fibre or an additional steel strand. The number of wires in a strand and the number of strands in a rope are known as the ' c o n s t r u c t i o n ' o f t h e r o p e . T h e r e a r e a v a r i e t y o f a r r a n ge m e n t s i n w i r e r o p e c o n s t r u c t i o n ; designs are produced to give special characteristics such as flexibility, rotation resistant, crush resistant, etc.

CORE: FIBRECORE = FC INDEPENDENT WIRE ROPE CORE = IWRC

CORE W I R E R O P E STRAND

W I R E CENTRE WIRE

Fig 1 Wire Rope Terminology

26.2

Types of Lay

A w i re ro p e co m e s i n a v e r it y o f l ay s , ho w e v e r t he m o s t co m m o n a re O r di n a ry l a y an d L a n g' s lay. ‘Ordinary lay’ is the term used to describe a wire rope in which the wires in the strands are laid one way and the strands in the rope laid in the opposite direction. Ordinary lay rope is completely stable, to the extent that a slight amount of ‘turn’ will always come out of a 6 stranded rope when a load is applied. However, it normally returns to its former position when the load is released. ‘Lang's lay’ is the name applied to the type of rope in which the w ires in the strands and strands in the rope are laid in the s ame direction. The two lays can be readily distinguished: with Ordinary lay the i ndividual wires appear to run along the rope, while in Langs lay t hey run diagonally across it.

Page 114 of 247


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

26.3

Wire Rope Slings

W i re r op e s l i ng s a re m a n uf a ct ur e d i n a cc o rd a n ce w i t h BS E N 1 3 4 1 4 - 1, f ro m w i re r o pe , w h i ch meets the requirements of BS EN 12385-4, or an equivalent International Standard. Wire rope slings are the most commonly used lifting accessory and require care in handling and attention in use. They must be protected from severe wear, abrasion, impact loading, crushing and kinking or similar abuse. Wire rope slings must be adequately protected from crushing and chafing damage by the use of adequate packing. The more common types of wire rope sling are shown on Fig 2.

Fig 2 Single Leg and Endless Slings

26.4

Sling Identification

A l l s i n g l e a nd mu l t i -l e g w i r e ro p e s l i ng s mus t h a ve s t a mp e d o n a pe r ma n e n t l y at t a ch e d m e t a l tag or on the ferrule (see Fig 3). 1.

Identity number.

2.

SWL.

3.

A sling must also carry the correct colour code.

IMPORTANT: THE CAPACITY OF A MULTI-LEG SLING IS STATED AS A SINGLE SWL, FOR ANY ANGLE BETWEEN 0 AND 45 TO THE VERTICAL, AT THE MASTER LINK.

Page 115 of 247


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

Wo rk i n g Load Limit

ID No. & WLL Tag

Fig 3 Sling Identity

A s w e l l a s s i ng l e l e g s l i n g op t io n s , t he y ca n b e s u pp l ie d a s d o ub l e l e g s l i n gs f i t t e d t o a s i n gl e link (known as a master link) or as multi-leg slings ( 3 or 4 legs) fitted to a master link assembly Fig 4 shows typical arrangements.

L W E

Fig 4 Multiple Leg Slings

Page 116 of 247

g n i k r o W e v h i t t c g e f f n e E L


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

26.5

Pre-use

The following covers wire rope and wire rope slings. 1.

Check sling unique identification and WLL are present and readable and current colour code is present.

NOTE: DESTROY (OXY-CUT) SLINGS THAT ARE FOUND TO BE UNFIT FOR USE, SO THAT THEY CANNOT BE ACCIDENTALLY RE-USED.

2.

Check for broken, damaged or kinked wires, which may have been caused by previous incorrect slinging of the load.

3.

Check for signs of abrasion and similar damage resulting from chafing action against the load or ground/deck.

4.

Check the rope for corrosion, crushed areas, high stranding, underlying, bird caging, kinks, bulges in the rope, core protrusion, gaps or excessive clearance between strands.

5.

There must be no evidence of heat burn, or pitting, (possibly from welding equipment) or similar such discolouration to the sling wires.

6.

Inspect end terminations for damage, deterioration and security

7.

Check sling /rope for broken wires.

8.

Ensure that sling thimbles are secure in the sling eyes. It is permissible for a thimble to display a small amount of movement; the amount shall not be such that the thimble may become dislodged.

9.

Check all attached fittings, i.e. hooks, rings, links, etc.

NOTE: IF IN DOUBT DO NOT USE AND SEEK ADVICE FROM THE PIC OR WORKSITE SUPERVISOR.

26.6

Safe Use

1.

When using slings observe the following:

2.

Protect them from wear, abrasion, impact loading, crushing and kinking or similar

abuse. 3.

Always use a sling with a greater WLL than the anticipated weight of the load if: a.

The exact load weight is unknown.

b.

There is a possibility of shock or dynamic loading.

c.

There will be an increase in load, through wind effect.

d.

When the load has to be lifted over vulnerable plant (because there is no alternative route).

4.

Do not assess the required WLL of a multi-leg sling by dividing the load weight by the number of sling legs. There is no way of knowing that all sling legs will carry equal amounts of the load. With multi-leg slings, it is possible that two legs could be c a r r y i n g t h e m aj o r i t y o f t h e l o a d w h i l s t t h e o t h e r s l i n g l e g s j u s t b al a n c e t h e l o a d . I f i t is obvious that the load is unbalanced, the leg t ension (not the weight of the load) in

Page 117 of 247


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

the sling legs carrying the majority of the load must be as sessed when determining the s l i n g W L L r e q u i r e d . I f i n d o u b t d o n o t s l i n g t h e l o a d b u t s e e k a d v i c e f r o m t h e P IC . NOTE: FOR MULTI-LEG SLINGS THE WLL IS QUOTED FOR AN ANGLE OF THE LEG TO THE VERTICAL, AT THE MASTER LINK, OF 0 TO 45 .

5.

Be aware that tension in sling legs varies with the angle of the leg to the vertical at the hook. A 'sling angle' is usually denoted by the angle of the leg to the vertical at the lifting point, which is: a.

W i t h t w o - l e g s l i n g s , t h e a n g l e o f t h e l e g t o t h e v e r t i c a l ( 0° t o 4 5 ° ) .

b.

W i t h t h r e e - l e g g e d s l i n g s , t h e a n g l e b e t w e e n o n e l e g a n d t h e v e r t i c a l ( 0° t o 45°).

c.

W i t h f o u r - l e g g e d s l i n g s , t h e a n g l e b e t w e e n o n e l e g a n d t h e v e r t i c a l ( 0° t o 45°).

6.

Never use a sling that is knotted or kinked.

7.

Prepare the load landing area. Most loads can be lowered on to timber battens allowing the slings to be withdrawn. Never land a load on to the load slings

8.

Keep slings away from welding or cutting operations.

9.

A multi-leg sling must not be used if, when fitted to the load, the angle from the ve r t i ca l a t t he m a s t e r l i n k i s g r e a t e r t h a n 4 5 ° ; s l i n g w i t h l o n g e r l e g s m u s t b e s e l e c t e d .

10.

Take care not to 'kink' wire rope or a sling. A kink in a sling or rope will distort the sling/rope, severely affecting its strength (WLL) causing it to be removed from service a n d d e s t r o y e d . K i n k s a r e u s u a l l y f o r m e d i n o n e o f t w o w a ys : a.

Bad slinging practices, e.g. tensioning a sling over an acute angle, or round too small a diameter.

b.

By pulling on a loop accidentally formed in a sling. If the sling is pulled instead of 'untwisted', a kink will quickly form in the sling (see Fig 5).

Fig 5 How a Kink is Pulled int o a Wire Rope

11.

Do not wrap a wire rope around a hook (see Fig 6).

Page 118 of 247


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

Fig 6 Never Wrap a Wire Rope Round a Hook

12.

Always avoid bending a sling around small diameters. The minimum radius around wh i c h a s l i n g s h a l l be b e n t i s 6 t i me s t he d i a me t e r o f t h e ro p e .

13.

D o n o t j o i n t w o s l i n g s t o g e t h e r b y , ' t h r e a d i n g t h e e y e ' ( s e e Fi g 7 ) . I f t w o s l i n g s ar e t o be joined together, they must be joined with a shackle of at least the same WLL as the slings to be joined.

Fig 7 Joining Slings

14.

Never shorten a sling by tying a knot in it. A knot will cause severe kinking of the sling when the load is lifted, an immediate reduction in the WLL of the sling, and result in the sling being removed from service and destroyed.

15.

Semi-permanent terminations of wire ropes are frequently made using wire rope clips. These provide a quick and easy way to terminate wire ropes and when properly applied including the insertion of a thimble in t he eye of the sling, and the application of sufficient torque to the securing nuts, provide up to 80% of the strength of the original rope. Wire rope slings that are made using this method shall not be used for lifting.

U-Bolt rope grips must not be used. The only acceptable rope grip is the double-saddled type ( f i s t g r i p ) R e f e r t o A pp e nd i x 8 f o r i n s t a l l a t i o n i n s t r u c t i o n s

Page 119 of 247


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

Figure 8 Application of Rope Grip's

16.

When using a sling in a choke-hitch mode, do not force the eye of the sling into closer contact with the load. This dangerous malpractice and is often called "battening d o w n " . T h e c h o k e - h i t c h m us t b e a l l o w e d t o f o r m i t s o w n ' n a t u r a l a n g l e ’ , w h i ch w i l l b e about 120° (see Fig 9). If forced down, the angle between the sling 'legs' will p r o b a b l y i n c r e a s e b e y o n d 1 2 0 ° a n d b e c o m e d a n g e r o u s .

17.

The slinging of pipes and tubulars is a very common lifting operation.

A t t e n t i o n i s d ra w n t o Sh e l l ’ s g l o b al s t a n da r d on l i f t i n g an d h o i s t i n g E P 2 0 0 5 - 0 2 6 4 - G 0 1( s e c t i o n 2.1 page 13)

Fig 9 Do Not Batten Down Slings

The slings must be double wrapped with a choke hitch taking care not t o cross over the wires on the underside of the pipe or tube bundle (Fig 9). The choke hitch requires to be pulled tight to contain the bundle and secured using an wire clamp (i.e. Asbro clamp) or a fist grip, If using a fist grip, a tie wrap must then be fi tted to prevent the reeved eye slipping over the fist grip, in case the bundle loosens in transit.

Page 120 of 247

a.


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

The sling positioning must be approximately 25% (of the total length) in from either end of the tubular (Fig 9).

b.

Each sling shall have a WLL at least equal to the gross weight of the load.

c.

Ensure that the correct length of slings are used. The recommended safe lifting angle of the sling leg is 30 degrees from the vertical; the maximum lifting angle must never exceed 45 degrees from the vertical

Do not bend a sling round sharp corners of a load. Use wooden packing to protect the sling from sharp edges and to generally increase the radius around which the sling must bend. The w r ap p i n g o f a f i re bl a n ke t , o r s i mil a r, a ro un d a b e a m i s co s m e t i c a n d u na cc e p t a b l e .

Fig 10 Packing Out a Load to Prevent Damage to Load and Slings

18.

Multi-leg slings must not be used if there is a possibility that they will damage the e q u i p m e n t t o b e l i f t e d . A l t e r n a t i v e l i f t i n g a r r a n g e m e n t s m us t b e m a d e .

19.

W h e n l i f t i n g a l o a d , i f t h e r e i s t h e s l i g h t e s t d o ub t a s t o t h e s t a b i l i t y o f t h e l o a d , i t m u s t be slowly lifted clear of the ground, if the load then tilts, it must be lowered immediately and re-slung in a more stable position.

20.

Tag lines must be attached to the load and not to the lifting gear.

Page 121 of 247


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

27.0 Wire Clamp (ASBRO) Pre-Use Inspection W i re cl a m ps mu s t b e v i s ua l l y i ns p e ct e d be f o re t h ey a re us e d a s f o l l o w s : 1.

Check the clamp is of the correct size for the wire rope.

2.

Inspect the saddle for excessive wear, cracks, deformity and impact damage.

3.

Inspect the claw for excessive wear, cracks, deformity and impact damage.

4.

Inspect the wedge for excessive wear, cracks, deformity and impact damage and check that the wedge lock is free to move

27.1

Rejection

The clamp needs to be rejected when there is any obvious excessive wear, cracks, deformity or impact damage or if the clamp allows the rope to slip through when landing the bundle thus allowing the bundle to become slack.

27.2

Care and maintenance

The clamps must be inspected for damage after removing from sling. The Wedgelock shall be greased, if required, and the clamp reassembled and stored in a box marked with the correct size/diameter for future use. The wire clamp must be stored in a dry atmosphere. CAUTION: AFTER LANDING LOAD ON THE TRUCK OR VESSEL, CHECK THAT THE BUNDLE REMAINS SECURE AND THERE IS NO BACK SLIPPAGE OF THE ROPE THROUGH THE CLAMP. BEWARE OF TUBULARS ROLLING OUT TO A FLAT POSITION. THERE MAY BE A DANGER OF LIMBS BEING TRAPPED, IF ANY BACK SLIPPAGE BECOMES APPARENT AND/OR THE BUNDLE BECOMES SLACK, THE CLAMPS MUST BE REPL ACED.

It is a requirement that individual tubulars are double wrapped. If the tubular or load is being lifted and laid down more than once, it may also be advisable to lock the choke with a wire clamp or fist grip.

27.3

After Use


After use and before storing, check slings for damage and deterioration in the same manner as for pre-use inspection.

2.

Never leave slings laying on the ground/deck where they will be exposed to environmental hazards such as chemical spillage, mechanical damage and soaking from water accumulation.

3.

Return slings to the rigging store and complete ‘returns’ procedure.

Page 122 of 247


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

28.0 Chain Slings and Fittings I t i s S M E P p o l i c y n o t t o u s e c h a i n s l i n g s f o r g e n e r a l l i f t i n g o p e r at i o n s . H o w e v e r , c h a i n s l i n g s a r e u s e d f o r l i f t i n g s k i p s a n d l i f t i n g b a r r e l s / s t e e l d r u m s , or s i m i l a r , f r o m c o n t a i n e r s . V a r i o u s chain sling configurations are shown on Fig 11. Some chains are shown with chain ‘shortening clutches’.

Fig 11 Chain Sling Configurations

The rating of chain slings is based on the uniform load method, which give the following results: Single leg sling

=

1.0

x

SWL of a single leg

Double leg sling

=

1.4

x

S W L o f a s i n g l e l e g f r o m 0° t o 4 5 °

Three and Four leg sling

=

2.1

x

S W L o f a s i n g l e l e g f r o m 0° t o 4 5 °

Double leg sling

=

1.0

x

S W L o f a s i n g l e l e g f r o m 4 5° t o 6 0 °

Four leg sling

=

1.5

x

S W L o f a s i n g l e l e g f r o m 4 5° t o 6 0 °

28.1

Barrel Slings

B a r r e l s l i n g s a s s h o w n i n F i g 1 2 m u s t b e u s e d f o r l i f t i n g a s i n g l e b a r re l / d r u m o n l y . W h e n more than one barrel is to be lifted in one lift, a drum cage must be used.

Page 123 of 247


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

Fig 12 Barrel Sling

28.2

Pre-use

Chain and barrel sling must be visually inspected before they are used as foll ows: 1.

Check sling unique identification and WLL are present and readable and current colour code is present.

2.

Ensure the grade of the chain sling is suitable for lifting duties i.e. grade 8, 10 etc.

3.

Check for stretch in the individual legs.

4.

Check each leg for distortion of links e.g. bends, twists, corrosion, elongation and nicks.

5.

Check for wear between chain links and load pins.

6.

Check end fittings e.g. hooks, connectors etc in accordance with the appropriate sections of this standard.

7.

Check all coupling components are free from distortion; cracks and the securing/ load pins are secured.

8.

Inspect end terminations for damage, deterioration and security.

9.

Check all attached fittings, i.e. hooks, rings, links, etc.

NOTE: DESTROY (OXY-CUT) SLINGS THAT ARE FOUND TO BE UNFIT FOR USE, SO THAT THEY CANNOT BE ACCIDENTALLY RE-USED.

28.3

Safe Use

W h e n us i n g c h ai n s l i n g s o b s e rv e t h e f o l l ow i ng : 1.

Protect them from wear, abrasion, impact loading, crushing, or similar abuse.

2.

Always use a sling with a greater WLL than the anticipated weight of the load if: a.

The exact load weight is unknown.

b.

There is a possibility of shock or dynamic loading.

c.

There will be an increase in load, through wind effect.

Page 124 of 247


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

d.

When the load has to be lifted over vulnerable plant (because there is no alternative route).

3.

Do not assess the required WLL of a multi-leg sling by dividing the load weight by the number of sling legs. There is no way of knowing that all sling legs will carry equal amounts of the load. With multi-leg slings, it is possible that two legs could be c a r r y i n g t h e m aj o r i t y o f t h e l o a d w h i l s t t h e o t h e r s l i n g l e g s j u s t b al a n c e t h e l o a d . I f i t is obvious that the load is unbalanced, the leg t ension (not the weight of the load) in the sling legs carrying the majority of the load must be as sessed when determining the sling WLL required. If in doubt do not sling the load but seek advice from a supervisor. NOTE:

4.

FOR MULTI-LEG SLINGS THE WLL IS QUOTED FOR AN ANGLE OF THE LEG TO THE VERTICAL, AT THE MASTER LINK, OF 0 TO 45 .

Be aware that tension in sling legs varies with the angle of the leg to the vertical at the hook. A 'sling angle' is usually denoted by the angle of the leg to the vertical at the lifting point, which is: a.

With two- leg slings, the angle of the leg to the vertical.

b.

W i t h t h r e e - l e g g e d s l i n g s , t h e a n g l e b e t w e e n o n e l e g a n d t h e v e r t i c a l ( 0° t o 45°).

c.

W i t h f o u r - l e g g e d s l i n g s , t h e a n g l e b e t w e e n o n e l e g a n d t h e v e r t i c a l ( 0° t o 45°).

5.

Never use a sling that is knotted.

6.

Prepare the load landing area. Most loads can be lowered on to timber battens allowing the slings to be withdrawn. Never land a load on to the load slings

7.

Keep slings away from welding or cutting operations.

8.

A multi-leg sling must not be used if, when fitted to the load, the angle from the ve r t i ca l a t t he m a s t e r l i n k i s g r e a t e r t h a n 4 5 ° ; s l i n g w i t h l o n g e r l e g s r e q u i r e s t o b e selected.

28.4

After Use


After use and before storing, check slings for damage in the same manner as for preuse inspection.

2.

Never leave slings laying on the ground/deck where they will be exposed to environmental hazards such as chemical spillage, mechanical damage.

3.

28.5

Return slings to the rigging store and complete ‘returns’ procedure.

Barrel Lifters

B a r r e l l i f t e r s a r e us e d t o l i f t b a r r e l s v e rt i c a l l y f r o m h a l f - h e i g h t c on t a i n e r s . T h i s t y p e o f b a r r e l lifter is only used to lift the barrel from a container and place it on the deck beside the c o n t a i n e r . L i f t h e i g h t m u s t b e m i n i mi s e d a n d p e r s o n n e l m us t n o t b e a l l o w e d b e n e a t h t h e

Page 125 of 247


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

b a r r e l . V a r i o u s m a n u f a c t u r e rs p r o d u c e t h i s t y p e o f b a r r e l l i f t e r a n d a t y p i ca l t o p ( v e r t i c a l ) barrel lifter is shown in Fig 13. Care must be taken when using a ‘barrel lifter’ to ensure that the barrel to be lifted is of s t a n d a r d s i z e . N o n - s t a n d a r d / m o di f i e d b a r r e l s m u s t n o t be l i f t e d w i t h t h i s t y p e o f b ar r e l lifter. They will not ‘fit’ the barrel lifter and may drop when lifted. The vertical barrel lifter must only be used to lift barrels from containers and place them on the deck alongside the container.

Fig 13 Typical (Vertical) Barrel Lift Device CAUTION: DO NOT USE BARREL LIFTERS FOR THE PURPOSE OF TRANSFERING BARRELS AROUND THE PLATFORM/PLANT. THE USE OF THIS TYPE OF LIFTING APPLIANCE IS RESTRICTED TO LIFTING BARRELS FROM A CONTAINER AND PLACING THE BARREL ON THE DECK ALONGSIDE THE CONTAINER. BARREL LIFTERS SHALL NOT BE USED IN CONNECTION WITH LIFTING OPERATIONS USING OFFSHORE CRANES.

Page 126 of 247


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

29.0 Man-Made Fibre (Webbing) Slings W e b bi ng s l i ng s , w h e re e ve r p o s s i b l e , s h al l n o t b e us e d f o r ge n e ra l l i f t i ng e i t he r o n s h o r e o r o f f s h o r e . W e b b i n g s l i n g s o f n y l o n o r o t h e r m a n m a d e f i b r e s a r e e x t r e m e l y d i f f i c ul t t o e x a m i n e b y v i s u a l i n s p e c t i o n o n l y . W e a k e n i n g o f t h e m a i n b o d y o f t h e s l i n g o r s t i t c h i n g b y ch e m i c a l o r mechanical means can all too easily remain undetected until the sling is loaded. Table 1 shows the webbing sling material colour code and WLL. Generally man made fibre slings are used for slinging fragile loads or for suspending loads w h e re t h e eq ui p m e n t co a t i n g h a s t o b e p r o t e ct e d i . e . ch r o me t ub ul ar s . Generally, the width of a webbing sling governs the WLL and approximates to 1 tonne per 50mm of width for Simplex (single thickness) slings and 1 tonne WLL per 25mm width for Duplex (double thickness) slings. Man-made fibre (webbing) slings are manufactured in various formats e.g. as flat web slings w i t h s of t e y es , h a r d e y e s o r e n dl e s s t o s ui t s p e ci f i c re q ui re me n t s . T h e y c a n a l s o b e s u pp l i e d as “round” slings (see Fig 14). W e b b i n g s l i n gs a r e ma n uf a ct ure d f r om Po l y e s t er , Ny l o n o r Po l y p ro p y l e n e . E ac h ma t e r i al h a s particular design properties, each of which shall be considered and may affect a webbing sling selection process.

Page 127 of 247


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

Fig 14 Webbing Slings

Material

Identification colour for material (found on label)

Polyamide

Green

(Nylon) Polyester

Blue

Polypropylene

Brown

Table 1 Fibre Sling Colours Do not use a webbing sling as a transit sling.

29.1

Webbing (Round and Flat) Sling WLL Colour Coding

The colour of the outer canvas cover of a round sling denotes the WLL of the sling (Table 2) . SLING WLL (TONNE)

COLOUR OF OUTER COVER

1

VIOLET

2

GREEN

3

YELLOW

4

GREY

5

RED

6

BROWN

8

BLUE

10

ORANGE

Table 2

Webbing (Round and Flat) Sling WLL Colour Codes

Page 128 of 247

29.2


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

Pre-use

W e b bi ng s l i n g s s h a l l no t be u s e d f o r g en e r a l l i f ts , an d m us t b e u s e d o n l y u n d er s t r i ct co n tr o l w h e n e v e r d e l ic a t e , f ra g i l e o r s p e c ia l i s t l i f t s a re r e q ui re d . Fibre slings must be visually inspected before they are used as foll ows: 1.

Check the sling unique identification, WLL are present and readable and correctly colour coded.

2.

Pay extra attention to webbing slings when inspecting for damage, look for: a.

Chafes to the sling. These must be viewed critically, destroy sling if chafes are severe.

b.

Local abrasions will cause a serious loss of strength and the sling must be destroyed.

c.

Cuts, particularly at the edge stitching, will result in a serious loss of strength and the sling must be destroyed.

d.

Friction burns can be recognised by a hard, smooth, shiny surface on the web, w h i ch w i l l b e b r it t l e t o t h e t o uch , i f f o un d , t h e s l i n g mu s t b e d e s t ro y e d.

3.

Check for chemical attack, which can be recognised by weakening or softening of the material such that surface fibres can be plucked or rubbed off, as a powder in extreme cases. Destroy sling if chemical damage is found.

4.

Check webbing seams for deterioration.

5.

Give special attention to webbing sling eyes. Check for damaged stitching and cuts to the inner surfaces. If there is evidence of damage at the sling eye destroy the sling.

6.

If mildew is found, wash off with fresh water do not use detergents. Mildew does not affect the strength of the webbing and may be removed by washing in water only.

29.3

Safe Use

Man –made fibre slings may only be used: 1.

Where there is no practical alternative.

2.

Where wire rope could cause crushing or surface damage to unprotected loads (e.g. piping with specialised coatings, rotating components from machinery, fragile equipment etc).

3.

For awkward lifting, where risk would be reduced

4.

For applications where the design specifies man-made fibre slings.

Observe the WLL mode factor for webbing slings as shown on Fig 15.

29.4

Prohibited Lifts

1.

Man-made fibre slings are prohibited in the following situations:

2.

Where sharp edges, rough or abrasive surfaces could cut or tear the sling (e.g. I beams, etc.)

3.

Where exposed temperatures in excess of 80 degrees Celsius may occur.

Page 129 of 247


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

4.

Where exposure to chemicals is likely (e.g. acids, alkalis, oil, solvents and paints).

5.

For pre-slinging loads associated with dynamic factors, such as vessel operations.

6.

For any load that may rotate in the sling.

29.5

Special Applications

A n y s l i n g u s e d i n s u p po rt of fa s t re s cue b o a t s s h a l l be : 1.

Made of continuous fibre construction

2.

Have extra UV protection

3.

Be replaced annually or sooner if required.

There may be the rare occasions where a man-made fibre sling may be exposed to a dynamic lift, shock or snatch conditions i.e. lifting of chrome tubulars offshore. Under such circumstances the lifting operation shall: 1.

Be considered as a complicated lifting operation and thus be subject to the additional requirements for job planning and operating practice. Refer to Section 9.9

2.

Utilise slings with a working load rating that is double the actual load being lifted (e.g. 5 tonne straight lift requires a sling with a 10 tonne working load rating).

CAUTION:

1.

A NYLON (POLYAMIDE) SLING CAN LOSE UP TO 15% OF ITS WLL WHEN WET.

To minimise loss of strength when using a webbing sling eye on a hook, the hook bowl must have a width of more than one-third the inside length of the webbing sling eye.

2.

Protect a webbing sling when passing it round a surface that may cause damage to the sling.

3.

D o n o t p e r m i t t h e e y e o f a w e b b i n g s l i n g t o b e o p e n e d i n e x c e s s o f 2 0° t o a v o i d excessive load on the stitching.

4.

Do not cause friction heat in a webbing sling by pulling it round a solid object.

5.

Do not allow a webbing sling to contact hot pipelines or hot pressure vessels. Webbing slings are adversely affected by heat.

6.

Ensure that a flat webbing sling is loaded evenly across its full width.

7.

Under no circumstances shall two slings be joined together by 'threading the eye'. If two webbing slings have to be joined together they must be joined with a shackle.

8.

Webbing slings must not be used as the primary lifting slings for the transportation of goods or cargo to or from a platform, except where noted above.

29.6

After Use

Carry out the following: 1.

Check sling(s) for damage, deterioration and contamination before storing. Damaged slings and chemically contaminated slings must be destroyed.

Page 130 of 247

2.


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

If a fibre sling is wet it must be thoroughly dried before returning to rigging store. Dry the sling by hanging it in a warm area, not over/on hot pipe work where excessive heat could damage the sling.

3.

Return sling(s) to rigging store and ‘complete ‘returns’ procedure.

CAUTION:

FIBRE SLINGS WILL DEGRADE IN ULTRAVIOLET LIGHT AND MUST BE STORED AWAY FROM SUNLIGHT AND OTHER SOURCES OF ULTRAVIOLET LIGHT.

Fig 15 Fibre Sling - Mode Factor

Page 131 of 247


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

30.0 Hooks A v a r i e t y o f h o o k d e s i g n s w i l l b e e n c o u n t e r e d o n S M E P w o r k s i t e s a n d p l a t f o r m s h o w e v e r , a l l hooks must be of the ‘safety hook’ type, i.e. a hook that has a mechanical latch arrangement that prevents the hook from opening until manually released. Fig 16 shows two of the more commonly used hook types. A hook that does not have a safety latch must not be used. The scissor action self locking type hook shown in Fi g 16, or the BK type are commonly known as a ‘scissors type’ safety hook. The geometry of these hooks is such that as long as the load is passed vertically through the centre line of the hook, t he applied forces will positively close the hook. W h e n t h e h o o k c l o s e s a c a m - l o c k w i l l p r e v e n t t h e h o o k f r o m o p e n i n g . T o o p e n t h e h o o k t h e cam-lock requires manually unlatching. This design makes the hook one of the safest types under normal operational circumstances. However, care must be exercised when using this type of hook to ensure fingers are not pinched in the scissor action when used for lifting operations to and from a moving marine vessel, they must be fit ted with the additional trigger release handle. (see fig 16A)

The scissor type hook can however, be unlatched accidentally if the hook is s ubject to shock loading in the opposite direction to which load is normally applied. Scissor action self locking type hooks fitted to pennants must be fitted with the additional trigger release handle Fig 16A.

Fig 16 Hook Types

Page 132 of 247


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

Fig 16A Scissor Hook with trigger release handle

30.1

Pre-use

Hooks must be visually inspected before they are used as follows: 1.

Check hook WLL is present and readable.

2.

Check that wear on the bearing surface of the hook is not excessive and that there are no stress/fatigue cracks, or any form of damage (see Figs 17 and 18).

Fig 17 General Hook Inspection

Page 133 of 247

30.2


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

Scissor Hook Inspection

The scissor type self-latching hooks shall be inspected as follows: 1.

Check generally as shown in Fig 17.

2.

Physically close the hook and check that hook closes correctly.

3.

With hook closed attempt to pull hook apart and check gap between closing faces of h o o k . T h e g a p o n s m a l l e r h o o k s ( l e s s t h a n 1 0 t o n n e s ) m us us t n o t e x c e e d 2 m m a n d o n larger hooks (greater than 10 tonnes) the gap must not exceed 4mm (see Fig 18).

4.

View the hook edgeways and check for ‘twist’. If either the bottom or the top of the hook is twisted beyond the centreline the hook must not be used.

5.

Check hook swivel for free rotation, damage and wear.

6.

Confirm that hook latch mechanisms operate freely and has a positive action.

Fig 18

30.3

Scissors Type Hook Inspection

Safe Use

Observe the following: 1.

The WLL of a hook applies only when the load is correctly positioned on the load line of the hook. If the hook is eccentrically loaded, or if a load is applied other than on the hook load line, the hook WLL is greatly reduced.

2.

Do not attach more than two sling eyes directly on a hook. If more than two slings need to be attached to a hook, a suitable shackle must be used between the hook and the slings’ (see Fig 19).

Page 134 of 247


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

Fig 19

4.

Do Not Overcrowd a Hook

Where the load will have a tendency to rotate when lifted, use a swivel hook, or insert a swivel link between load hook and lifting rope.

5.

Always check to ensure that the hook safety latch, or on scissors type hooks the latch release cam has closed correctly before allowing the load to be lifted.

6.

Do not side load, tip load, or back hook (see Fig 20).

Fig 20 Incorrect Hooking Methods

30.4

After Use

1.

Check hook as for pre-use checks.

2.

If applicable, return hook to rigging store, and complete ’returns’ procedure.

Page 135 of 247


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

31.0 Shackles A l l s h ac kl e s us e d b y S M E P s h a l l pr e f e ra b l y b e o f t h e al l o y s t e e l v ar i e t y a n d d e s i g n e d a n d manufactured in accordance with the US Federal Specification RR-C-271D grade ‘A’, BS EN 13889 or an equivalent international standard. The use of higher tensile steel shackles is to be avoided for reasons of s afety (e.g. A high tensile steel shackle of si milar size to an Alloy steel shackle is approximately only half the strength - confusing the two could lead to inadvertent overload). NOTE: MILD STEEL SHACKLES SHALL NOT BE USED UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES.

Two basic types of shackle will be encountered on SMEP worksites and offshore platforms (Fig 21). 1.

'Safety-Anchor' shackle with bolt, nut and safety pin, which can have a Bow or Dee shape body.

2.

'Screw pin' shackle with a pin screwed into one body eye. This type of shackle can also have a Bow or a Dee shape body.

A Bo w s h a ckl e i s g e n e ra l l y u s e d wh e re mo r e t h a n o ne a t t a chm e n t i s t o b e m ad e t o t h e s ha ck l e , i . e . w i t h m u l t i - l e g s l i n g s . A D e e s h a c k l e i s g e n e r al l y u s e d t o l i n k t w o i t e m s o f l i f t i n g e q u i p m e n t together and restricted to one attachment only i.e. with single sling.

31.1

Pre-use Inspection

Shackles must be visually inspected before they are used as follows: 1.

Check shackle unique identification, WLL and colour code.

2.

Look for damage to the pin or body threads, distortion in any part of the shackle and obvious wear on the body or pin of the shackle. Also check for nicks, cuts, cracks or corrosion on any part of the shackle (see Fig 21).

3.

Where a shackle pin is designed to accept a locking split pin (safety shackle), the split p i n m u s t b e i n g o o d c o n d i t i o n a n d o f t h e c o r r e c t d i a m e t e r a n d l e n g t h s e e A p pe n d i x 9. “R” clips cannot be substituted for a split pin and must not be used.

4.

Ensure that the pin and the body are of the same grade material and that they ‘match’. If body and pin do not match the shackle must not be used.

W h e n a s ha ck l e b od y i s s u s p e n d e d f r o m it s cr o w n o n a p i e ce o f w i r e a n d t a p p e d w i t h a hammer it shall have a clear 'bell-like ring', if a crack is present the shackle will have a 'dead' sound.

Page 136 of 247


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

Fig 21 Shackle Inspection

31.2

Safe Use

W h e n us i n g a s h ac k l e , t he fo l l o w i n g s h a l l b e o b s e rv e d : 1.

A shackle must be fitted and loaded such that the load line is on the centre line of the shackle and not in such a way that side loads are imposed on the body.

Fig 22 Correct and Incorrect Use of a Shackle with a Hook

Page 137 of 247

2.


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

To avoid side loads on a shackle fit loose spacer/shimming washers at each end of the shackle pin, or fit a shackle with a jaw opening ' gape' that fits the hook.

3.

Do not reduce the width between the jaws of a shackle by welding washers or spacers t o t h e i n s i d e f a c e s o f t h e s h a c k l e j a w s . W e l d i n g h e a t w i l l s e r i o u s l y w e ak e n t h e shackle, and invalidate certification.

4.

When a shackle is used to secure the top block of a set of rope blocks the load on the shackle (and anchor) is increased by the value of the hoisting e ffort. Care requires to be taken to ensure that the structure, attachments and shackle are all of adequate WLL.

Fig 23 Use of Shackle with Sheave Block

5.

Do not use a single rope (sling) passed over a shackle screw pin to lift a load (Fig 24). The load is unstable and if it s hifts, the rope could unscrew the shackle pin.

Fig 24 Use of Slings with Shackles

6.

Always place the shackle with the pin uppermost in the hook and with the sling eyes located in the shackle body (Fig 24).

Page 138 of 247

31.3


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

After Use

On completion of use: 1.

Thoroughly clean the shackle and inspect the shackle in accordance with pre-use procedures.

2.

Coat threads and body of shackle with light machine oil. Do not separate pins and s h a c k l e b o d i e s . A s h a c k l e m u s t a l w a y s b e s t o r e d a s a co m p l e t e , c e r t i f i e d u n i t .

3.

Return the shackle(s) to rigging store and complete ‘returns’ procedure.

Page 139 of 247


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

32.0 Eyebolts Eyebolts are one of the most widely used items of lifting tackle, however, only collared eyebolts must be used.

Fig 25 Types of Eyebolt and Eyebolt Terminology

32.1

Eyebolt with Link

This type of eyebolt is preferred for general lift ing (see Fig 25). It can be used where loading cannot be kept to a single plane. An eye bolt with a link can be loaded in any direction to full W L L p r ov i d e d t h at t h e a n g l e o f t h e l o a d t o t h e a x i s o f t h e s c re w t h r ea d d o e s n o t e x ce e d 1 5° . For greater angles (up to 45 °) the WLL requires to be de-rated by a reduction factor of 0 ⋅65.

32.2

Collar Eyebolt

A c o l l a r e ye b o l t ( s e e F i g 2 5 ) mu s t h av e a t hr e a d t h a t i s r un o u t a n d r e ce s s e d un d e r t h e co l l ar, so that it seats correctly on the load. The WLL of a collar eyebolt is stated for vertical lifts o n l y . A p a i r o f c o l l a r e y e b o l t s c a n h o w e v e r b e us e d i n c o n j u n c t i o n w i t h a s h a c k l e a n d t w o - l e g s l i n g t o l i f t a t a n a n g l e t o t h e v e r t i c a l b u t t h e W L L m u s t b e d e - r a t e d . F o r a n g l e s b e t w e e n 0° a n d 4 5 ° c o l l a r e y e b o l t s m u s t b e d e - r a t e d b y 5 0 %

Page 140 of 247


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

W h e re m o re t h a n o n e e ye bo l t i s us e d t o l i f t a l o ad , t h e e y e b ol t s m us t h a v e t h e s a me W L L . I n instances where the eyebolts will not be equally loaded, it is essential that each eyebolt is of adequate capacity. The plane of each eyebolt shall align with t he point of lift, e.g. the hook, w i t h a ma x i mum v ar i a t i o n o f 5 ° e i t h e r w a y .

WARNING

DYNAMO EYEBOLTS, COLLAR-LESS EYEBOLTS WITH A SCREWED SHANK, OR THREAD DIAMETER OF LESS THAN 12mm ARE NOT TO BE USED FOR LIFTING.

CAUTION

EYEBOLTS MUST NOT BE USED FOR OFFSHORE LIFTING.

32.3

Pre-use Inspection

Eyebolts must be visually inspected before they are used as follows: 1.

Check eyebolt unique identification and WLL, are present and readable, and colour coded.

2.

Generally clean the eyebolt and inspect the eyebolt for bent shank, deformed eye, cracks and nicks and in particular for thread damage. If defects are found the eyebolt must be scrapped.

3.

Check that the threaded hole into which the eyebolt is to be fitted is clean, its thread is in good order and there is no build-up of dirt/grease in the bottom of t he hole that wi l l pr e ve n t t he e ye b o l t co l l ar f ro m s e a t i n g.

Fig 26 Eyebolt Inspection

Page 141 of 247

32.4


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

Safe Use


Check that the eyebolt thread and the hole thread are compatible. If threads are mismatched any attempt to force-mate will result in a serious reduction in lifting capacity and will render both threads (male and female) unfit for further use.

2.

Check that the surface area around the hole (under the eyebolt collar) is clean, and w il l n o t h i n d e r t h e e y e b ol t c o l l a r f r om s e a t i n g al l r ou nd . T h e t h r ea de d h ol e re c ei v i n g an eyebolt must have sufficient thread depth to ensure that the eyebolt collar will seat before the eyebolt thread reaches the bottom of the threaded hole.

3.

Do not fit a hook directly on to an eyebolt; use a shackle (Fig 27).

Fig 27 Use of Eyebolt with Shackle

7.

Do not use excessive leverage to tighten an eyebolt that will not seat correctly with normal leverage (Fig 28). Over-tightening of an eyebolt can cause stretching of the shank under the collar resulting in serious (but hidden) damage, which will cause a reduction in the WLL. Use no greater leverage than a spanner compatible with t he eyebolt thread size.

Fig 28 Eyebolt Tightening

Page 142 of 247

8.


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

If a single eyebolt is used for lifting and there is a possibility that the load will revolve or twist, a swivel must be used in the lifting gear to prevent the eyebolt from being unscrewed.

9.

W h e n u s i n g m or e t h a n o n e c o l l a r e y e b o l t f o r l i f t i n g i f t h e p l a n e o f a n e y e b ol t w i l l n o t align with the point of lift , a shim may be used under the eyebolt collar. The shim thickness must not exceed half of one t hread pitch and the outside diameter of the shim must be the same diameter as the eyebolt collar diameter (Fig 29).

Fig 29 Eyebolt Alignment

7.

Under no circumstances must an eyebolt be over-tightened in an attempt to achieve correct alignment.

8.

Eyebolts used in clearance holes with back nuts shall have some locking device fitted to the nut to prevent the nut from unscrewing. The nut shall be of a grade compatible wi t h t h e e y e b o l t .

9.

Use a tapered washer if an eyebolt is used on a tapered surface (Fig 30).

Fig 30 Fitting Eyebolt to Uneven Surface

10.

When using eyebolts in conjunction with a two-legged sling ensure that the longest sling legs possible are used so as t o minimize: a.

Inclined loading at eyebolts, and

b.

Angle at the hook from the vertical.

Page 143 of 247

32.5


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

After Use

On completion of use: 1.

When an eyebolt is removed ensure that the tapped hole is suitably protected against d a m a g e a n d d e t e r i o r at i o n . C h e c k e y e b o l t f o r a ny d a m a g e t h a t m a y h a v e b e e n incurred during use.

2.

Lightly coat with oil to protect machined surfaces, i.e. threads and underside of eyebolt collar.

3.

32.6

Return eyebolt(s) to rigging store and complete ‘returns’ procedure.

Swivel Hoist Rings

The swivel hoist ring performs a similar function to a link eyebolt but with a greater and safer range of out-of-vertical lift capabilities. The swivel hoist ring will swivel unrestricted through 360º and its lifting bail ring will pivot through 180º (Fig 31). There is no reduction in SWL for a n g l e d l i f t s b e t w e e n 0 º a n d 9 0 º . H o i s t r i n g s a r e a v ai l a b l e w i t h e i t h e r U N C o r M e t r i c t h r e a d sizes; the coloured washer on the swivel identifies thread type: Red denotes UNC thread. Silver denotes Metric thread. Hoist rings with a UNC securing thread are available in sizes from 800lb to 30,000lb Working Load Limit (WLL). Metric thread types are available i n sizes from 400kg to 16,900kg WLL.

180 PIVOT

360 ROTATION Fig 31 Hoist Ring

Page 144 of 247

32.7


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

Pre-use

1.

Swivel hoist rings must be visually inspected before they are used as follows:

2.

Check swivel hoist ring unique identification and WLL are present and readable, and colour coded.

3.

Inspect for defect to the threads, corrosion, wear or damage.

4.

Check ring bail for elongation, possible wear, freedom of movement and free rotation through 360°, check pivot moves freely through 180 °.

32.8

Safe Use


Check the tapped hole for cleanliness and thread rating

2.

Install and tighten to manufacturer’s recommended torque. Make sure the bushing flange meets the load surface.

3.

Do not use spacers between bushing flange and mounting surface.

4.

Do not exceed the swivel hoist ring WLL.

5.

When using lifting slings of two or more legs, ensure that the forces in the legs are calculated using the angle from the vertical to the leg and select the proper size swivel hoist ring to allow for the angular forces.

NOTE: SLING ANGLES MAY DE-RATE SLING MEMBERS (CHAIN, ROPE, OR WEBBING) BUT WILL NOT DE-RATE SWIVEL HOIST RING CAPACITY.

32.9

After Use

Check as for pre-use, return to rigging store and complete ‘returns’ procedure.

Page 145 of 247


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

33.0 Beam Clamps A b e a m cl amp i s a n i t e m of p o r t a b l e l i f ti n g e qu i p me n t , w hi ch i s us e d t o a t t ac h a h o i s t or similar portable lifting equipment to a structural beam capable of sustaining a load. The onshore/offshore industry uses only the type which actually clamp onto and grip the beam by m e a n s o f a t h r e a d e d a d j u s t i n g b a r ( s e e F i g 3 2 ) . B e a m c l a m p s a r e o f t e n u s e d a s a n a n ch o r point for manually operated hoists. The more common types of beam clamp used in offshore and onshore are shown on F ig 32, they a r e d e s i g n e d f o r ve r t i c a l l i f t s o n l y a n d m us t n o t b e s u b j e c t e d t o s i d e l o a d i n g . W h e r e s o m e s i d e loading is expected to occur in a beam clamp lifting operation, a beam clamp specially designed for side loading shall be used (see F ig 33).

Fig 32 Typical Beam Clamps

33.1 1.

Universal Superclamps The only clamp that will accept lateral and longitudinal side loading in line with the beam is the clamp shown in Fig 33. This clamp is suitable for:

2.

Use as an anchor point for lifting and pulling

3.

Loading at any angle (to 90 degrees) without de-rating, both laterally and longitudinally. Low headroom use.

Page 146 of 247


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

Fig 33 Universal Super clamp

33.2

Pre-use Inspection

Check as follows: 1.

Check beam clamp unique identification, WLL, date of inspection and next inspection due date are present and readable.

2.

Ensure that the adjustable screw rotates freely

3.

Inspect for damage, distortion and deterioration, if defects are found the beam clamp must not be used. Report defects and place a notice on the beam clamp indicating that beam clamp must not be used for lifting until defect is rectified.

4.

Generally clean the beam and inspect for damage, defects and deterioration, if any defects are found the beam shall not be used, do not attempt to repair the beam. Report defects to the worksite supervisor.

33.3

Beam Clamp Safe Use


Do not exceed the WLL of the beam clamp or the WLL of the beam to which the clamp is to be secured.

2.

Ensure that the beam clamp is correctly clamped to the beam and that the centre line of the beam clamp suspension point is in alignment with the centre line of the beam.

3.

Use standard beam clamps for vertical lifts only, no side loading longitudinally along the beam is not permitted.

Page 147 of 247


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

4.

Where side loading is expected, use the beam clamps shown in Fig 33.

5.

If two clamps are to be used on a beam for one lift, a spreader bar must be used to ensure equal and vertical loading.

33.4

After Use


Clean the clamp(s) and inspect as for pre-use inspection.

2.

Return clamp(s) to rigging store and carry out ‘returns’ procedure.

Page 148 of 247


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

34.0 Beam Trolleys A b e a m t r ol l ey i s a n i t e m of po r t a b l e l i f t in g e qu i p me nt us e d t o at t ac h a h o i s t o r s i mi l ar portable lifting equipment to a structural beam capable of sustaining the load to be lifted, it also facilitates horizontal movement of the load along t he beam. A t ro l l e y w i l l b e e i t he r a ' pus h ' o r ' g e a r' t y p e a n d c a n b e e i t h er p e rm an e n t l y f i t t e d , o r removable (Fig 34).

Fig 34 Typical Beam Trolleys

34.1

Push Type Trolleys

Push type trolleys are generally suited to low suspension levels, light loads (usually 2 tonne maximum) and infrequent use.

34.2

Gear Type Trolleys

Gear type trolleys are usually preferred when loads in excess of 2 tonne are handled and/or accurate positioning of the load is required. They are usually traversed by an endless hand chain and are more suited to high suspension levels and regular use.

34.3

Beam Trolley Installation

A C o m pe t e n t Pe r s o n mu s t c a rry o ut t h e i ns t al l a t i o n o f a t ro l l ey t o a b e a m. B e a m t r ol l e y s a re i n t h e m a i n a d j u s t a b l e t o s ui t a s p e c i f i c r a n g e o f b e a m f l a n g e w i d t h s . A d j u s t m e n t i s a c h i e v e d b y means of a screwed adjusting bar or by the positioning of spacer washers on the trolley load bar between the side plates. W h e n s e l e ct i ng a t ro l l e y , t he o pe rat i n g ch a i n s ( t r ol l ey a nd h o i s t un i t ) m us t b e l o ng e n ou g h t o hang approximately half a metre above the operating level of the l oad.

Page 149 of 247


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

WARNING: BEAM TROLLEYS ARE DESIGNED FOR A VERTICAL LOAD HANDLING ONLY AND ARE NOT SUITABLE FOR SIDE LOADING BEAM END STOPS (TO PREVENT THE TROLLEY RUNNING OFF THE BEAM) MUST BE PRESENT ON ANY BEAM WHERE A TROLLEY IS USED. THE PLATFORM STRUCTURE MUST NOT BE USED TO LIMIT TROLLEY TRAVEL. END STOPS MUST CONTACT THE TROLLEY BODY. TO PREVENT THE TROLLEY MOVING UNDER GRAVITY THE BEAM ON WHICH THE TROLLEY IS USED MUST BE HORIZONTALLY LEVEL UNDER ALL LOADING CONDITIONS.

34.4

Anti-tilt Device

Most trolleys are fitted with an anti-tilt device that must be adjusted to just clear the underside of the beam.

34.5

Pre-use Inspection


Check trolley unique identification, WLL, date of inspection and next inspection due date are present and readable.

2.

Check cross bolts, side plates and assemblies for security and signs of damage or deterioration; check for distortion of the side plates and/or load bar.

3.

Check bearing stubs and bearings for evidence of wear. (If contaminants penetrate the bearing seals, rapid wear and/or seizure will result).

4.

Check trolley generally for freedom of operation. Check rollers for free running and for any wear at outside diameters.

5.

Where fitted, check hand chain and wheel for deformation and chain links, especially the 'split' link, for distortion. Never attempt to straighten a distorted chain link, it may already have been damaged beyond repair and is unfit for use.

6.

Check also for the possibility of incorrectly substituted components. (Someone may have tried to make one good trolley from two unserviceable trolleys).

7.

Generally clean the beam and inspect for damage, defects and deterioration, if any defects are found the beam shall not be used, do not attempt to repair the beam. Report defects to the worksite supervisor.

8.

Before a trolley is fitted to a beam, ensure that the track width and shape of trolley wh e e l s /r o l l e rs i s co mp a t i b l e w i t h t h e b e am .

9.

After fitting the trolley to the beam, ensure that trolley centreline is aligned with centreline of the beam web.

10.

Where applicable, check that operating height of hand chain is compatible with beam height.

11.

Confirm that 'end stops' are fitted to the beam.

12.

When fitting the trolley to the beam adjust the wheels/rollers so that there is 6 mm clearance overall (i.e. 3 mm max each side between the roller rim and the outer edge o f t h e b e a m ( F i g 3 5 ) . I f t h e t r o l l e y c a n n o t b e a d j u s t e d t o g i v e t h e r e q u i r e d c l e a ra n c e it must not be used.

Page 150 of 247

13.


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

Function test the trolley without load; run it along the beam. Do not use a trolley that 'sticks', 'slips' or has any form of malfunction. If t he hand chain 'jumps' or does not operate smoothly it is not correctly locating in the wheel pockets and t he trolley must not be used.

Fig 35

CAUTION:

Beam Trolley Checks

DO NOT OPERATE A TAPPERED SIDE PLATE OR TAPPERED TREAD WHEELED TROLLEY ON A FLAT FLANGE BEAM. DO NOT OPERATE A STRAIGHT SIDE PLATE TROLLEY WITH FLAT TREAD WHEELS ON A TAPPERED FLANGE BEAM

34.6

Safe Use


Do not use the hand chain for lifting or slinging purposes, or for any form of load support.

2.

Do not shock load the trolley and associated equipment.

3.

Do not allow the hand chain to tangle, or to become twisted or kinked.

4.

Ensure that the trolley anti-tilt device is adjusted so that it is just clear of the beam.

5.

Keep the trolley wheels and the beam free of grease and contaminants that may collect foreign bodies, which may then wedge under the trolley wheels.

6.

Ensure that trolley is used for vertical lifts only.

7.

Do not operate a tapered tread wheels on a flat flange beam.

8.

Do not operate a straight tread wheels on a tapered flange beam.

34.7

After Use


Clean the trolley and inspect as pre-use inspection.

2.

Return the trolley to rigging store and carry out ‘returns’ procedure.

Page 151 of 247


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

35.0 Plate Clamps Plate clamps are available in two basic designs: 1.

Horizontal Plate Clamps: These are used in pairs and usually suspended by a two-leg sling from a beam. They are intended for lifting and moving metal plate in the horizontal position only.

2.

Universal Plate Clamps: These clamps are intended for lifting and moving metal plate in the vertical position.

Horizontal Plate Clamps

Universal (Vertical) Plate Clamp

Fig 36 Plate Clamps

Selection of a plate clamp for lifting one plate at a time will be subject to three main considerations: 1.

How the plate is to be transported and stacked i.e. horizontally or vertically.

2.

The weight of the plates to be handled, which will determine the WLL of the clamp(s).

3.

The thickness of the plate, which will determine the correct model of clamp with the appropriate jaw opening.

It is important to select a clamp with WLL as close to the weight of the plate (never below) as p o s s i b l e . A n o v e r - s p e c i f i e d cl a m p w i l l n o t b e a s e f f i c i e n t a s o n e w i t h a W L L j u s t a b o v e t h e w e i g ht t o b e l i f t e d . For lifting more than one plate (in the horizontal position only) specially designed clamps known as Sheet Bundle Clamps must be used (Fig 37).

NOTE: PLATE CLAMPS ARE NOT SUITABLE FOR SUB-SEA WORK.

Page 152 of 247


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

Fig 37 Example of a Sheet Bundle Clamp

35.1

Pre-use

Check the following: Check plate clamp unique identification, WLL, date of inspection and next inspection due date are present and readable.

35.2 1.

Horizontal Plate Clamps Check plates (to be lifted) and clean off mill scale, grease, paint, or any coating that could prevent the clamp gripping surfaces from making positive contact with the plate.

2.

Inspect clamp cam segment for wear or distortion. Check that the teeth are sharp and free from dirt.

3.

Inspect clamp body for damage, fractures or deformation.

4.

Check clamp opening and closing operation.

5.

Check cam segment shaft and cotter pin for any wear or damage.

6.

Fig 38 shows various acceptable horizontal plate clamp lifting arrangements.

Page 153 of 247


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

Fig 38

35.3

Horizontal Plate Clamps

Universal (Vertical) Plate Clamps

1.

Check as for horizontal clamps above, but see also Fig 39

2.

Check operation of locking assembly. Operation must be positive and not heavy or rigid.

3.

Check the lifting eye for wear and/or deformation.

4.

Check operation of the spring by pressing on the hoisting eye in the closed position. This applies force on the spring. The spring must have no signs of corrosion or loss of tension.

Page 154 of 247


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

Fig 39

35.4

Universal Plate Clamp

Safe Use of Plate Clamps


Horizontal Plate Clamps for carrying plate horizontally. a.

Do not attempt to lift more than one plate at a time.

b.

Always use horizontal plate clamps in pairs

c.

When using multiple pairs of clamps ensure that the load is shared equally between the clamps.

d.

Firmly push the clamp against the plate; if the clamp is fitted with a pretension system no further operation is required. If it does not have a pretension system ensure that the inner side of the clamp body is located against the plate edge when tightening of the clamp occurs.

e.

Ensure equal load on each clamp and that the load is balanced. The clamps must remain positioned against the plate throughout the entire lifting operation. If a gap appears between plate and clamp, lower the plate to a safe position and investigate cause of clamp movement.

f.

When moving plate, take care not to snag or lower the plate onto obstacles or structures, which could cause instability and possibly release the load from the clamps.

g.

Lower plate onto battens to enable removal of clamps, never use the hoist to remove clamps.

2.

Universal (Vertical) clamps for carrying plate vertically a.

Clamp plates used to carry plate vertically are also suitable for lifting and turning steel plates.

b.

Determine the weight and size of the plate to be lifted. This will determine the W L L an d t y p e o f cl am p t o be us e d .

c.

These clamps are used to lift, turn or transfer only one plate at any one time.

Page 155 of 247


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

d.

Vertical clamps can be used individually, in pairs, or in multiples.

e.

When using more than one clamp ensure clamps are equally loaded.

f.

in the open position onto the plate so that the jaw of the clamp rests completely on the plate, and then set the locking assembly to the ‘LOCK’ position.

g.

Before lifting, check the clamp to ensure that it is locked onto the plate.

h.

When using two clamps to lift a plate, a spreader bar must be used to prevent overloading the clamp and slippage due to angle increase (see fig 38). Reference shall be made to manufacturers safe working load charts with respect to clamps used at angles, especially when used with endless chain slings.

i.

When lowering the load, lower the hoist sufficient to enable a complete disengagement of that the plate is adequately supported and cannot sl ip and that the lifting sling is loose enough for the clamp to be removed.

j.

To minimise damage of the cam segment when not in use leave clamp in an open position.

CAUTION UNIVERSAL PLATE CLAMPS CAN LIFT A PLATE FROM HORIZONTAL TO VERTICAL AND VISA-VERSA, BUT MUST NOT BE USED TO TRANSPORT PLATES HORIZONTALLY. DO NOT USE PLATE CLAMPS FOR THE PURPOSE OF TRANSFERING STEEL PLATE AROUND THE PLATFORM/PLANT. THE USE OF THIS TYPE OF LIFTING APPLIANCE IS RESTRICTED TO SITUATIONS WHERE PLATE IS BEING REMOVED FROM A RACKING SYSTEM, OR IS BEING MOVED SHORT DISTANCES WHERE THE PLATE CAN BE RETAINED JUST ABOVE THE DECK/GROUND. PLATE CLAMPS SHALL NOT BE USED IN CONNECTION WITH LIFTING OPERATIONS USING OFFSHORE CRANES.

Page 156 of 247


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

36.0 Rigging Screws / Turnbuckles The terms `rigging screw' and `turnbuckle' are often applied to a piece of rigging equipment, w h i ch , t h r o ugh t he u s e o f s cr e w t h re a d s , p r o v i d e s a m e a n s o f l e n g t h a d j us t m e n t or t e n s i o n i n g i n a s e c u r e d r o p e . T h e r e a r e d i f f e r e n c e s h o w e v e r , b e t w e e n a r i g gi n g s c r e w a n d a t u r n b u c k l e . A r i gg i n g s cr e w co n s i s t s o f a t ub ul a r ( cl o s e d ) b od y s o me t i me s r e f e rr e d t o a s a b o x o r b o t t l e w i t h a s cr e w ed f i t t i n g e ach e n d ( s e e F i g 4 0 ) . V i e w Ho l e s

Fig 40 Rigging Screw

A t ur n bu ckl e c o n s i s t s o f t wo r e i n s wi t h a b o s s a t e ac h e n d ( op e n b od y ) w i t h a s cr e w e d f i t t i n g each end (see Fig 41).

Fig 41

Turnbuckle

In each case, the body is internally threaded, one end with a right hand thread and the other end with a left-hand thread. Rotating the body of the unit will thus either increases or decreases the overall length of the screw asse mbly. The length of the body dictates the amount of adjustability (more commonly known as `Take-up'). In the interests of safety, open bodied screws are preferred. With closed body screws, there is a possibility of `over-opening' and consequent failure due to lack of load bearing thread. When closed rigging screws are used t h e y m u s t b e f i t t e d w i t h vi e w h o l e s ( r e f e r t o f i g 4 0 ) . W h e n i n u s e , t h e t h r e a d s m u s t n o t b e screwed beyond these holes to prevent inadvertent over opening. W i t h i n S M E P, t h e s e i t e m s a r e cl as s i f i e d as ‘ l i f t i n g e q ui p me n t ’ a n d mu s t h a v e c e rt i f i ca t i o n . However, they shall not be used for lifting purposes. Rigging screws and turnbuckles are normally supplied in a galvanised condition with a variety of end fittings as illustrated in F ig 42. It is recommended that once the ideal length required has been calculated, a s crew shall be selected which meets this dimension at `Mid-position' to allow adjustment in each direction.

36.1

Pre-use


Check rigging screw/turnbuckle unique identification, WLL, date of inspection and next inspection due date are present and readable

Page 157 of 247


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

2.

Check for thread damage, stretch and possibility of a bent thread bar.

3.

Check for cracks or distortion to body (Fig 42).

4.

Check for cracks or distortion to both end fittings, especially at the neck of the shank.

J a w

Hook Note: the hook has reduced capacity

Eye

Fig 42 Turnbuckle Inspection

36.2

Safe Use


Select the correct type and size for the job. (Thread size determines SWL). Refer to Manufacturer’s load charts.

2.

If a turnbuckle is to be used in an application where vibration is present, the end fittings shall be secured with locking nuts wire to prevent l oosening alternatively it may be secured with locking wire to prevent loosening (Fig 43).

3.

If the rigging screws/turnbuckles are to be used in an environment where vibration is present, it shall be specified that they are fitted with locking wire or split pins, lock nuts can be used but they may slacken.

Page 158 of 247


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

FIT LOCKING WIRE AT EACH E ND T O P RE VE NT S CR EW T UR NI NG

Fig 43

4.

L o c k i n g W i r e F i t t e d t o T ur n b u c k l e

If a rigging screw is used with hook end fittings a reduction in working load limit will b e r e q u i r e d . ( R e f e r t o M a n u fa c t u r e r ’ s l o a d c h a r t s ) .

5.

Never over tighten rigging screws/turnbuckles.

Page 159 of 247


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

37.0 Wedge and Socket W e d g e an d s o ck e t a s s e m bl i e s ar e us u al l y e n co un t e r ed a s t e r mi n a t i o n s o n cr a n e ru nn i ng r op e s . Fig 44a, b and c show the ass embly arrangement of a typical wedge and socket arrangement.

Fig 44a

Wedge and Socket Arrangement

Fig 44b Terminator wedge and socket arrangement

Page 160 of 247


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

W ro n g Rope backwards

W r o n g W e d g e Ba ck w a rd s

W r o n g Dead end clamped to live end

Correct

Fig 44c Termination of the Crosby “Terminator” Wedge and Socket

*Wedge and Socket Tail Length Standard 6 to 8 strand wire rope

Rotation Resistant Wire Rope

A mi n i mum o f 6 r o p e d i a me t e r s , b ut n o t l e s s than 152 mm (6")

A m i n i m um of 2 0 r o pe d i a me t e rs , b ut n o t l e s s than 152 mm (6").

Table 1

Rope Size

(10 mm) 3/8”

(13 mm) ½”

(16 mm) 5/8”

(19 mm) ¾”

(22 mm) 7/8”

(25 mm) 1”

(29 mm) 1-1/8”

(32 mm) 1-1/4”

Clip Size

(10 mm) 3/8”

(13 mm) ½”

(16 mm) 5/8”

(19 mm) ¾”

(22 mm) 7/8”

(25 mm) 1”

(29 mm) 1-1/8”

(32 mm) 1-1/4”

*Torque Ft./lbs.

45

65

95

130

225

225

225

360

* The tightening torque values shown are based upon the threads being clean, dry, and free of lubrication. Table 2

37.1

Pre-use

Check the following: 1.

Check the wedge and socket unique identification, WLL and rope size are present and readable.

2.

Check that the wedge/socket are the correct size for the rope.

3.

Check the dead end of the rope length (Table 1). Ensure rope grip is secure. A cci d e nt al s l ack e n i n g o f t h e r o p e gr i p co ul d sl a cke n t h e r o p e an d di s l o d ge t h e w ed ge , resulting in the wedge dropping out.

4.

Check the rope around the wedge for corrosion and security.

5.

Check for signs of cracking/distortion on the socket body.

Page 161 of 247


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

37.2 1.

Safe Use If the wedge and socket is to remain in use, periodic inspection and renewal of the termination must be carried out throughout the life of the rope. a.

A f t e r i n s t a l l a t i o n , a g o o d c o v e r i n g o f g r e a s e m us t b e a p p l i e d a t t h e b e n d a s protection against weather.

Page 162 of 247


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

38.0 Lifting Nipples and Lif ting Caps Lifting nipples and lifting caps shall be certified and approved for lifting.

38.1

Pre-Use

Before use, a check shall always be carried out to: Ensure that the thread section on the pipe and on the lifting nipple or lifting cap are undamaged

38.2 1.

Safe Use The lifting nipple or lifting cap is correctly installed, and that the thread dimension and type are the same.

2.

When moving a load with lifting nipple or lifting cap, the area below the travel path is barred off.

Page 163 of 247


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

39.0 Runway Beams Runway beams are specially fitted beams, or structural beams that have been tested and certified for lifting purposes and the attachment of items of lifting equipment. Three basic types of runway beam are found on offshore platforms (Fig 45). 1.

Rolled Steel Joists (RSJs)

2.

"I" or "H" Beams

3.

Universal Beams

RSJ UNIVERSAL BEAM

I or H

Centre line of suspension point must always align with centre line of beam/column Fig 45 Types of Runway Beam

39.1

Beam Identity

Certified runway beams must have: 1.

Unique identification, SWL, date of inspection and next inspection due date are present and readable Identification marking (Fig 46).

2.

Zebra striping to indicate they are runway beams and to improve visibility.

The striping must: a.

Be at an angle 30-60 degrees to the horizontal;

b.

Be 40-150 mm wide; and

c.

Consist of two contrasting colours, yellow and black.

Black Y el l ow Fig 46 Beam Identity

Page 164 of 247

39.2


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

Uncertified Lifting Beams

If a section of the platform structure is to be used for lifting purposes but is not certified for lifting, a risk assessment must be carried out and a li fting plan prepared Refer to section 8 for details. The lifting plan together with a sketch, details of the item to be lifted and the lifting equipment etc must be fo rwarded to the appropriate Asset St ructural Engineer for approval. CAUTION UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL PIPEWORK BE USED TO SUPPORT ANY PIECE OF LIFTING EQUIPMENT.

39.3

Pre-use Inspection

Before using a runway beam the following checks must be carried out: 1.

Check beam unique identification, WLL, date of inspection and next inspection due date are present and readable.

2.

Confirm that the total load to be suspended from the beam will not exceed the beam W L L .

3.

Generally clean the beam and inspect for damage, defects and deterioration, if any defects are found the beam shall not be used, do not attempt to repair the beam. Report defects to the PIC and worksite supervisor.

4.

Where a beam is bolted to the supporting structure ensure that all bolts/nuts are secure and in good condition.

5.

Check, where appropriate, that end stops are fitted to the beam and are adequate to prevent a travelling lifting device running off the beam. The platform structure must not be used to stop a travelling lifting device fitted to a beam

.

Fig 47

Runway Beam Inspection

Page 165 of 247


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

39.4

Safe Use


No more than one item of lifting equipment shall be used on the same runway beam at the same time.

2.

With a cantilever runway beam extra care must be taken when operating at, or near, the beam SWL and at the extreme end of the beam.

3.

Do not: a.

Attach additional steelwork or suspend scaffold pipes, cables etc from runway beams.

b.

Shock or side load runway beams.

Page 166 of 247


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

40.0 Lifting Points A ‘ L i f t i n g Po i nt ’ i s g e ne ri c t e r m f o r t he ‘ ce r t i f i e d ’ po i n t ( s ) or a t t a ch me n t ( s ) o n a n i t e m o f pl a n t , by which it can be safely lifted. The term also applies to points or attachments fixed to structural members and from which a load can be suspended. For example lifting lugs, lifting eyes, trunnions, fabricated lifting plates, pad eyes.

40.1

Padeyes

Pad eyes are lifting eyes that have been at tached (welded or bolted) to a beam, structure or similar to be used for lifting purposes. Padeyes shall be identifiable at point of lo cation with the padeye centrally positioned in a 20 cm x 20 cm painted square (minimum size). The square shall be painted with zebra striping. The striping must: 1.

Be at an angle 30-60 degrees to the horizontal.

2.

Be 40-60 mm wide.

3.

Consist of two contrasting colours, yellow and black.

WARNING: A PAD EYE IS DESIGNED AND CERTIFIED FOR VERTICAL LIFTS ONLY. HOWEVER, A SUITABLY SUPPORT WELDED PAD EYE (FIG 48) CAN BE USED FOR LIFTS AT ANGLES UP TO 45 PROVIDED THAT A RISK ASSESSMENT IS CARRIED OUT BY A ‘COMPETENT PERSON’. WHEN ASSESSING LOAD WEIGHT ON THE PAD EYE, INCLUDE WEIGHT OF LIFTING EQUIPMENT AND SLINGS, OR ADD 10% TO TOTAL IF WEIGHTS ARE ESTIMATED.

V i s u al l y c he ck t h e state of the weld Zebra striping

Check condition of padeye in general and hole for elongation or damage Padeye identity and SWL (Padeye shall not be used if no identity or S WL i s di s l a e d! ) Fig

48 Typical Pad Eye Welded to Beam

Page 167 of 247


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

Fig 49 Pad Eye - Bolt-on Type

40.2

Bolt-on Pad Eyes

Bolted-on pad eye type lifting points suitable for the fitting of shackles through which lifting equipment can be attached are shown on Fig 49.

40.3

Pre-use Inspection


Check pad eye unique identification, WLL, date of inspection and next inspection due date are present and readable.

2.

Clean the pad eye and immediate vicinity, inspect for damage, distortion and deterioration, if defects are found the pad eye must not be used. Report defects and place a notice on the beam indicating that padeye must not be used for lifting until defect is rectified. Padeyes with flame cut holes are not suitable for lifting purposes and therefore shall not be used.

40.4

Safe Use


A pad eye is designed and certified for vertical lifts only. However, a suitably support we l d e d p ad e y e ( F i g 4 8 ) ca n b e u s e d f o r l i f t s at a n gl e s up t o 4 5° p r o v i d e d t h a t a r i s k assessment is carried out by a ‘competent person’ and suitable de-rating is applied.

2.

Whenever lifting equipment is attached to a pad eye, a shackle must be fitted between the pad eye and the equipment in the correct manner as shown in Fig 50.

Page 168 of 247


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

Fig 50 Fitting a Shackle to a Pad Eye

40.5

Other Types of Lifting Points

Other types of lifting points that may be encountered on equipment to be lifted, and which can be used if a risk assessment is carried out, are listed below: 1.

Holes inherent in the design, suitable for shackles.

2.

Trunnions.

3

Welded-on integral pads for jacking points.

4.

Links welded on to reinforcing members in a concrete structure.

5.

All integrated lifting points that are cast into concrete beams or blocks must be of a propriety type, which have the necessary certification supplied. Under no circumstances shall high tensile reinforcing bar be used as or made into lifting points.

40.6

Additional Lifting Points

If additional lifting points have been secured to a li fting beam, the following points must also be present: 1.

2.

Each additional lifting point shall be clearly and permanently marked with: a.

Identification (serial) number.

b.

Safe Working Load at 0° to 90° .

c.

Inspection date and next due date.

Tapped holes, when used to locate a lifting point (e.g. eye bolt), shall have the thread form and diameter permanently marked adjacent to each hole.

Page 169 of 247

3.


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

When equipment forms part of a larger assembly, a list of the assembled parts, their individual weights, and the total assembled weight shall be given on a clearly visible tally plate, e.g.:

Plant weights

Pump

2.6te

Motor

1.8te

Base Plate

0.9te

Total Assembly

5.3te

A n y p o s s i b l e l o a d s up p o rt i n g a rr a n ge m en t ( e . g. a h ol e i n t h e b e a m) w h i ch ca n no t b e us e d safely, and is accessible such that casual use could occur, shall be identified and t agged, ‘NOT SUITABLE FOR LIFTING’.

Page 170 of 247


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

41.0 Spreader Beams and Lifting Frames Spreader beams and lifting frames are often specially made to facilitate a particular ‘lift’. A c e r t i f i c at e of t e s t a nd e x a mi n a t i o n s h al l be s u p pl ie d w i t h e a c h s p re a d e r b e a m a nd a s s o ci a t e d e q u i p m e n t , o r l i f t i n g f r am e . T h e c e r t i f i c a t e o f t e s t a n d e x a m i n a t i o n w i l l r e f e r t o al l a s s o c i a t e d equipment, e.g. those covering the shackles, hooks etc, and the Non-destructive Examination (NDE) reports. Refer to Section 3.0

Page 171 of 247


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

42.0 Manually-Operated Hoists 42.1

Ratchet Lever Blocks (Pull Lifts or Chain Lever Hoist)

A r a t c h e t l e v e r b l o ck i s a l i ft i ng ma ch i n e , w h i ch , t hr o u gh t h e us e o f a ge a r b ox an d b r ak e mechanism, allows the user to raise heavy loads (commonly up to 6 t onne) by applying a force to the operating lever. Typical examples are shown at Fig 51 ratchet lever block with capacities up to 15 tonne are manufactured.

Fig 51 Typical Ratchet Lever Block

Ratchet lever block can be operated at any angle, including upside down. They are available w i t h t w o t y pe s o f ch a i n i . e . s t a nd a r d s h or t l i nk c ha i n an d r o l l e r c h ai n ( F i g 5 2 ) . L i n k ch a i n models are the most popular as they are flexible and easy to use whereas roller chain models tend to be more rigid and the chains corrode and seize more readily. Some manufacturers of this type of ratchet lever block have a pawl release l ever that when manually operated release the hoist pawl and allows the load chain to be pulled freely through the machine, by hand, in either direction.

Fig 52 Ratchet Lever Block with Pawl

Page 172 of 247


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

WARNING: ON RATCHET LEVER-BLOCKS/PULL LIFTS WITH MANUAL RELEASE PAWL, THE PAWL MUST NOT BE DISENGAGED WHEN THERE IS A LO AD ON THE HOOK, OR THE LOAD WILL DROP. RATCHET LEVER-BLOCKS/PULL LIFTS THAT HAVE UN-COATED ALUMINIUM COMPONENTS IN THEIR CONSTRUCTION ARE UNSUITABLE FOR USE IN AN OFFSHORE ENVIRONMENT.

A n a d va n t ag e w he n u s i n g a ra t c h e t l ev e r b l o ck i n s t e ad o f a c h ai n b l o ck i s t he ‘ dr aw n u p d i m e n s i o n ' ( c l o s e d h e i g h t ) w h e r e he a d r o o m m a y b e l i m i t e d . A d i s a d v a n t a g e w i t h ra t c h e t l e v e r block is that to operate the ratchet lever block, the user must be at the same level as the suspension point, which could create a problem, if access to the hoist suspension level is restricted. Non-spark ratchet lever block are available for use in hazardous areas and pull lifts can also b e s u p p l i e d s p e c i a l l y c o a t e d f o r u s e i n a n o f f s h o r e e n v i ro n m e n t . M o s t r a t c h e t l e v e r b l o c k s a r e s u i t a b l e f o r s u b - s e a w o r k b u t n o t a l l . C o n s u l t t h e m a n u f a c t u r e r s f o r c o n f i r ma t i o n o f s u i t a b i l i t y before using a ratchet lever block for sub-sea lifting. The design of ratchet lever block is such that a brake mechanism is used to suspend the load. This brake mechanism gives the lever hoist its versatility but also introduces limitations on its use. The brake relies on the load tension f or its operation, so the block requires a weight or tension on the load chain before the brake mechanism will function and securely hold the load. Under very light load conditions, lever hoists have been known to pay out chain due to the lack of load on the brake. This has been a particular problem when, or immediately following, changing the hoisting direction from up to down or vice versa. When planning a lifting operation using a lever hoist or selecting a lever hoist for a lift, the light load limitation of the braking mechanism should be recognised and the hoist should not be used to lift a load that is less than 10% of t he stated working load limit for that hoist.

WARNING: THE RATCHET LEVER BLOCK/PULLIFT MACHINE IS DESIGNED FOR ONE-MAN OPERATION. DO NOT FIT A HANDLE EXTENSION, USE TWO-MAN OPERATION, OR USE ANY EXCESSIVE FORCE TO OPERATE THE HOIST. THE MINIMUM LOAD LIFTED SHOULD NEVER BE LESS THAN 10% OF THE SWL AT NO TIME DURING LIFTING OPERATIONS SHOULD THE WORKING LOAD LIMIT OF A RATCHET LEVER BLOCK BE EXCEEDED. A RATCHET LEVER BLOCK/PULLIFT MUST NOT BE IN A DYNAMIC LIFTING ARRANGEMENT WHERE THE LOAD ON THE BRAKE VARIES, E.G. AS THE LOAD GOES THROUGH THE SPLASH ZONE.

42.2

Pre-use

The following checks must be carried after ‘booking out’ from a rigging store and before use. If the ratchet lever block fails any one of the following checks it must be rejected: 1.

Check hoist for unique identification, WLL, date of inspection and next inspection due date are present and readable.

2.

Where fitted, check that the pawl operates correctly, in raising, lowering (engaged) and 'pull through' (disengaged) modes of operation. When engaged the pawl gives a distinctive 'clicking' sound when the ratchet lever block is operated.

Page 173 of 247

3.


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

Check chain, load wheel and chain end stop. To prevent the end of the chain from passing through ratchet lever block, an end stop must be present on the f ree end of the load chain.

4.

Hang the ratchet lever block on its suspension hook and pull the load chain out to its 'stop' and let it hang vertically free. The chain linkage must all appear to be in a straight line, if the chain gives the appearance of having a ' spiral' the ratchet lever b l o c k h a s b e e n o ve r l o a d e d w h i l s t t h e c h a i n w a s t w i s t e d . T h e r e m u s t b e n o da m a g e d , corroded or distorted components (Fig 53).

5.

Check for build-up of dirt in the pocket wheel.

6.

Check correct operation of selection lever.

7.

Check the suspension hook and load hook. Ensure hook safety latch functions correctly and the swivel operates without restriction. Check also for obvious opening-out, of either the load hook or the suspension hook.

8.

Check load chain for distortion, corrosion and any other form of damage.

9.

If the hoist has not been used for some time the load chain could be dry, spray with light machine oil.

Fig 53

42.3

Ratchet Lever Block Pre-use Checks

Safe Use


On a hoist with a pawl release lever, ensure that the pawl release lever is in the 'engaged' position before operating the hoist (Fig 54).

2.

The pawl must not be disengaged whilst there is a load on the hoist hook or the load w il l d ro p !

Page 174 of 247


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

3.

Do not use load chain for slinging purposes (Fig 55).

4.

Do not twist or knot the load chain.

Fig 54 Ratchet Lever Block Pawl

Fig 55 Incorrect Use of Load Chain and Correct Slinging Method

5.

Ensure that the suspension point to which the hoist is to be attached is approved and is of adequate capacity for the load to be lifted.

6.

Before applying full load, to hoist, check that: a.

The load will not drop if hand lever is released. Check by selecting ‘Raise’ and operating hand lever to take the weight of l oad, and then releasing hold on hand lever.

b. 7

Select 'Lower' and repeat (a) to check for slip/drop when lowering.

When operating the ratchet lever block ensure that the ratchet lever block operates s m o o t h l y a n d e a s i l y a n d w i t h a d i s t i n c t i v e r a t c h e t ' cl i c k i n g ' s o u n d . I f i t r e q u i r e s

Page 175 of 247


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

excessive force to operate the ratchet lever block, stop lifting operations and investigate, a ratchet lever block must always operate smoothly and easily; it is designed for one-man operation. Do not: a.

Use a handle extension.

b.

Apply excessive force.

c.

Operate by two persons.

If operation of the hand lever is difficult - something is wrong! 7.

The ratchet lever block is much more versatile than a chain block, as it can be used in almost any orientation. It is important, however, that the free end chain runs smoothly through the block without ‘hanging up’. When the ratchet lever block is used in an inverted orientation it is possible for the free end chain to bunch up, jam temporarily then release unexpectedly if not fed through cleanly. It is t herefore not recommended that ratchet lever blocks be used fully inverted and that attention is paid to how the chain runs through the block when partly inverted.

8.

Where a ratchet lever block introduces a single point failure into a lifting arrangement, the user must consider the use of static rigging or some other means to eliminate the potential single point failure. This is particularly important if a load is to be suspended on a ratchet lever block for an extended period. The need for additional backup rigging must be identified as part of the lift plan and risk assessment. As an alternative to static rigging, consideration can be given to the use of a suitably rated mechanical stopper fitted in place of the end stop t hat is capable of being moved up and down and attached to the free end chain such that it can be positioned close to the body of the ratchet lever block – like a movable end stop. Any modification e.g. brake friction material or chain end stop should be discussed with the manufacturer. If the brake mechanism fails the chain could only run through the hoist until the mechanical stopper contacts the ratchet lever block body, significantly limiting the distance the load can drop.

9.

When a load is removed from a ratchet lever block other than by the use of the ratchet lever block (e.g. by transfer of a load to a crane) the brake mechanism will remain locked together. Subsequent loading of the hoist (for example, by the t ransferring of a load on to the block from a crane) will result in the load being applied to a locked brake mechanism – something manufacturers regard as bad practice, potentiall y resulting in unexpected slippage as the block is then operated. If a ratchet lever block has the load transferred off it (a common practice during sub-sea use) the block must be operated to unlock the brake and confirm the block is fully functional before a load is transferred back on to it. Alternatively the load can be l anded (or suspended on static rigging) by using the ratchet lever block before the transfer to the other lifting device.

10.

When using multiple ratchet lever blocks, each individual block must be rated to a capacity of at least 100% of the load. If two or more ratchet lever blocks are used to share the load during lifting operations, careful consideration of the operation is

Page 176 of 247


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

necessary as there is the potential to overload one of the blocks (beyond the working load limit) or under load one of the blocks (below 10% of the working load limit). 11.

If the application requires the load to be supported for a significant length of time between the lifting and lowering operations, consideration should be given to using other equipment to sustain the load, as the block may corrode during the supporting period and be unsafe for the subsequent lifting or lowering part of the operation.

12.

Contamination of the brake lining can also cause the ratchet lever block to fail. This can be due to inappropriate cleaning practices, e.g. using a pressure washer or immersion in diesel, or because of in-water contamination.

42.4

After Use


Thoroughly clean the ratchet lever block, remove any rubbish, which may have become attached to the chain preservative, and check generally for abnormalities.

2.

Secure lifting chain to avoid chain lying on ground when hoist is hung in rigging store.

3.

Spray load hook and chain with light machine oil. Take care not to contaminate clutch mechanism.

4.

42.5 1.

Return the ratchet lever block to rigging store and complete ‘returns’ procedures.

Ratchet Lever Blocks in an Offshore Sub-Sea Environment As with any item of lifting equipment, the ratchet lever block will be specified for a maximum working load limit. This should not be exceeded during any lifting operation. It is important, therefore, when planning an underwater lifting operation that the load to be lifted on the block is known or has been accurately estimated with an adequate allowance for safety. The possible effects of additio nal loading, such as friction, seabed suction and buoyancy, should be included when the ratchet lever block is being selected for the lift.

2.

The ratchet lever block is intended for straight line static lifting. If used in a dynamic lifting arrangement, the changing loading may cause the block to fail or slip. As the load goes through the splash zone the weight could come off the brake mechanism and the chain could run out. Ratchet lever blocks are not suitable for use in over-board rigging and must not be used in a dynamic lifting application.

3.

During use, care must be taken to avoid needlessly contaminating the ratchet lever block brake mechanism, such as by dragging it along the seabed.

4.

Extended periods in salt water and cyclic periods of immersion may accelerate the corrosion of the internal components in the ratchet lever block. Practices such as using ratchet lever blocks in the splash zone and continually subjecting them to salt water and then air will accelerate corrosion and will affect the ability of the block to hold a load in a short period of time. The prevention of accelerated corrosion leading to slippage/failure to hold the load can best be reduced by where the ratchet lever blocks are only used sub-sea once before being inspected, serviced and retested. Each ratchet lever block must only be submerged once and this immersion shall have a specified

Page 177 of 247


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

maximum time limit. A ratchet lever block must not be submerged a second time until it has been inspected, serviced and tested by a suitably qualified person.

42.6

Hand-Operated Chain Blocks

A m a n ua l ch a i n h o i s t or ch a i n b l o ck i s a l i f t i n g ma ch i n e , w h i ch , t h r o u gh t h e us e o f a ge a r bo x and brake mechanism, allows the user to raise heavy loads (capacities up to 50 tonnes) by applying a force to the operating chain (hand chain). A typical chain block is shown at Fig 56. A C h a i n b l o c k p e r f o r ms a s i mi l ar f un ct i o n t o t h e r a t ch e t l e v e r b l o ck b ut h a s d i s t i n ct d e s i gn differences: 1.

It has an endless hand chain that operates the lifting and lowering functions.

2.

It has a dedicated load chain terminating with a safety hook.

3.

A chain block has an automatic brake mechanism that is capable of arresting and sustaining a load to the WLL of the unit.

4.

A chain block has a ratchet wheel and a spring-loaded pawl. Design is such that the pawl will operate irrespective of wear in any part of the brake assembly, but may not operate effectively if the chain block is used out of vertical.

5.

It is not uncommon for loads to be pulled horizontally during rigging operations, however, it must be remembered that there is an increase loading effect on the chain block with horizontal movement of the load e.g. If a 1 tonne load is pulled 45 degrees from the vertical, the load on the chain block will increase 1.5 tonne.

Fig 56 Typical Chain Block Assembly WARNING: CHAIN BLOCKS THAT HAVE UN-COATED ALUMINIUM COMPONENTS CONSTRUCTION ARE UNSUITABLE FOR USE IN AN OFFSHORE ENVIRONMENT.

Page 178 of 247

IN

THEIR

42.7


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

Chain Block Usage Terminology

Commonly used chain block terminology is shown at Fig 57.

Fig 57 Chain Block Terminology

A ma j o r co ns i d e ra t i o n wh e n s e l e cti n g a c h ai n b l o ck i s t h e ‘ d r aw n up d i me n s i o n ' ( cl o s e d h e i g ht ) due to the lack of headroom in offshore modules. This dimension varies w ith different manufacturers and different configurations.

42.8

Various Types of Chain Block

Standard chain blocks are supplied with swivelling top and bottom hooks for ease of attachment to suspension point and load. They can be hooked into a beam trolley for travelling along a runway beam or can be supplied `built-in' to a trolley to save headroom. Where clearance between runway beam and load is particularly restrictive, Ultra-low headroom trolley hoists can be utilised.

42.9

Chain Block Safety Considerations

Chain blocks are primarily designed to operate vertically.

WARNING: THE PAWL OF A CHAIN BLOCK MAY NOT OPERATE EFFECTIVELY IF THE CHAIN BLOCK IS USED ‘OUT OF VERTICAL’. THUS CHAIN BLOCKS SHALL BE USED FOR VERTICAL LIFTS ONLY. IF A CHAIN BLOCK IS REQUIRED FOR USE ‘OUT OF VERTICAL’ THE PERSON IN CHARGE MUST BE CONSULTED, BEFORE SUCH A LIFT IS UNDERTAKEN. THE MINIMUM LOAD LIFTED SHOULD NEVER BE LESS THAN 10% OF THE SWL.

Page 179 of 247


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

THE CHAIN BLOCK IS DESIGNED FOR ONE-MAN OPERATION. DO NOT, USE TWO-MAN OPERATION, OR USE ANY EXCESSIVE FORCE TO OPERATE THE B LOCK. AT NO TIME DURING LIFTING OPERATIONS SHOULD THE WORKING LOAD LIMIT OF A CHAIN BLOCK BE EXCEEDED. A CHAIN BLOCK MUST NOT BE IN A DYNAMIC LIFTING ARRANGEMENT WHERE THE LOAD ON THE BRAKE VARIES, E.G. AS T HE LOAD GOES THROUGH THE SPLASH ZONE.

Non-spark chain blocks are available for use in hazardous areas, and they can also be supplied specially coated for use in an offshore environment. M o s t c h a i n b l o c k s a r e s u i t a b l e f o r s u b - s e a w o rk . H o w e v e r , t h e b r a k e m a t e r i a l u s e d i n s o m e models will preclude sub-sea use and the manufacturer must be contacted for confirmation of suitability before a unit is used sub-sea.

42.10

Pre-use

The following checks must be carried out before use, if the chain blocks f ail any one of the following checks it must be rejected: 1.

Check chain block unique identification, WLL, date of inspection and next inspection due date are present and readable (Fig 58).

2.

Check load chain for bent, stretched or corroded links.

Fig 58 Chain Block Inspection

3.

Check hand and load chain pocket wheels are in good order and free from debris.

4.

Check body assembly for damage.

5.

Suspension and load hook safety latches must function correctly and swivels operate w i t h o ut r es t ri ct i o n . E n s ur e t h a t t h e r e i s no o bv i o us op e n i n g- o ut o f t he h o o k( s) .

Page 180 of 247

6.


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

Check load chain for distortion, corrosion and any other form of damage. Never attempt to straighten a distorted chain link. A distorted link may have been already be damaged beyond repair and will be unfit for use.

7.

If the hoist has not been used for some time, the load chain may be dry and must be spray coated with light machine oil. Take care not to contaminate brake mechanism. The chain must not however, be over-lubricated as contamination of the hoist brake discs could result.

8.

If visible, check ratchet pawl and ratchet wheel for correct operation, damage and d i s t o r t i o n . S i m i l a r l y c h e c k f o r d a m a g e a n d d i s t o r t i o n t o a n y o t h e r v i s i b l e m e c h an i s m s .

42.11

Safe Use


Do not use the chain block load chain for slinging purposes, or make any modification to the way in which the chain block was designed to be used.

2.

Ensure chain block load chain and the hand chain are of adequate length for the proposed lifting operation and the load hook has adequate range of lift.

3.

A chain block must be used for vertical lifts only. The pawl of a chain block may not operate correctly if the chain block is used out of the vertical.

4.

Do not attempt to operate the chain block beyond the maximum specified range. It is possible to impose excessive load on the chain anchor when the bottom hook is at its lowest position.

5.

When using a hook suspended chain block, ensure that the chain block hook can move freely and unhindered in the eye of the attachment point.

6.

After attachment, ensure that the load chain and hand chain hang freely and where a bottom hook block is reeved with two falls ensure t hat the block has not 'turned-over' and the chain is not twisted.

7.

If the lifting operation involves lifting light loads with long load chains be aware that the chain slack may be heavier than the load and cause a 'run-back' resulting in lowering the load.

Page 181 of 247


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

Fig 59 Excessive Force on Chain Block Hand Chain

8.

Chain blocks are designed for one-man operation, without excessive force.

9.

Do not allow dirt or grease to accumulate in the profiles of the hand or load chain wh e e l s .

10.

If the load chain 'jumps' or does not operate smoothly it may not be sitting properly in t h e p o c k e t w h e e l . T h i s t y p e o f f a u l t i s m o r e c o m m o n o n c h a i n b l o ck s w i t h t w o o r m o r e falls where a load hook may have become ’turned over’, twisting the chain. If t his is t h e c a s e t h e b l o c k c a n b e ‘ f l i p p e d b a ck ’ t o e l i m i n a t e a t w i s t i n t h e f a l l s . I f a f t e r flipping back, the load chain still ‘jumps’ the chain may have been stretched, or there is damage to the pocket wheel, in either case t he block must not be used.

11.

Listen for the 'clicking' of the ratchet pawl during use. The absence of the ratchet 'clicking' noise will indicate a malfunction in the chain block mechanism.

12.

Within its designed operating range, a chain block must operate easily and smoothly w i t h o ne p e rs o n o n t h e h a n d ch a i n . I f e x ce s s i v e f o r ce i s r e qui r e d o n t h e ha n d ch a i n t o lift a rated load, stop the operation and inve stigate.

13.

Ensure that shock loads are not imposed on the chain block through too vigorous operation of the hand chain.

13.

If a chain block is accidentally dropped, it must not be used. Return for examination/overhaul.

14.

Where a chain block introduces a single point failure into a lifting arrangement, the user must consider the use of static rigging or some other means to eliminate the potential single point failure. This is particularly important if a load is to be suspended on a chain block for an extended period. The need for additional backup rigging must be identified as part of the lift plan and risk assessment.

15.

When using multiple chain blocks, each individual block must be rated to a capacity of at least 100% of the l oad. If two or more chain blocks are used to share the load during lifting operations, careful consideration of the operation is necessary as there

Page 182 of 247


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

is the potential to overload one of the blocks (beyond the working load limit) or under load one of the blocks (below 10% of the working load limit). 16.

If the application requires the load to be supported for a significant length of time between the lifting and lowering operations, consideration should be given to using other equipment to sustain the load, as the block may corrode during the supporting period and be unsafe for the subsequent lifting or lowering part of the operation.

17.

Contamination of the brake lining can also cause the chain block to fail. This can be due to inappropriate cleaning practices, e.g. using a pressure washer or immersion in diesel, or because of in-water contamination.

42.12

After Use


After use, the chain block must be cleaned and inspected following the same procedure used for Pre-use inspection. Do not jet wash with water as t his will penetrate and corrode internal mechanisms. Do not allow oil, grease or other substances to contaminate brake discs. A defective chain block must not be used, it must be sent for overhaul.

Fig 60 Chain Block Storage

2.

Carefully lubricate a chain hoist; excessive or careless lubrication may lead to the lubricant penetrating the brake, which could then fail under load.

3.

When storing a chain block, lubricate and 'wrap' the chains (Fig 60).

4.

Return chain block to rigging store and complete ‘returns’ procedures.

CAUTION MANUAL OR POWERED OVERHEAD HOISTS SHALL NOT BE USED FOR LIFTING PERSONNEL

Page 183 of 247

42.13 1.


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

Manual Chain Blocks in an Offshore Sub-Sea Environment As with any item of lifting equipment, the chain block will be specified for a maximum w o rki n g l o ad l i mi t . T h i s s h o ul d n o t b e e x ce e de d d ur i n g a ny l i f t i n g o p e r a t i o n. I t i s important, therefore, when planning an underwater lifting operation that the load to be lifted on the block is known or has been accurately estimated with an adequate allowance for safety. The possible effects of additio nal loading, such as friction, seabed suction and buoyancy, should be included when the chain block is being selected for the lift.

2.

The chain block is intended for straight line static lifting. If used in a dynamic lifting arrangement, the changing loading may cause the block to fail or slip. As the l oad goes through the splash zone the weight could come off the brake mechanism and the chain could run out. Manual chain blocks are not suitable for use in over-board rigging and must not be used in a dynamic lifting application.

3.

During use, care must be taken to avoid needlessly contaminating the chain block brake mechanism.

4.

Extended periods in salt water and cyclic periods of immersion may accelerate the corrosion of the internal components in the ratchet lever block. Practices such as using ratchet lever blocks in the splash zone and continually subjecting them to salt water and then air will accelerate corrosion and will affect the ability of the block to hold a load in a short period of time. The prevention of accelerated corrosion leading to slippage/failure to hold the load can best be reduced by where the ratchet lever blocks are only used sub-sea once before being inspected, serviced and retested. Each ratchet lever block must only be submerged once and this immersion shall have a specified maximum time limit. A ratchet lever block must not be submerged a second time until it has been inspected, serviced and tested by a suitably qualified person.

Page 184 of 247


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

43.0 Powered Chain Hoists 43.1

Pneumatic Chain Hoists

Most powered chain hoists used in the hydrocarbon industry are pneumatically operated. The main safety feature built into this ty pe of hoist is that the brakes are spring-loaded to the “ON” position and require air pressure for release. In the event there is a loss of pneumatic power (e.g. a burst hose) the brake automatically applies to prevent the load from falling (fail s a f e ) . M o s t h o i s t s a r e a l s o f i t t e d w i t h t r ip d e v i c e s t o p r e v e n t o v e r - h o i s t i n g o r o v e r -l o w e r i n g . The standard range of lift is 3 met res but this can be increased to suit any specific r e q u i r e m e n t . I f a s u b s t a n t i a l i n c r e a s e i s r e q u i r e d , t h e m a n u f a ct u r e r m u s t b e c o n s u l t e d , a s i t m a y b e n e c e s s a r y t o d e - r a t e t h e h o i s t d u e t o t h e e x c e s s w e i g h t o f l o a d ch a i n . F o r c h a i n h o i s t s fitted with long load chains, a chain collector boxes can be fitted to the hoist. The hoist control pendant or chains normally hang 1 metre above the l owest position of the bottom hook. Pendant controls (with push buttons) are the preferred option but can stick when exposed to a contaminated air supply. Standard pneumatic hoists are usually supplied with a swivelling top and bottom hooks for ease of attachment to suspension point and load. They can be hooked to a beam trolley for travelling along a runway beam or can be supplied with a ‘built-in' trolley to save headroom. Pneumatically powered hoists are primarily designed to lift loads vertically but hook suspende d blocks will work efficiently up to 45% off the vertical.

WARNING: PNEUMATIC CHAIN HOISTS HOOKED TO, OR BUILT INTO TROLLEYS (OR COMBINED UNITS) MUST BE USED FOR VERTICAL LIFTS ONLY. PNEUMATIC CHAIN HOISTS ARE NOT SUITABLE FOR SUB-SEA WORK. Pneumatically powered hoists that have un-coated aluminium components in their construction are unsuitable for use in an offshore environment they can however be supplied specially c o a t e d f o r u s e i n a n o f f s h o r e e n v i r o n m e n t . N o n - s p a r k m o d e l s a re a v a i l a b l e f o r u s e i n hazardous areas.

43.2

Electrically Powered Chain Hoists

The main safety feature built into this ty pe of hoist is that the brakes are spring-loaded to the “ON” position and require power to release them. In the e vent there is a loss of el ectrical power, the brake automatically applies to prevent the load from falling (fail safe).

Page 185 of 247


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

Fig 61 Typical Single Fall and Multi-fall Powered Chain Hoists

Electric chain hoists are available for single or three phase power supplies. Hoists are also fitted with limit switches to prevent over-hoisting or over-lowering.

The hoist control pendant normally hangs 1 metre above the lowest position of the bottom hook. Electric hoists usually have swivelling top and bottom hooks for ease of attachment to suspension point and load. They can be hooked into a beam trolley for travelling along a runway beam or can be supplied with a `built-in' trolley to save headroom. Electric hoists are designed for vertical lifting. Electric hoists hooked or built into trolleys (or combined units) must be used for vertical lifts only.

43.3

Pre-use


Check hoist unique identification, WLL, date of inspection and next inspection due date are present and readable.

2.

Check condition of the pendant control.

3.

Check the load chain for any obvious signs of damage, wear, excessive corrosion, cracks or distortion, signs of elongation.

4.

Ensure the load chain is adequately lubricated.

5.

Check load hook for distortion and ensure that the safety latch is operational.

6.

Check that the unit operates smoothly in response to controls and there is no abnormal noise from the winch during operation.

7.

Check limit switches function correctly.

8.

Check all electrical terminations

Page 186 of 247


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

9.

Check load chain sprockets for wear, damage and debris.

10.

Examine the general structure of the block for damage and that bolts and retaining screws are tight and not corroded.

43.4

Safe Use

Observe the following 1.

Do not use the chain block load chain for slinging purposes, or make any modification to the way in which the chain block was designed to be used.

2.

Ensure chain block load chain is of adequate length for the proposed lifting operation and the load hook has adequate range of lift.

3.

A chain block must be used for vertical lifts only.

4.

Do not attempt to operate the chain block beyond the maximum specified range. It is possible to impose excessive load on the chain anchor when the bottom hook is at its lowest position.

5.

When using a hook suspended chain block, ensure that the chain block hook can move freely and unhindered in the eye of the attachment point.

6.

After attachment, ensure that the load chain hang freely and where a bottom hook block is reeved with two falls ensure that the bl ock has not 'turned-over' and the chain is not twisted.

7.

Do not allow dirt or grease to accumulate in the profiles of the load chain pocket wh e e l s .

8.

If the load chain 'jumps' or does not operate smoothly it may not be sitting properly in t h e p o c k e t w h e e l . T h i s t y p e o f f a u l t i s m o r e c o m m o n o n c h a i n b l o ck s w i t h t w o o r m o r e falls where a load hook may have become ’turned over’, twisting the chain. If t his is t h e c a s e t h e b l o c k c a n b e ‘ f l i p p e d b a ck ’ t o e l i m i n a t e a t w i s t i n t h e f a l l s . I f a f t e r flipping back, the load chain still ‘jumps’ the chain may have been stretched, or there is damage to the pocket wheel, in either case t he block must not be used.

9.

Ensure that shock loads are not imposed on the chain block.

Page 187 of 247


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

44.0 Lifting and Pulling (Tirfor) Machines Lifting and pulling machines are usually of the friction grip on cable type. A type commonly used is manufactured by Tirfor. This type of machine develops a pulling force on the l oad rope by a combination of alternate gripping and pulling (one grips while the other pulls) by two sets of jaws. The jaw mechanisms are operated by an external hand l ever. Most other lifting and pulling machines that use a wire rope have a similar principle of operation. Tirfor rope hoists are available in several ranges the only range suitable in SMEP is the TU range. An example of a typical Tirfor lifting and pulling machines is shown at Fig 62.

Fig 62 Typical Tirfor Lifting and Pulling Machine

44.1

Tirfor Use - Safety Considerations

Tirfors’ will operate correctly only when used in conjunction with special load rope called ' M a x i f l e x ' . T h i s r o p e i s m a n u f a ct u r e d i n n o n - s t a n d a r d s i z e s d e s i g n e d t o s u i t t h e g r i p p i n g j a w s o f t h e T i r f o r m a c h i n e . I t i s t h e r e f o r e i m p o r t a n t t o u s e t h e c o r r e c t d e s i g n a n d s i z e o f ro p e f o r the machine. A Tirfor will not operate safely or efficiently if wire rope other than the correct size Maxiflex wire rope is used in the machine. Tirfors are usually dual rated, with a WLL rating for lifting and a separate (usually higher) capacity rating for pulling. When selecting a machine, if both figures are present on the machine, in the interests of safety, selection must be based on the (lower) WLL rating. Shear pins fitted at the Tirfor hand lever mechanism ensure that excessive leverage cannot be applied to the machine mechanisms. Spare shear pins are usually kept in the hollow shaft of the operating lever stub.

WARNING: ONLY THOSE SHEAR PINS SUPPLIED BY THE MACHINE MANUFACTURER MUST BE USED. ONLY THE HAND LEVER SUPPLIED WITH THE MACHINE MUST BE USED. ONLY THE CORRECT SIZE ‘MAXIFLEX’ WIRE ROPE AS SUPPLIED BY THE MACHINE MANUFACTURER MUST BE USED. THE USE OF EQUIPMENT OTHER THAN THAT SUPPLIED BY THE MANUFACTURER WILL INVALIDATE CERTIFICATION AND MAY CAUSE THE MACHINE TO FAIL IN OPERATION.

44.2

Pre-use

The following checks must be carried out before use:

Page 188 of 247

1.


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

Check Tirfor unique identification, WLL, date of inspection and next inspection due date are present and readable.

2.

Generally check the machine and inspect for corrosion, deterioration and any other form of damage.

3.

Tirfors must only be operated with the correct size 'Maxiflex' wire rope. A Tirfor will not operate safely or efficiently if any other form of wire rope is used.

4.

Check that the shear pins are in position in the operating lever/spindle and that spare shear pins are present in the hollow shaft of the operating lever stub. Only shear pins supplied by the manufacturer shall be used in the operating lever of the Tirfor (Fig 63). The shear pin is intended t o fail and protect the Tirfor mechanisms from overload in the event of excessive force being applied to t he operating lever.

Fig 63 Tirfor Shear Pins

Page 189 of 247


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

5.

Check condition of Tirfor anchor point.

6.

Check for wear in the jaws as follows: a.

With no rope fitted (and lever in 'released' position) mark on the machine case the position of the rope release lever.

b.

Insert the correct rope into the machine and move the rope release lever to the 'jaws closed' position and make a second mark at the positi on of the rope release lever.

c.

The distance between the two marks must not be less than the manufactures stated limits.

d.

If the distance between the two marks is less than that stated by the manufacturer, wear on the rope jaws is indicated and the machine must not be used.

NOTE: REDUCTION IN ROPE DIAMETER MAY ALSO INFLUENCE THE ABOVE MEASUREMENTS.

7.

Thoroughly check the 'Maxiflex' wire rope as follows: a.

Ensure that the rope has no kinks. A kinked load rope will cause the machine to malfunction.

b.

Wipe the rope clean before fitting it to the machine and at the same time e x a m i n e t h e r o p e f o r w e a r a n d d a m a g e . A d a m a g e d r o p e mu s t n o t b e u s e d .

8.

Ensure that the machine is well lubricated. To lubricate both jaws of the machine place the reversing lever in a central position and using oil can 'squirt' medium gear oil into the mechanism, through the slot in the top of the casing, in front of and behind the reversing lever.

44.3

Inserting the Maxiflex Load Rope into the Tirfor Machine

A f t e r i n s p e ct i o n i ns e rt t h e ' M a x i f l e x ' l o ad r o p e i n t o t he ' T i rf or ' a s f ol l o w s : 1.

Operate "Rope Release" mechanism to open jaws in machine.

2.

Insert the fused and tapered end of the load rope into the guide hole at the opposite end to the anchor and push the rope through the machine until it emerges from the guide hole at the anchor end.

3.

Pull the load rope through the machine until a working length is obtained.

4.

Operate "Rope Release" lever to close machine jaws onto rope.

44.4

Safe Use


Do not allow the load rope to become kinked especially when uncoiling for use and wh e n r e co i l i ng a f t e r us e ; e ve n a s l i g h t ki n k ca n ca us e ma ch i n e ma l f un ct i o n .

2.

Use only the hand lever provided for the machine.

Page 190 of 247

3.


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

Ensure that the machine is anchored to a certified attachment point of adequate

capacity. 4.

The 'Maxiflex' wire rope must not be used as a sling, it will be damaged and rendered unfit for use in the Tirfor.

5.

Do not allow the load rope to rotate. This will unlay the strands and render the rope unfit for further use.

CAUTION:

44.5

IF THE TIRFOR MACHINE FAILS MECHANICALLY DURING A LIFTING OPERATION, OR AN OPERATION WHERE THE LOAD IS BEING MOVED ALONG AN INCLINE, THE LOAD ROPE (AND HENCE THE LOAD) MAY NOT BE HELD.

After Use


If a machine has become contaminated during use it can be dipped in paraffin, or a l t e r n a t i v e , s u i t a b l e c l e a n i n g f l u i d , a n d s h a k e n t o di s l o d g e f o r e i g n m a t t e r . D r y o f f and re-lubricate by applying medium gear oil through the top slot as previously described.

2.

For longer life and better performance, the wire rope must be lubricated with acid-free grease when it appears ‘dry’.

3.

Return the machine and rope (together) to the rigging store and complete the ‘returns’ procedure.

Page 191 of 247


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

45.0 Snatch Blocks S n a t c h b l o c k s a r e u s e d w h e n i t i s n e c e s s a r y t o ch a n g e t h e d i r e c t i o n o f t h e p u l l o n a l i n e . A snatch block can be a single or multi-sheave block that has an opening side pl ate to allow a rope to be placed over the sheave pulley, thus eliminating the need for the rope to be threaded through the block. This is particularly useful where end fittings would hinder / prevent a rope from being threaded through a block. Where an anchored snatch block is used to change the direction of a line pull, the resultant stress on the anchor point depends on the angle between the 'load' line and the 'pull' (see Fig 64). This shall be borne in mind when selecting a snatch block and a snatch block anchor point.

45.1

Wire rope Pulley Blocks

Pulley blocks or sheave blocks are available in the form of single sheave or multi-sheave with a choice of head fittings, the most popular being swivel shackle or swivel oval eye (Fig 64). The main function of a single sheave block is to change the direction of the hoisting or pulling r o p e . M u l t i - s h e a v e b l o c k s , w h e n r i g g e d i n t h e n o r ma l l y u s e d ‘ a d v a n t a g e ’ m o d e , r e d u c e t h e p u l l r e q u i r e d o n t h e l e a d r o p e t o l i f t a l o a d . T h e p u l l r e q u i r e d o n t h e l e a d r o p e r e d u ce s a s t h e number of falls (sheaves) increases.

Fig 64 Single and Multi-fall Sheave Blocks

The two main types of block available are the multi-sheave block and single sheave block. Pulley blocks or sheave blocks are available in various capacities, and with or without becket s

NOTE: THIS SECTION DOES NOT APPLY TO DRILLING DERRICK BLOCK SHEAVES.

45.2

Pre-use


Check snatch block unique identification, WLL, date of inspection and next inspection due date are present and readable.

2.

Check that all moving parts operate freely.

3.

Check generally for wear, damage, distortion and any other damage (Fig 65). Do not use the block if any defects are found.

Page 192 of 247


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

F i g 6 5 S n a t c h B l o c k I n s pe c t i o n

45.3

Safe Use


Ensure that the sheave centre pin remains well lubricated, but do not over-lubricate.

2.

Ensure that rope(s) do not become twisted when reeving.

3.

Confirm that the structure to which the snatch block will be anchored is of adequate strength.

4.

Check that the clearance between sheave(s) and check plates, the clearance shall be small enough that there is no danger or the rope slipping between the sheave and side plates of the block.

5.

Where an anchored snatch block is used to change the direction of a line pull, the resultant stress on the anchor depends on the angle bet ween the 'load' line and the 'pull' (Fig 66). This must be considered when determining the strength of the snatch block anchor point.

Page 193 of 247


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

Fig 66 Load On Snatch Block Anchor

45.4

After Use


Clean the snatch block, and check for damage and deterioration, in same manner as for pre-use inspection.

2.

Lubricate block centre pin and swivel(s).

3.

Return snatch block to rigging store and complete ‘returns’ procedure.

Page 194 of 247


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

46.0 Winches W i n ch e s a re d e s i gn e d t o be o p e ra t e d o n l y w h e n t h e y a r e a nc h o re d t o a f i r m f o und a t i o n , e . g. floor or wall mounting. A typical manually operated winch and a pneumatically powered winch are shown on Fig 67. The majority of utility winches used on (spark free) offshore platforms are pneumatically powered. Most Winches (manual and powered) have two speeds of operation. Loads must never be l ifted in high gear; high gear must be used only for rapid movement when unloading/lowering with no load, or light load on the hook.

PNEUMATIC

MANUALLY OPERATED

Fig 67 Manually Operated and Powered Winches

W i n ch s e l e ct i o n i s u s ua l l y d e t e r mi ne d b y t he i r ‘ l i n e pu l l ’ . Ho we v e r, t he m a j o ri t y o f manufacturers' line pull ratings are based on ‘half drum’ performance and this line pull decreases as the drum fills up (see Fig 68).

FULL DRUM

MAX. SPEED MIN. PULL

HALF DRUM

MED. SPEED MED. PULL

1st WRAP

MIN. SPEED MAX. PULL Fig 68 Drum Capacity and Line Pull Diagram NOTE: HALF DRUM RATING ESTABLISHES AVERAGE PERFORMANCE ONLY. THIS MUST NOT BE CONFUSED WITH WIRE ROPE CAPACITY, WHICH IS APPROXIMATELY ONLY 36% OF FULL DRUM STORAGE AT THIS POINT.

Page 195 of 247


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

A f ur t he r co n s i d e ra t io n w h e n s e l e ct i n g a w i n ch f o r a p a rt i cul ar o p e ra t i o n i s i t s dru m c a pa ci t y i.e. how much wire rope is required for the particular operation as this can often lead to a higher capacity winch being required due to loss of line pull. A l l p ow e re d wi nch e s mus t h a ve a f a i l -s a f e b r ak i ng s y s t e m , i . e . s p ri n g a p p l i e d a n d ( pn e u ma t i c) power released. The design must be such that when the main control lever is returned to the neutral position, or in the event of an air pressure supply failure, the winch brake will automatically apply.

46.1

Man-riding Winches

W i n ch e s t ha t ar e us e d f o r ‘ l i f t i n g p e rs o n s ’ mu s t co mp l y w i t h L O L E R , R e gu l at i o n ( 5 ) ( 1 ) ( a ) t o ( d ) or ASME B30.23. Equipment used for lifting people shall have a safety coefficient relating to its strength of at least twice that required for general lifting operations. A l l wi nc h e s s ui t a bl e f o r ma n- ri di ng o p e ra t i o n s m us t ha ve a p e r man e n t l y a n d cl e a rl y ma rk e d, prominently displayed, rating plate indicating "SUITABLE FOR MAN-RIDING" or "SUITABLE FOR L I F T I N G P E R S O N N E L " . A n y w i n c h n o t s o m ar k e d m u s t N O T be u s e d f o r l i f t i n g p e r s o n n e l . O n l y w i n ch e s t h at h a v e b e e n de s i gn e d s p e ci f ica l l y f o r m a n r id i n g c an b e u s e d o n SM E P o p e r at i o ns . The winch-operating lever shall automatically be returned to neutral when released and the a u t o m a t i c b r a k e s h a l l b e a p p l i e d . T h e a u t o m a t i c b r a k e s h a l l a l s o a p p l y o n l o s s o f p ow e r and/or the control system. A winch used for the lifting and lowering of personnel must incorporate a secondary braking system, which is independent of both the automatic brake and t h e p r i m a r y p o w e r s o u r c e . T h i s b r a k e s h a l l b e o f a s i m p l e d e s i g n a n d p r e f e r a b l y m a nu a l i n operation (Fig 69). The design of the winch controls shall prevent inadvertent operation.

Automatic Brake

Manual Brake

Fig 69 Dual Brake System on Winches

W i n ch e s us e d f o r l i f t i n g p e r s o n n e l s h a l l n o t b e f i t t e d w i t h cl ut c h e s o r a n y ot h e r me a n s o f d i s e n g a g i n g t h e d r i v e sy s t e m . T h e w i n c h d r u m a n d o t h e r m o v i n g p a r t s m u s t b e s u i t a b l y guarded. The guards must not inhibit the operator to view the spooling of t he rope onto/off the drum. A c l e ar l y vi s ib l e e me r g e nc y s t op d e v i c e s h a l l be l o ca t e d a d j a ce nt t o an d w i t hi n e as y r e a ch o f the operator's control station.

Page 196 of 247


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

The main hoist cable and attachments shall have a minimum factor of safety of 8:1 relative to the hauling load. The winch must be of adequate capacity to raise and lower the lo ad at a speed not in excess of 10m/min and shall incorporate a load limiting device, which prevents loading the system in excess of the rated capacity (WLL) plus 50% or other loading, which will prevent the passenger b e i n g c r u s h e d . T h e w i n c h s h a l l a l s o i n c l u d e a n a u t o m a t i c c u t - o ut d e v i c e , w h i c h w i l l s h u t o f f the primary winch power supply when the unit reaches the upper limit of its travel. The rated capacity of the winch must be based on the line pull on the top layer, with an 8:1 f actor of safety. Devices shall be incorporated in the winch system, which prevent the personnel carrier from over-riding, under-riding and over speeding. The winch must have adequate capacity to handle the following load l ine condition with one w r ap o f r o p e s p o ol e d on t he d r um : 1.

Nominal weight of the persons carried.

2.

The tare weight of the basket/carrier.

3.

The rope weight and the friction effects of the sheaves etc,

W e i g h t o f a dd i t io n a l p e rs o n n e l a n d e qu i pm e n t a s m ay b e n e e de d t o p e r f o rm e m e r ge n cy operations. The sum of these weights shall include the factors of safety. The winch shall be capable of raising/lowering the carrier in a controlled manner in the event of an emergency or loss of power to the drive and/or control system. Means shall be provided to prevent rope entanglement, undue wear and to ensure the rope remains captive at all times around the sheaves and at the winch drum. The brake holding capacity shall be less than that generated by the minimum breaking load of the rope and greater than that generated by the maximum line forces due to the carrier, passengers etc. The rope shall be spooled on to the winch drum in a disciplined manner; i.e. bunching of the rope is not permitted. The design of the system shall ensure that the weight of the rope on the winch side of the sheave system is never greater than the minimum weight on the carrying side of the sheaves system. NOTE: THE DESIGN AND OPERATIONAL ASPECTS OF THE WINCH SYSTEM SHALL BE CONFIRMED BY A HAZARD AND FMEA CARRIED OUT BY THE WINCH SUPPLIER. THE ANALYSIS SHALL INCLUDE THE IDENTIFICATION OF SAFETY CRITICAL ELEMENTS ON WHICH REGULAR INSPECTION, MAINTENANCE AND FUNCTION TESTING IS REQUIRED TO BE CARRIED OUT BY THE OPERATOR.

46.2

Hand-Operated Winches

46.2.1

Pre-use

Check as follows:

Page 197 of 247

1.


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

Check winch unique identification, WLL, date of inspection and next inspection due date are present and readable.

2.

Check all securing bolts are secure. Make sure the winch rope is of.

3.

a.

The correct size for the winch

b.

The correct length.

c.

Correctly anchored, and does not overfill the drum.

Check the winch brake and ensure that: a.

The winch is in the correct gear.

b.

The driving pinion is fully engaged.

c.

The pinion drive-locking device is secure.

d.

The handles are fully engaged.

e.

Check the operation of the pawl, it must engage completely with the ratchet wh e e l .

46.3

Safe Use


Never attempt to lift a load in excess of the winch WLL.

2.

When lowering a load, use slow speed gearing.

3.

Check operation of brake for slippage; keep water/oil and dirt away from brake linings.

4.

Some winches have two speeds of operation and loads must never be lifted in high g e a r . H i g h g e a r m us t o n l y b e u s e d f o r r a p i d m o v e m e n t w h e n u n l o a d e d .

46.3

Electric or Air Driven Winches

46.3.1

Pre-use


Check hoist unique identification, WLL, date of inspection and next inspection due date are present and readable.

2.

Inspect winch rope for obvious signs of damage, kinking, wear, and corrosion.

3.

Check winch drum for correct spooling of wire rope, if practicable check rope anchor for condition and security.

4.

Check brake bands for wear or contamination.

5.

Check all brake linkages for operation and condition.

6.

Check condition of operating lever, it must return to Neutral when released

Page 198 of 247


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

7.

Check all fluid levels - top-up if required.

8.

Check load hook(s) for distortion and ensure that the safety latch is operational. (If fitted).

9.

Check delivery air pressure, all hoses and connections for air leaks.

10.

Check that the unit operates smoothly in response to controls and there is no abnormal noise from the winch during operation.

11.

Check all electrical terminations or air supply connections as appropriate.

12.

Examine the general structure of the winch for damage and that bolts and retaining screws are tight and not corroded.

13.

46.4

Check condition of the exhaust.

Safe Use


Ensure all controls are clearly marked.

2.

Do not stand in line with the wire rope cable when it is under load or being lowered or raised.

3.

Winch operators must be wearing safety goggles and safety gloves.

4.

When paying out wire rope, ensure that personnel are kept clear of the loose rope.

5.

Do not stand on the winch machinery.

6.

Do not hand wind a wire rope on to a drum.

7.

Do not work too close to the drum, the wire rope could ‘Jump’ and trap hands or clothing.

8.

Do not operate a winch until all protective guards and covers are fitted.

9.

Do not cross the wire rope on the drum; it will crush or flatten the rope, rendering the rope unserviceable.

10.

E n s u r e a f l e e t a n g l e o f ¼ º - 1 ¼ º f o r g r o o v e d d r u m s a n d 1º - 3 º f o r p l a i n d ru m s i s n o t exceeded.

Page 199 of 247


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

47.0 Hydraulic Jacks, Rams and Pumps Hydraulic lifting equipment is available in two basic arrangements: 1.

A combined unit consisting ram/plunger and cylinder assembly with an integral pump unit (see Fig 70(a))

2.

A set consisting of a separate ram and pump interconnected by a high pressure hose (see Fig 70(b))

The operational situation will determine selection of hydraulic jack type.

(a)

(b) Fig 70 Hydraulic Jack Units

The jack must be marked with its identification number and WLL and in t he case of a toe-jack, the WLL, which may be lifted on the toe, must be marked on the jack in addition to WLL of the jack head.

For environments where there is a lack of space to insert a jack, some models of jack (with extended bases) can be fitted with a claw attachment. The use of a claw attachment (Fig 71) reduces the capacity of the jack by approximately 40% of its original capacity refer to manufacturers manual.

Fig 71 Claw Attachment Fitted to Hydraulic Jack

A s a n al t e r na t i v e t o a j a ck w i t h a cl aw t h e re ar e l o w- he a d ro o m ra ms k n o w n a s p an c ak e r a ms o r p a d j a c k s . H o w e v e r t h e m a j o r d r a w b a ck w i t h t h i s t y p e o f j a c k i s i t s v e r y l i m i t e d s t r o k e .

Some designs of jack have rams with locking collars, which can be adjusted to prevent ram creep when a load must be sustained at a particular height (see Fi g 72).

Page 200 of 247


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

Fig 72 Hydraulic Ram with Locking Collar

A s a n ad d i t i o na l s a f e t y m ea s u r e , a l o ck o f f s a f e t y v al ve ca n b e f i t t e d t o t h e r am t o ma i n t a i n pressure in the event of a hose failure.

Standard rams and jacks are not suitable for sub-sea work; specialised jacking equipment is required for sub sea work.

47.1

Pre-use


Check jack unique identification, WLL, date of inspection and next inspection due date are present and readable.

2.

In the case of a toe-jack, the WLL, which may be lifted on the toe, must be marked on the jack as well as the WLL of the head.

47.2

Ratchet Jacks

1.

Check for wear on the jack pawls.

2.

Check for wear at the linkages and on the sliding surfaces.

3.

Check correct functioning of the whole mechanism.

4.

Ensure the rack is greased, except on the teeth side; keep the teeth clean.

4.

Ensure all bushes and bearings are clean and adequately lubricated.

47.3

Hydraulic Jacks

1.

Check for fluid leakage; do not use the jack if there is evidence of fluid leaks.

2.

Check hydraulic fluid level.

3.

Check for bends and/or cracks in the foot or body.

4.

If the jack is of the separate pump type, check condition of connecting hose and hose connectors.

Page 201 of 247

47.4


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

Safe Use

The following checks apply cover mechanical and hydraulic jack assemblies: 1. Apply the load centrally and in line with the jack/ram and do not exceed rated capacity. 2.

Fully support the base of the jack/ram.

3.

Stabilise the base of pump unit to prevent overturning when pumping.

4.

Ensure that a jack with a claw attachment has an extended base.

5

Screw down locking collar (where fitted) when the load is to be sustained.

6.

Open hydraulic release valve slowly when lowering load.

7.

Check pressure rating of hoses/gauges/fittings etc.

8.

Keep the ram/piston clean.

9.

Fully retract ram before disconnecting hydraulic hose(s).

10.

Do not go under a load supported solely by jacks. A load must not be left supported entirely by jacks.

11.

When a load is being jacked up, it must be followed closely by the insertion of suitable packing, so that in the event of the jack slipping or failing, the load will only have a short distance to fall onto the packing.

12.

Do not drop loads onto jacks/rams.

13.

When using jack claw attachments, it shall not exceed 40% of the jack capacity, or stated in the manufacturers operational manual.

47.5 1.

After Use When not in use keep ram under a small pressure so that the leather cup washers remain expanded.

2.

Check jack as for pre-use checks and return to rigging store and complete ‘returns’ procedure.

Page 202 of 247


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

48.0 Overheard Cranes Overhead cranes are available with two basic bridge designs i.e. single girder and double girder. With single girder construction, the hoist unit is suspended from a trolley mounted on the lower flange to provide “cross travel” (see Fig 73).

A t t e n t i o n i s d ra w n t o Sh e l l ’ s g l o b al s t a n da r d on l i f t i n g an d h o i s t i n g E P 2 0 0 5 - 0 2 6 4 - G 0 1 ( s e c t i o n 5 page 16)

Fig 73 Overhead Crane - Single Girder Type

Fig 74 shows the double girder type of overhead crane where the crab unit travels on rails mounted on top of the girders or between them with the crab wheels running on the lower inside flanges.

Fig 74 Overhead Crane - Double Girder Type

Double girder cranes have an advantage over single girder cranes in that they have reduced headroom and increased height of lift due to the decreased beam depths and the ability to raise the hook up between the beams. In both t ypes of overhead crane, long travel is obtained by means of carriages fitted at each end of and at right angles to the cross girder(s).

48.1

Hoisting and Travelling Units

The hoisting unit can either be:

Page 203 of 247


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

1.

A standard under-slung trolley hoist (fitted with either wire rope or chain) or,

2.

A crab unit mounted between or on top of the bridge girders (for wire rope only). The bridge being compatible with the width of the building or module.

The hoisting unit and travelling unit, may be electrically, pneumatically or hydraulically powered - or manually powered (through hand chains). A combination of powered and manual operation is also possible.

Most powered units have either single speed or dual speed options but all are fitted with over h o i s t l i m i t s a s a s a f e t y f e a t u r e . A d d i t i o n a l s a f e t y f e a t u r e s t h a t a r e f i t t e d t o m o s t un i t s a r e cross travel and long travel brakes/limit switches, and in some applications, anti-collision l imit switches if more than one crane operates on the same rails.

A l l o f fs h o r e ov e r h e a d cr a ne s m us t b e co at e d f o r us e i n a m a r i n e e n v i ro n me n t .

A l l e l e ct ri c al l y p o w er e d cra n e s mus t b e r a t e d a p p ro p ri a t e t o t h e zo n e i n w h i c h t h e y ar e f i t t e d .

CAUTION MANUAL OR POWERED OVERHEAD TRAVELLING CRANES SHALL NOT BE USED FOR LIFTING PERSONNEL

48.2 1.

Pre Use Check overhead travelling crane unique identification, WLL, date of inspection and next inspection due date are present and readable.

2.

Ensure a competent Signal Person is nominated. Except in circumstances where fewer than three people are available for the lift, the Si gnal Person shall serve that role only and shall not simultaneously act as a rigger.

3.

Ensure a competent rigger is used to act as a load handler for lifting operations. Except in circumstances where fewer than three people are available for the lift, riggers shall serve that role only and shall not simultaneously act as the Designated Signal Person.

4.

In circumstances where fewer than three people (competent operator, signal person, and rigger) are available to conduct a lift, a JSA must be carried out.

5.

Discuss the circumstances of the lifts with all personnel involved with the lift, including but not limited to the operator, signal person, and riggers before any lift is made.

6.

Obtain all pertinent information (weights, hazardous material, etc.), prior to commencing lifting operations.

7.

Crane load limits must be adhered to at all times.

8.

The competent operator for overhead cranes must know the weight of the load and assure that it is within acceptable limits of the crane before lifting.

9.

The competent operator for overhead cranes, in conjunction with the rigger, is responsible for ensuring that all loads are properly rigged before lifting.

Page 204 of 247

10.


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

Before starting the crane, the competent overhead crane operator must do the

following: a.

Conduct and document the pre-use inspection.

b.

Ensure all controls are in the "off" or "neutral" position.

c.

Ensure all personnel are in the clear of the load.

48.3

Safe Use

W h i l e us i n g t h e cr a n e , t h e co m p e t e n t o p e ra t o r f o r o v e rh e a d cr a ne s s h a l l do a t l ea s t t h e following to assure clear communications are maintained: 1.

Only respond to signals from the Signal Person, (but must obey an emergency signal regardless of who gives it).

2.

Ensure communication is established & maintained with the Signal Person.

3.

Ensure that signals from the signal person are always understandable either verbally o r v i s u a l l y . T h e o p e r a t o r m u s t n o t r e s p o n d u n l e s s s i g n a l s a re c l e a r l y u n d e r s t o o d . Ensure that the signal person is in clear view, when appointed (unless during blind lifting operations).

4.

Ensure that the signal person can clearly see the load, crane, personnel and area of operation (unless during blind lifting operations).

5.

Ensure proper and correct use of standard hand signals. Develop special signals when the situation requires it and ensure that the desi gnated signal person and overhead crane operator understand and agree with the special signals.

6.

Conduct load movement only on instruction from the Signal Person.

7.

The Operator for overhead cranes shall do at least the following to assure safe handling of loads: a.

Be at the crane controls at all times while a load is suspended

b.

Keep loads in sight at all times until the load and tag line (where applicable) have safely left the ground (unless during blind lifting operations).

c.

Ensure the load is attached to the hook by means of slings or other suitable devices. The latch must be closed to secure loose slings.

d.

Ensure the hoist rope is not wrapped around the load.

e.

Properly use slings in accordance with section 15.9, 15.10 and 15.11.

f.

Take care when travelling the crane to minimize the swinging pendulum action of the hook and suspended load.

g.

Ensure all personnel are clear of the lifting operation.

h.

Always maintain at least two wraps on the hoist drum in any operating condition.

Page 205 of 247

48.3.1


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

Do Not:

1.

Travel the crane at excessive speed

2.

Travel the crane into end stops or other crane except at very low speed

3.

Use the crane for dragging loads unless properly rigged for a vertical pull that does not exceed the rated capacity

4.

Hoist, lower or travel the load while personnel are on the load.

5.

Hoist a load over personnel.

A dd i t io n a l l y , t ag l i ne s ma y b e u s e d at t h e di s cr e t i o n o f t h e o p e ra t o r a n d/ o r as d e t e rm i n e d b y a JHA where appropriate. When used, tag lines they shall have a minimum extended length of 2 metres. Riggers must never stand under a load to grasp tag li nes.

Page 206 of 247


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

49.0 Vehicle Loading Cranes (e.g. H iab Crane) A v e h i c l e -l oa d i n g c ra n e i s a c ra n e , w hi c h i s u s e d t o l o a d a n d u n l o a d o w n ca r go a b oa rd t h e v e h i cl e s . T h i s cr a ne c an a l s o b e us e d fo r ge n e r a l l i f t i n g o p e ra t i o n s i f ce rt i f i e d , r e f e r t o t h e crane’s capacity charts. Ve h i c l e - l o a d i ng cr a n e s c a n b e us e d f o r t he f o l l o w i n g: 1.

The crane is assembled on a device that is designed and constructed for the transportation of loads.

2.

The crane is assembled on a device that has not been fitted out for the transportation of loads.

The crane is also used for other lifti ng operations other than loading and unloading of it’s own v e h i cl e .

49.1 1.

Pre Use Check vehicle loading crane unique identification, SWL, date of inspection and next inspection due date are present and readable.

2.

Ensure a competent banksman and rigger are nominated. It is acceptable to have the Banksman act simultaneously as a rigger.

3.

Check for fluid leakage; do not use the crane if there is evidence of fluid leaks. Check hydraulic fluid level.

49.2 1.

Safe Use The vehicle-loading crane must be used with the outriggers in the maximum extended position and conform to the capacity lift plan and manufacturer’s instructions.

2.

Outriggers must be installed at an equal maximum distance. When insufficient surface support, blocking are to be used. Blocking must be made of sound and strong material.

3.

The vehicle-loading crane shall only be used within the radii indicated and in conformance with the capacity chart.

4.

Vehicle loading cranes with a working load of more than 1000kg shall be provide with a Load Moment safety device.

5.

Vehicle loading cranes with a working load of less than 1000kg may be provide with a hydraulic overpressure safety device.

6.

An audible signal shall be installed with cranes of a reach of 12M and on cranes with a remote control.

NOTE: IT IS A REQUIREMENT THAT ALL VEHICLE LOADING CRANES WITH OUTRIGGERS SHALL USE SOLID SUPPORTING BLOCKING FOR OUTRIGGERS FOR EVERY OPERATION IN EVERY CIRCUMSTANCE.

Page 207 of 247


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

50.0 Flexible Intermediate Bulk Co ntainers (FIBC) 50.1

Lifting of filled FIBCs

Flexible intermediate bulk containers are used for the bulk transport of non-hazardous powder and granular material. They are designed to be lifted vertically from above.

50.2

Pre-Use

Before lifting, FIBCs must be thoroughly examined for damage to stitching/gluing/welding and for surface abrasion, cuts, tears or any other damage to the bag. Particular attention must be paid to the lifting loops. The examination shall look for signs of the f ollowing: 1.

Abrasion; the effects of abrasion are variable, but some loss in strength is to be expected. In extreme cases, the fabric becomes so worn that the outer yarns of the w e av e a re s e v e r e d . O n l i f t i n g l o o ps , l o ca l i ze d a r ea s o f a b ra s i o n ma y b e p re s e n t caused by handling equipment with sharp edges, and these areas may result in a serious loss in strength.

2.

Cuts, contusions cuts, particularly in the lifting loops or devices, may result in a serious loss of strength.

3.

Ultra violet degradation and/or chemical attack. These may be indicated by the softening of the material (sometimes with discoloration), so that the outer surface may be rubbed off or plucked off, and in extreme cases, the outer surface may become powdered.

Ensure the lifting loops are positioned according to the manufacturer's instructions. Inspect the hooks, bars or fork lift arms employed for lifting to ensure that they have rounded edges with a radius greater than the diameter or thickness of the suspension of the FIBC and/or be protected by wrapping. The rounded edges shall have a minimum radius of 5 mm.

50.3

Repair of FIBCs

Repairs must never be carried out on damaged FIBC's. Damaged FIBC's must be effectively destroyed.

50.4

How to use FIBCs

The approved number of trips for a FIBC must not be exceeded i.e. single trip bags must only be used once. FIBCs for hazardous materials must meet the special requirements set out in BS 6939 Part 1, and FIBCs which are not intended for hazardous materials must not be used for that purpose.

Some chemicals and minerals are of a specific gravity. As a result, the SWL may be reached w h e n t h e F I BC i s o n l y p a rt i a l l y f i l l e d . C arg o we i gh t m us t b e cl os e l y m o ni t or e d a nd a l l o w an ce s made if the contents become wet. During the use and transportation of FIBCs, personnel must:

Page 208 of 247


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

1.

Ensure they are filled in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.

2.

Avoid using sharp hooks or forklift truck forks, which may damage the lifting loops.

3.

Avoid dragging them along the ground or deck.

4.

Ensure that they do not project over the side of a vehicle or trolley.

5.

Not stand under a suspended FIBC.

W h e n F I BC s ar e us e d ou t d o o rs : 1.

Particular attention must be paid to the top closure and its tying off arrangement.

2.

They must be protected from rain accumulation, excessively high temperatures and ultraviolet light.

3.

They must not be left standing in water for extended periods of time. DO

DON'T

Do select the right FIBC for the job in consultation with the manufacturer or supplier

Don't choose FIBCs without consulting the manufacturer or supplier

Do read the instruction label on the FIBC

Don't exceed the SWL in any circumstances

Do inspect re-usable FIBCs before refilling

Don't fill the FIBCs unevenly

Do check that the discharge spout is closed off before filling

Don't stop or start suddenly during transportation

Do ensure that the filled FIBC is stable

Don't subject FIBCs to snatch lift and/or jerk stops

Do close the top inlet correctly

Don't drag FIBCs

Do use lifting gear of sufficient capacity to take FIBCs the suspended load

Don't allow personnel under suspended FIBC’s

Do adjust the distance between fork lift arms to the correct width for the FIBC being handled

Don't allow FIBCs to project over the side of a v e h i cl e o r p al l e t

Do tilt the mast of t he fork lift truck rearwards to an appropriate angle

Don't tilt the mast of the forklift forward

Do ensure that crane hooks, bars or forklift arms used for lifting are of adequate size and are rounded to at least the thickness of t he sling, belt or rope suspension, with a minimum radius of 5 mm.

Don't withdraw the fork lift tines prior to relieving all the load on the lifting dev ices

Do take appropriate measures in regard to dust control

Don't stack FIBCs unless sure of stability

D o co n s i d e r t h e p o s s i b i l i t y o f s t a t i c e l e c t r i c i t y

D o n ' t u s e F I B C s i n n e w co n d i t i o n s w i t h o ut consulting the manufacturer or supplier

Do protect the FIBCs from rain and/or prolonged sunlight

Don't reuse single-trip FIBCs

Do ensure the FIBCs are adequately secured in transportation

Don't repair heavy duty reusable FIBCs unless the new requirements can be met

50.5

Lifting FIBCs

W h e n l i f t i n g F I B Cs wi t h a f o rk l i f t t ru ck , b e s ur e t h a t t h e f o rk l i f t t i n e s ar e s p ace d co r re ctl y . A l l lifting loops, sleeves, or other lifting devices are vertical, s o that no lateral forces will be

Page 209 of 247


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

created in the FIBC. Be sure that the l ifting loops are not twisted. Forklift tines must have rounded edges and/or protective covers FIBC’s.

50.6

Lifting with Cranes

The hooks, spreader bars or other devices used for lifting, must have rounded edges and/or protective covers.

Safety hooks with an integrated latch to prevent the hook from accidentally sli pping off the loops. Hooks must have a sufficiently large radius to prevent squeezing the loop.

W h e n t h e F IB C i s s us p e n d e d , t h e l o o p s mus t b e v e rt i ca l , w i t ho ut a ny t w i s t s o r k n o t s .

Fig 75

Lifting of FIBC’s offshore is not allowed. FIBC’s being transported offshore must be transported using a fully certified lifting frame. T he lifting frame must be approved by SMEP’s Lifting Technical Authority prior to its utilisation.

50.7

Carrying With Fork Lift Trucks

The forklift truck must be suitable for the load t o be carried. When travelling with a FIBC hanging from the forklift tines, there is a danger of the truck becoming unstable. The FIBC must be held close to the mast and as low as possible with the mast tilted slightly backwards. Make sure that the wheels of the truck will not damage the FIBC body. The load must not restrict the v i e w o f t h e dr i ve r .

Fig 76

FIBCs must not be dragged. The truck must be brought to a stop before the FIBC is raised or lowered smoothly.

Page 210 of 247


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

Fig 77

Page 211 of 247


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

51.0 Containers The containers referred to here meet BS EN 12079 specifications for freight containers of the totally enclosed general purpose type for transportation by road or sea.

Before loading a freight container with cargo, an internal and external inspection must be carried out to ensure that: 1.

The container shows the tare weight, payload (SWL), maximum gross weight, ID number and date of inspection and next due date.

2.

The attached lifting set is within the specified inspection period and colour coded to this effect.

3.

The attached lifting set is of the correct length to achieve the maximum lifting angle of 45° to the vertical

4.

Ensure that the attached lifting set is of adequate length to allow the rigger/slinger to place the master link onto the crane pennant hook without the need to climb.

5.

Shackles must be of the 4-part bow safety-anchor type, with retaining nut and split pin. Screw pin shackles must not be used. a.

There is no obvious damage such as distortion of floor/sides/roof, bent lifting eyes or cracked welds.

51.1

Wire rope slings

Most containers are fitted with multi-leg wire rope slings, which are rated for use up t o an angle of 45° (angle measured from the vertical of the diagonally opposite legs) and have an in-built factor of safety (FOS) of 5: 1. This is based on the maximum gross weight of the container. It is a requirement that any sling set fitted to a container used for offshore lifting an additional safety factor is required to be included. Refer to table below:

Sling Capacity

Safety Factor

Less than 6 tonnes

10

6 to 10

8.5

10 to 15

7.25

15 to 20

6.5

20 to 25

6.25

A l l sl i n gs l e g s , w h i ch a re c o nn e c t e d d i re ct l y t o m a s t e r l i nk s o r s h ack l e s , m us t h a ve t h i m bl e s o r hard eyes to reduce the bend radius on the wire rope and therefore increase their serviceable life.

Container sling sets may be fitted with a top lifting leg or fifth l eg and master link (fig 78), w h i ch i s d e s i gn e d t o h a n g o v e r t h e s i de o f t h e co n t a i n e r t o f a ci l it at e h o o k i n g u p . T h i s eliminates the need for personnel having to climb on top of containers to attach or detach the

Page 212 of 247


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

crane hook, which, could be particularly hazardous on marine vessels. This fifth leg is not a design requirement but a more practical method.

F i g 7 8 T y p i c a l r i g g i n g a r r a n g e me n t f o r c o n t a i n e r s

51.2

ISO Containers

Even onshore or in still water port situations, ISO containers cannot be lifted from the ISO corner fittings by shackles and slings or hooks as they are designed only for vertical lifting. This applies even when empty. Lifting with spreader frames as used in port situations is not allowed in offshore lifting operations. Refer to IMO MSC circular 860. ISO containers used offshore must have pad eyes that are purpose built for offshore lifting. It is appreciated that from time to time there may be a requirement to send ISO containers or ISO tanks offshore, which do not comply with Shell Malaysia E & P’s requirements. In this situation a fully certified proprietary ISO container-lifting frame must be used. The proprietary ISO container-lifting frame must be approved by SMEP’s Lifting Technical Authority prior to it s utilisation.

Page 213 of 247


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

52.0 Pennants/Stingers A p e n n a n t mu s t b e u s e d f o r al l l i ft s t o a nd f r o m s u pp l y v e s s e l s , w or k b o at s e t c. A l l p e n na n t s must be fitted with a scissor action s elf-latching type hook with trigger release handle; this ensures that the rigger’s hands are kept away from the hook’s pinch points. It also has the facility to attach the tag line to the hole in the bottom of t he trigger assembly.

52.1

Pennant Assembly

The pennant must be manufactured in accordance with BS EN 13414-1, from wire rope, which meets the requirements of BS EN 12385-4, or an equivalent International Standard. Pennants are required to meet the requirements above and in addition the following requirements: 1.

The construction shall be with hard eyes terminations, a hook on one end and a master link at the other end.

2.

The attached hook shall be of a swivel scissor action self-latching type hook with trigger release handle design. (See fig 16A).

3.

The hook shall have a working load limit at least equal to the one leg sling working load limit listed in BS EN 13414-1 table 4.

4.

The master link shall be of a suitable size to fit the crane hook, but must have a wo r ki n g l o ad l i mi t a t l e as t e q ua l t o t he on e l e g s l i n g w o rk i n g l o ad l i mi t l i s t e d i n BS E N 13414-1 table 4.

5.

A hi-visibility cover for the wire rope portion is recommended.

6.

Pennants shall have a minimum capacity to lift 125% of the planed load, and the wire rope shall not have a diameter less that 22mm.

7.

A pennant must be used for all lifts to and from supply vessels, work boats etc. In exceptional circumstances were due to jib length/height restriction it is not possible to use a pennant, a tag line must be attached just above the crane hook. The crane operator and vessel's crew must exercise utmost caution.

Fig 79 Typical Pennant assembly

Page 214 of 247


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

Appendix 1

Crane Banksman Hand Signals

Prior to any lifting operation being made, a banksman is to be appointed and identified to the crane operator. This applies without exception in all cases. The banksman is the only person permitted to pass inst ructions to the crane operator, and the crane operator is not permitted to follow instructions from persons other than the banksman. The banksman must direct lifting operations and signal to the crane operator using standard hand signals as illustrated in Fig 1.

STOP - Extend one arm and hold palm of hand vertical. Note: EMERGENCY STOP is indicated by holding both arms up

STOP (B) - Arm extended, palm down, move hand right and left. Usually for different l evel operations.

STOP AND LOCK (HOLD EVERYTHING) Clasp hands in front of body.

MOVE SLOWLY - Place one arm motionless across chest in conjunction with or before giving any other directional signal. (“Hoist slowly” shown as example.)

HOIST - With forearm vertical, forefinger pointing up, move hand in horizontal circles.

LOWER - With arm extended downward, forefinger pointing down, move arm in

Page 215 of 247


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

horizontal circles.

USE MAIN HOIST - Tap fist on head, then use regular signals.

USE FLYLINE (AUXILIARY HOIST) - Tap elbow w i t h o n e h a n d , t h e n us e r e g ul a r s i gn a l s .

RAISE BOOM (LUFF UP) - Arm extended, fingers closed, thumb pointing upward.

LOWER BOOM (LUFF DOWN) - Arm extended, fingers closed, thumb pointing downward.

SLEW - Arm extended, point with finger in direction of swing of boom. OVERHEAD GANTRY CRANE - Arm extended, point with finger in the long-travel or cross-travel direction.

EXTEND HYDRAULIC BOOM OR TROLLEY OUT (TOWER CRANE) - Both fists in front of body w i t h t h um bs p o i n t i n g o ut w ar d .

Page 216 of 247


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

RAISE THE BOOM AND LOWER THE LOAD (A) - One arm extended, thumb pointing upward flex fingers in and out as long as load movement is desired.

LOWER THE BOOM AND RAISE THE LOAD (A) - One arm extended, thumb pointing downward flex fingers in and out as long as load movement is desired.

RETRACT HYDRAULIC BOOM OR TROLLEY IN (TOWER CRANE) - Both fists in front of body w i t h t h umb s p o i n t i n g t o w ard e a ch o t h e r .

RAISE THE BOOM AND LOWER THE LOAD (B) - One arm extended, fingers closed, and thumb pointing upward. Other arm extended downward with forefinger pointing down, move arm in horizontal circles.

LOWER THE BOOM AND RAISE THE LOAD (B) - One arm extended, fingers closed, and thumb pointing downward. Other arm vertical w i t h f o re f i n g e r p o i n t i ng up , m o v e a rm i n horizontal circles.

TRAVEL - Arms bent at the elbows, fist s clenched, rotate both forearms around each other, then point in the direction of travel.

Page 217 of 247


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

TRAVEL (ONE TRACK - CRAWLER CRANES ONLY) - Lock the track on the side indicated by the closed fist. Travel opposite track in the direction indicated by circular motion of other fist rotated vertically in front of body.

FINISHED WITH CRANE - Place arms above head and cross hands.

A c r a ne m u s t no t b e o p er a t e d un l e s s : 

The banksman has a clear view of the load, lifti ng assembly and crane operator to give signals.



The banksman has checked that riggers and all other personnel are clear of the vicinity of the load.



The crane operator has a clear view of the banksman to receive signals.

Banksmen, riggers and other personnel involved in crane operations must wear safety helmets a n d o t h e r r e l e v a n t p e rs o n a l p r o t e c t i v e e q u i p m e n t . T h e c r a n e o p e r a t o r i s e x e m p t f r o m t h i s requirement while he is in the crane cab, operating the crane. Crane activities must cease in the event of any e mergency or potentially dangerous situation and the crane operator must immediately obey all emergency stop signals.

Page 218 of 247


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

Appendix 2

Flow Chart Lifting and Hoisting Operations LIFT REQUIRED

NON-ROUTINE

Simple Lift

Risk Assessment (New or modified)

Complicated Lift

Lift Plan (New) Approved by TA

APPOINT PIC & DEFINE LIFT

Complex Lift

Lift Plan (New) Approved by TA

ROUTINE

No

Review previous risk assessment and lift plan

Risk Assessment (Generic) Approved by PIC

Proceed and verify lift by toolbox meeting, PTW Page 219 of 247

NEW LIFT

Yes

Changes in situation

Risk Assessment (New or modified) Approved by PIC


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

Ap A p p e n d i x 3

Mobile Crane Lift Planning Sheet

Description of lift: Location Generic Lift plan No.

3. RIGGING REQUIRED Shackle set 1 Type Shackle set 2 Type Sling set 1 Type Sling set 2 Type 4. RIGGING WEIGHT Description Headache Ball & hook Load line Fly Jib Fly Headache Ball & hook Rigging i.e. sling shackles Spreader bar Other rigging attached

Total

Permit to work Number Risk assessment No. 1. CRANE DATA Crane Reg. No. Inspection Date Next due date Crane capacity Kgs Max working radius Mtrs Max boom length Mtrs Max lifting height Mtrs Parts of line The crane capacity charts must be consulted for operation restrictions i.e. over the rear only, outriggers fully extended 2. LOAD DATA Object to be lifted Weight of Load Container/Vessel Container/ Vessel - Empty YES NO Awkward Shape YES NO CofG Known, could it change YES NO Certified lifting points YES NO Special Rigging required YES NO Special rigging techniques YES NO required Other Capacity Capacity Capacity Capacity Weight

kgs kgs kgs kgs Units kgs kgs kgs kgs kgs kgs kgs kgs

Quantity Weight Quantity Weight Quantity Weight Quantity Weight 5. RIGGING CALCULATION Description Weight Object weight (2) Contingency % Rigging weight (4) Total weight Maximum Radius Lift height Boom length Capacity chart rating at radius & boom length % of chart capacity % safety margin

kgs kgs kgs kgs Units kgs kgs kgs kgs M M M kgs

6. CATEGORY OF LIFT Tick which ever is applicable Routine Lift plans shall be written by rigging foreman or crane operator and approved by person in charge (PIC) of  the lifting operation. Simple Lift plans plans shall be written written by a rigging supervisor and and approved by person in charge (PIC) of the lifting lifting  operation. Complicated  Complicated lift plans plans shall shall be written by an approved lift planner and and approved approved by T.A.  Complex Complex lift plans plans shall be written written by an professional professional engineer and and approved approved by T.A. 7. HAZARDS CRANE SET-UP/OPERATING AREA 7.1 Underground Hazards 7.2 Ground level Hazards 7.3 Above ground Hazards

Page 221 of 247


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

Utilities – Gas, Water etc Storm Drain Sewer Recent excavations Other - describe

   

Members of the public Workers Vehicles/machinery Buildings Ground conditions Other - describe

    

Electrical cables Telephone cables Lampposts Other cranes Trees Conflicting tasks in area Other - describe

     

Access road: Concrete/Bitumen/Gravel/soft/ Concrete/Bitumen/Gravel/soft/Other Other Crane Set-Up Area: Concrete/Bitumen/Gravel/Soft/Slope Concrete/Bitumen/Gravel/Soft/Slope /Other The lifting activity requires the following to be considered, note this list is not exhaustive Cultural, communication communication and language difficulties Environmental conditions including weather and permissible limits Weight, size, shape and centre of gravity of load Illumination Illumination in the pick-up and lay-down areas Availability Availability of approved lifting points on load Proximity of hazards, obstructions in the path of load Method of slinging/attaching/detach slinging/attaching/detaching ing the load Contingency plan in case the task changes Overturning/load Overturning/load integrity/need integrity/need for tag lines Access and emergency escape routes Initial and and final load positions positions and how it will get get there Experience, competence and training training of personnel Lifting over live equipment Number of personnel required for task Number and duration duration of lift(s) Pre-Use Inspection of equipment by Operator Tool Box Talk, including Safety and Stopping the job 8. PERSONNEL Personnel Name Signature Date Crane Operator Banksman Rigger 9. APPROVALS Required lift Approvals Name Signature Date Lift plan prepared by Lift plan reviewed by Lift Plan approved by

Lifting details (step by step)

Page 222 of 247


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

Ap A p p e n d i x 4

App liance Lift Planning Sheet

Description of lift: Location Generic Lift plan No.

Permit to work Number Risk assessment No. 1. APPLIANCE DATA Appliance. No. Inspection Date Next due date Appliance capacity Working Height 2. LOAD DATA Object to be lifted Weight of Load Awkward Shape CofG Known, could it change Certified lifting points Special Rigging required Special rigging techniques required Other 3. RIGGING WEIGHT Slings Shackles Other rigging

Kgs Mtrs

YES YES YES YES YES

NO NO NO NO NO

4. RIGGING CALCULATION Description Weight Object weight (2) Contingency % Rigging weight (3) Total weight Lift height % of capacity % safety margin 5. RIGGING REQUIRED Shackle set 1 Type Capacity kgs Quantity Weight Shackle set 2 Type Capacity kgs Quantity Weight Sling set 1 Type Capacity kgs Quantity Weight Sling set 2 Type Capacity kgs Quantity Weight 6. PRE USE CHECK LIST Item Pre Inspection 1 Examine top and bottom hooks and check for stretch and/or distortion. 2 Check function of safety catches. 3 Ensure hooks swivel freely in yokes and are secure in their mountings 4 Where accessible, examine load pin for wear and/or distortion. 5 Examine load chain sheaves, check for wear and/or distortion and ensure satisfactory seating of load chain. 6 Examine body casing and check for cracks, distortion, missing bolts/screws or any defect, which may affect safe operation. 7 Examine (as far as possible) internal frame side plates. 8 Ensure chain guide rollers and chain stripper are in position and functioning. 9 Examine live end and dead end load chain anchor pins and check for distortion/wear. distortion/wear.

Page 223 of 247

Units kgs kgs kgs kgs M

kgs kgs kgs kgs Yes

No


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

10

Suspend hoist and spin spin hand hand chain chain wheel wheel (in hoist hoist mode) mode) to to check check ratchet ratchet pawl function-listen function-listen for healthy clicking sound. 11 Examine hand chain wheel and chain and ensure it seats correctly in the pockets. 12 Examine complete length of load load chain and check for stretch, stretch, deformed/bent links, nicks, wear and excessive corrosion. 7. CATEGORY OF LIFT Tick which ever is applicable Routine Lift plans plans shall be written written by a rigging supervisor and approved by person in charge (PIC) of the lifting  operation. Non-Routine Lift plans plans shall be written written by an approved lift planner and approved approved by T.A  8. HAZARDS APPLIANCE RIG-UP AREA 8.1 Ground level Hazards 8.2 Above ground Hazards Workers Cables   Obstructions Live lines   Buildings Conflicting tasks in area   Other - describe Other - describe

Appliance Rig-Up Padeye, Trolley, Beam clamp The lifting activity requires the following to be considered, note this list is not exhaustive Cultural, communication communication and language difficulties Environmental Environmental conditions including weather and permissible limits Weight, size, shape and centre of gravity of load Illumination Illumination in the pick-up and lay-down areas Availability Availability of approved lifting points on load Proximity of hazards, obstructions in the path of load Method of slinging/attaching/detach slinging/attaching/detaching ing the load Contingency plan in case the task changes load integrity/need for tag lines Access and emergency escape routes Initial and final load positions positions and how it will get get there Experience, competence and training training of personnel Lifting over live equipment Number of personnel required for task Number and duration duration of lift(s) Pre-Use Inspection of equipment by Operator Tool Box Talk, including Safety and Stopping the job 9. PERSONNEL Personnel Name Signature Date Crane Operator Banksman Rigger 10. APPROVALS Required lift Approvals Name Signature Date Lift plan prepared by Lift plan reviewed by Lift Plan approved by

Lifting details (step by step)

Page 224 of 247


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

Appendix 5 Date/Time

Carrier Transfer Checklist

Reason for Transfer

No of people to transfer

Transfer from:

No

Description

Minimum Requirement

1a

Crane suitability Crane & Lifting Equipment Take-off and landing area

The crane is registered and approved for personnel basket transfer with SMEP’s Lifting Technical Authority? Pre-use inspections have been undertaken?

1b

2

3a 3b 3c 3d 4a 4b 5a 5b 6

7 8a

8b

Weather criteria Weather criteria Vessel Movement Vessel Movement Communicati on Visibility Transfer carrier Transfer carrier Crane Operator Assisting Personnel Personnel transferring

9

Personnel transferring Personnel transferring Personnel transferring Personnel transferring Briefing

10

Toolbox talk

11

Toolbox talk

12

Recovery Craft

8c 8d 8e

Transfer to:

Crane Driver

SMEP Site Rep

Vessel Master

Are take-off and landing area level, free of obstruction, have a non-slip surface and have sufficient clear space (6m x 6m minimum) for landing the carrier in the prevailing weather condition? Significant wave height not more than 2 m. Mean wind velocity of 10 m/s knots or 6 m/s in weather side. Less than 3 degrees roll. Vessel can hold station for 3 minutes in the required transfer position - verified by Master of vessel Full radio contact between Installation Supervisor, Vessel Master, Crane Operator and Banksmen? Does crane operator have full view of the take-off and landing area including lifting trajectory? Is transfer carrier certified for man riding and in good condition? Two taglines attached to the carrier, and without knots Is crane operator certified by a SMEP approved training provider and assessed for competency and has the experience in carrying out personnel carrier transfers? Banksman with banksman’s jacket and two assistants at the take-off and landing area? All personnel transferring are wearing Coverall, Safety Footwear, Safety Helmet with chinstrap Safety Glasses and an approved buoyancy device? Maximum 3 persons per transfer? Checked for loose items? All passengers agreed to the transfer? An experienced person accompanies inexperienced people. All personnel transferring have received a full briefing and signed form in appendix 6? Toolbox talk held with all personnel involved in the transfer i.e. Crane Operator, Banksman etc? Toolbox talk held by Vessel Master, with Officer and crew? Fast rescue boat deployed?

All the checks found to be satisfactory:

_________________ Work Site Supervisor

Name:

________________ SMEP Site Representative

Name:

Page 225 of 247

_________________ Vessel Master

Name:


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

Appendix 6

Carrier Transfer Passenger Checklist

By signing this document, I confirm that the following statements are true: I have received a briefing about personnel transfer by carrier. I understand the procedures shown. I agree to transfer by this method. I understand that this transfer will take place on a voluntary basis only. I am physically fit to transfer, and do not suffer from vertigo (fear of heights). Date/Time

No

Reason for Transfer

Passenger Name

No of people Transfer from: to transfer

Company

Position

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

Page 226 of 247

Transfer to:

Signature


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

Appendix 7 Personnel Transfer Request SMEP PERSONNEL TRANSFER REQUEST TRANSFER NO. __________________ DATE________________

COMPANY _________________________

FROM (UNIT) ________________________

TO (UNIT) _________________________

NUMBER OF PERSONS (MAX 3) TIME TRANSFER REQUIRED _______________________ PERMIT TO WORK NUMBER _______________________ REQUESTED BY _________________________________ POSITION _______________________________________ JUSTIFICATION FOR TRANSFER

APPROVAL SMEP SITE REPRESENTITIVE NAME _______________________________ ____

SIGNED ____________________________

---------------------------------------------------------------------VESSEL MASTER NAME _______________________________ ____

SIGNED ____________________________

Page 227 of 247


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

Appendix 8

Installation Of Wire Rope Double Saddle Grips

W i re ro p e gr i p s a re wi de l y us e d f o r ma ki n g e n d t e rm i n a t i o ns . G ri p s a re a v ai l a bl e i n t w o b a s i c designs U-bolt and fist grip. SMEP do not allow the use of U-grips (Bulldog grips) to be used but allow properly designed rope grips with two saddles i.e. fist grips.

Fist Grip W h e n ma k i n g up a s l i n g o r t e r mi na t i o n , a l w ay s e n s u re t h a t : a. Never use fewer than the number of clips recommended in Table 1 b.

New clips are used; used clips do not have the full holding ability

c.

A t h i m bl e i s i n s e r t e d i n t h e e y e o f t h e s l i n g ; t h i s p r e v e n t s t h e ro p e f ro m we a r i n g a n d deforming

d.

The clips are fitted in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions

e.

All threads and nut bearing surfaces are greased, unless manufacturer’s instructions state otherwise

f.

Full recommended torque settings are achieved, e.g. 49Nm for 16mm diameter rope

g.

A r e c o r d i s k e p t o f m e a s u r e d t o r q u e v a l u e s w h e n t e r m i n a t i o n s a r e f i r s t ma d e a n d during each subsequent periodic check

h.

Periodic checks of torque settings are carried out as specified below:     

as soon as the service load is hung on the rope after 24 hours in service after 7 days in service after 1 month in service at 6 monthly intervals from the date of installation Stage 1 Turn back specified amount of rope from thimble or loop. Apply first grip one base length from dead end of rope. Tighten nuts evenly, alternating from one nut to the other until reaching the recommended torque.

Page 228 of 247


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

Stage 2 A p p l y t h e s e co nd g ri p a s near the thimble as possible. Turn nuts firmly but do not tighten. Stage 3 A p p l y t h e r e ma i n i n g r o p e grips equally between the first two Stage 4 A p p l y t e n s i o n i n d i re ct i o n of the arrow, and tighten all nuts to the recommended torque. Remember to check the nut torque after the rope has been in operation. To determine the correctly number of grips to be used for specific diameters of rope refer to table 1 Rope Diameter (mm) 5

Minimum Number of Clips

Rope Turn Back From Thimble (mm)

Torque Un-lubricated Bolts (ft-lb)

2

100

30

6

2

100

30

8

2

130

30

10

2

133

45

12

2

165

65

13

3

280

65

14

3

350

130

14

3

400

130

20

3

450

225

22

4

660

225

25

5

940

225

28

5

1000

360

30

6

1400

360

35

6

1600

500

40

6

2000

500

Table 1 Installation of Double Saddle rope grips (Fist Grips)

Page 229 of 247


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

Appendix 9

Shackle – Split Pin Sizes

Safety shackles are widely used for terminating sling set on to containers. Safety shackles are available in two basic designs Bow (anchor) and Dee (chain). It is important that the correct diameter and length of split pin is used, the table below details the recommended size of split pin.

SHACKLE WLL

SPLIT PIN SIZE

0.5 te

2 x 20 mm

1 te

3 x 20 mm

1.5 te

3 x 20 mm

2 te

3 x 25 mm

3.25 te

5 x 30 mm

4.75 te

5 x 30 / 35 mm

6.5 te

6 x 35 / 40 mm

8.5 te

6 x 45 / 50 mm

9.5 te

6 x 45 / 50 mm

12 te

6 x 50 / 55 mm

13.5 te

8 x 55 / 60 mm

17 te

8 x 55 / 60 mm

25 te

10 x 70 mm

35 te

10 x 80 mm

55 te

10 x 100 mm

85 te

10 x 110 mm

120 te

13 x 110 mm

Page 230 of 247


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

Appendix 10

Overload Protection and Anti-Two-Block Requirements

The table shows the overload protection, anti-two-block cut-out, radius or angle indicator and boom length requirements for lifting equipment. Equipment Type

Radius or angle indicator

Boom length indicator

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

R

M

M

M

Mobile Cranes – Capacity less than 3 tonne Mobile Cranes – Capacity more than 3 tonne Offshore pedestal Cranes Fixed boom length Fixed Capacity Offshore pedestal Cranes Fixed boom length Variable Capacity Offshore pedestal Cranes telescopic boom Fixed Capacity Offshore pedestal Cranes telescopic boom V a ri ab l e Capacity Offshore Swing J i b C r a ne s Fixed boom length – Any Capacity Overhead Travelling crane A n y c ap a ci t y (1) Lorry loading crane - Any capacity (2) Forklift trucks A n y c ap a ci t y

A n t i twoblock cut-out

Rated Capacity Indicator (RCI) or A SL I

M

M

R

M

M

M

M

M

M

Overhoist limiter

Lower hoist limiter

M

R

R

M

M

Load moment limiter or cut-out

M

M

M

M(3)

M R

R

Key 1. 2. 3. M R

N o t a p pl i c a b l e o n m a n u a l l y o p e ra t e d o v e r he a d c r a ne s F o r t e l e s c o p i c o r s t r a i g h t b o o m c r a n e s o n l y . T h i s d o e s n o t a p p l y t o a r t i cu l a t i n g (knuckle) boom cranes. O n l y w h e r e t h e cr a n e h a s a h o i s t w i n c h Mandatory Recommended

Page 231 of 247


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

Appendix 11

Glossary of Terms

Al ph a/ n u me ri c

A co m b i n at i on o f l e t t e r s a n d/ o r n um b e rs u s e d f o r identification.

An emo me t e r

Instrument (used on some cranes) for measuring wind speed.

An gl e F ac t or

The factor by which the WLL of a multi-legged slings is derated to give its SWL at a particular angle between the sling legs.

An gl e I n d i ca tor

A d ev i ce t h a t s h o w s t he a n gl e a t wh i c h t h e cr a n e bo o m i s operating and the corresponding rated capacity.

An t i -T wo B l ock

See Upper hoist – limiting device.

Ap pro v e d

A pp ro v e d b y S M E P T e chn i c a l A ut h o ri t y

As s et Ow n e r

Entity that owns lifting equipment. Either SMEP or Contractor.

Au t om at i c Saf e L oad I n di c at or ( ASLI ) A d ev i c e t h a t a ut om at i ca l l y p ro vi de s , w i t h a s p e ci f i e d or Rated Capacity Indicator (RCI) tolerance, warning the load is approaching the rated capacity, another warning when capacity is exceeded. A uxi l i ar y H oi s t

A s e co n d ( a ry ) l i f t i n g s y s t e m, u s ua l l y f it t e d t o c ra n e s , operating from a separate winch drum from the main hoist rope. Usually used on cranes to lift light loads, relative to the crane’s capacity, faster than is possible on the main hoi st system.

Back Hooking

A m e t h o d o f s l i n gi ng us i n g s l i ng s w i t h h o o k s w h e r e t h e s l i n g is passed around the load and the hook is secured back onto the ring or hook above the load.

Back Splice

A s p l i c e i n t h e e n d o f a f i b re r o p e t o p re v e n t i t f r o m un l a yi n g .

Banksman/Signaller/Flagman

Person positioned so that he has an unrestricted view of the load and is also in view of the crane driver, so that he may give load-manoeuvring instructions to the crane driver via hand signals or hand-held radio.

Barang Box

A b o x ca rry i ng g e ne r a l go od s . A t er m w id e l y u s e d i n Malaysia.

Barge List Or Heel Or Trim

Cause swing out of the load and can produce side load.

Barge List and Crane List

These are not the same. As the crane rotates on the barge, it’s list (as defined above ) will change. The worst crane list condition occurs when the crane slews over the barge’s corner producing maximum side load

Basket Hitch

A me t h o d of s e c ur i n g a s l i ng ar o u nd a n o b j e ct b y br i ngi ng both eyes back together with an angle factor = 2.

Becket

A n a nch o r a ge po i n t on a s h e a v e bl o ck wh e n r e e v i n g a t a ck l e to purchase.

Page 232 of 247


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

Becket Load

The load in any fall of rope in a multiple fall tackle. It equals the total load being lifted divided by t he number of falls supporting the load.

Bilingual Text

English and Bahasa Malaysia

Blind lifts

Lifting operation whereby the lifting appliance operator does not have a direct view of the load or l anding area NOTE Use of closed circuit television monitoring the work area is not considered to be direct view.

Billy Pugh

The trade name of the offshore rope personnel transfer carrier in common use.

Block

A hook sheave and frame assembly attached to a rope used for raising and lowering loads.

Block and Tackle

A s h e a v e bl o ck o r bl o c ks us e d w i t h f i b re r o pe

Boom

A steel lattice, or steel box section structure that is attached from which the load is suspended and which can be raised or lowered, usually a form of lifting mast.

Boom-Type Elevating

A p ow e re d t e l e s co p i c d e vi ce , hi n g e d de v i ce o r

Wor k Pl at f orm

articulated device or any combination of these used to support a platform on which personnel, equipment and materials may be elevated to perform work. Also known as “cherry pickers”

Booming/luffing

The movement of a crane boom from one angle to another in the vertical plane.

Bow Shackle

A s h a ck l e w i t h b o w e d s id e s.

Bulldog Grip

A w i r e r o p e gri p co n s i s t i n g o f a U - b ol t , t w o n ut s a n d a saddle, usually used to clamp two wire ropes or the same parts of a wire rope. Commonly used for making end terminations NOT ALLOWED WITHIN SMEP.

cm

Symbol for centimetre. 10mm equals one centimetre. 100 cm equals 1 metre.

Calibration

The calibration of test equipment must be in accordance with BS EN ISO 7500-1 or an equivalent standard. Accuracy of calibration in all cases must be within ±2% on the nominal load/force.

Cantilever Beam

Section of beam supported at one end only.

Cargo

Any liquid, solid or gaseous matter transported in an offshore container.

Centre of Gravity

Point at which the total mass of a body may be regarded as being concentrated, or about which the parts of the body exactly balance each other.

Certificate of Inspection or Test A C e r t i f i cat e o f T e s t i s s ue d b y t he t h i rd p a r t y ce r t i f i ca t i o n Certificate authority surveyor on completion of a satisfactory survey. A new Test Certificate will require to be issued i f the equipment

Page 233 of 247


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

is subject to repair or modification. Where a Test certificate states that it is als o a report of thorough inspection/examination it must contain all of the information as required by LOLER 98, Schedule 1. A d o cum e n t i n wh i c h t h e m a n uf a ct u re r ce r ti f i e s t h a t t h e products supplied comply with the requirements of the purchase order, without mention of any test results.

Certificate of Compliance

Certificate or Declaration of Conformity

A document in which the manufacturer or other responsible person with legal duties of a manufacturer and who controls the technical file , confirming that an item to which it refers complies fully with an applicable standard and that all essential safety requirements have been met in full. It must give the following information:I.

The business name and full address.

II.

The responsible person

III.

Where that person is not the manufacturer e.g. a importer, that of the manufacturer.

IV.

A full description of the equipment including make and type and serial number.

V .

I n d i ca t e al l o f t h e r e l ev a n t p ro vi s io n s w i th w h i ch t h e i t e m complies.

VI . V I I .

Sp e ci f y t h e s t a n d a rd s a n d t e ch ni ca l s t a nd a r d s us e d . I d e n t i f y t h e p e r s o n a ut h o r i s e d t o s i gn t h e c e rt i f i ca t e on behalf on the responsible person.

Chain Block

A ge a r e d po r t a b l e ap p l i a nce us e d f o r h o i s t i ng an d l o w e r i ng a load suspended on a chain.

Cherry Picker

See Boom-type elevating work platform.

Choke Hitch

A me t h o d of s e c ur i n g a l o a d t o a s l i n g o r a s l i n g t o a n anchorage by reeving the sling back through its eye, or fixing the eye back to the sling leg with a shackle.

Classification Society Surveyor

A person from a classification society who has the appropriate practical and theoretical knowledge and experience of the lifting equipment to be thoroughly inspected as will enable them to detect defects or weaknesses and to assess their importance in relation to the s afety and continued use of the lifting equipment.

Circumference

The distance around the outside edge of a circle.

Clevis

A n e y e w i t h a r e mo v a bl e pi n .

Colour Code

A method of marking equipment (normally with plastic tie w rap s o r pa i n t ) t o g i v e a v i s ua l i nd i c a t i o n o f i t s c e r t i f i c a t i o n / i n s p e c t i o n s t a t u s . T h i s ' c o d e d ' co l o u r i s c ha n g e d every six months.

Come-Along

See Ratchet lever block

Page 234 of 247


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

Container

Any form of unit or device used for the transportation of cargo.

Crane

A n a p pl i a n c e i n t e n d e d f o r r ai s i n g a n d l o w e ri n g a l o ad a nd moving it horizontally, but excluding industrial lift trucks earthmoving machinery and lifts.

Crane Chart

See Load chart or Capacity chart.

Crane Operator or Driver

The person who is operating the crane for the purpose of positioning loads.

C r a n e , C r a w l e r - Mo u n t e d

Except for the base these cranes are identical to the CarrierMounted

Crane List

As the crane’s out-of-level condition, from side to side, as measured by the angle between horizontal and a line drawn through the centreline of the crane’s boom heel pins. This outof-level condition creates side load and effects the crane’s lifting capacity.

Cross Hauling

Process of moving a load in a direction other than vertical, for purposes of access/egress (sometimes called Fleeting). This action is usually carried out using chain blocks and pull lifts and the equipment used is down-rated.

Documented Training

Training whereby it can be documented that the person who w il l us e t h e l i f t i n g e q ui p m e nt h a s re c e i v e d p r a ct i cal an d theoretical training that provides knowledge about its structure, operation, applications, limitations and scope of use, as well as maintenance and inspection in accordance w i t h t h e r e q ui r e me n t s s e t f o r s af e u s e a nd o p e ra t i o n stipulated in regulations and instructions for use

Drawn-up Dimension

The minimum distance between the suspension level and the bottom hook saddle (also known as closed-height).

Dead end

The tail of a rope which does not take load.

Dee Shackle

A s ha c kl e wi t h p ar a l l el s i de s , r e s e mbl i n g t h e l e t t e r D o n i t s sides.

Diameter

The distance across a circle measured through its centre.

Diverting Sheave

A s h e a v e se t up t o ch a ng e t he d i re ct i on o f t h e l e a d ro pe between the winch and the head sheave.

Double Wrap

A m e t ho d o f s l i n g i n g w he r e t h e s l i n g l e gs ar e p a s s e d t w i ce round the load with the eye chocked back to the sli ng.

Dunage

Packing under loads.

Effective Span

The distance between the centres of the adjacent supports, due allowance the end fixing, continuous beams and cantilevers.

Effective Working Length (EWL) The distance between the extreme inside ends of the eyes in a straight sling. Effort

The pull on the hand chain or lever required to lift a specified load (chain blocks and pull lifts). The s pecified load is usually the working load limit of the block.

Page 235 of 247


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

Elevating Work Platform

A t e l e s c o pi c de v i ce s ci s s or d e v i ce o r ar t icu l at i n g d e v i ce us e d to support a working platform.

Elevator

A l i f t i n g d e v i c e , w i t h h i n ge d d o o rs a n d a f a s t -r el e a s i n g l at ch , w hi c h h a n g s o n l o n g l i n k s b e l o w t he t r av e l l i n g b l o ck an d hook, and which, in a closed position fits snugly around the drill pipe or casing, to handle lifting or lowering of a string.

Elevator Link

A l o n g s t e e l l i n k , w hi c h co n n e ct s t h e e l e v at o rs t o t he ma i n hook.

Equalising Beam

A l i f t i n g b e am , wh i c h c an b e us e d w i t h t w o cr a n e s t o e n s ur e that each crane is supporting its correct portion of the load.

Equalising Sheaves

Sheaves used to equalise the load.

Eyebolt

A l i f t i n g r i n g fi x e d t o a t hr e a d r od , w h i ch ca n b e s cr e w e d i n t o a load or anchorage.

Examination

A v i s u al e x a mi na t i o n by a n i n d e p e n d e n t t h i r d pa rt y s ur v ey o r carried out carefully and critically and supplemented by other means, such as measurement and where necessary nondestructive testing, in order to arrive at a reliable conclusion as to the condition and safety of the lifting equipment. If necessary for the purpose, parts of the lifting equipment shall be dismantled.

Extended Dimension

The distance between the suspension level and the bottom hook saddle of a chain block, when the bottom hook is in the extended position. It equals the sum of t he drawn up dimension and the range of lift (or height of lift).

FIBC

Flexible Intermediate Baulk Container, commonly known as big bags.

FMEA

Failure Mode Effect Analysis.

Factor of Safety

The ratio of the load that would cause failure of an item of lifting equipment to the load that is imposed upon it in service i.e. SWL (This is t o allow for detrimental criteria such as wear and tear, dynamic loadings etc).

Falls

The passes of a rope in a winching/pulley system.

F e r r u l e / S w a ge d f i t t i n g

A metallic fitting, which wire rope can be inserted and then permanently attached using radial pressure (swaging) the sleeve that enclosed the rope to form an eye.

Fit-for-purpose

Equipment free from defect and used only in the manner for w hi c h i t w a s d e s i gn e d .

Fist Grip

A w i r e r o p e gri p co n s i s t i n g o f a t w o s a dd l e s a nd t w o n u t s , usually used to clamp two wire ropes or the same parts of a w ir e ro p e . C om mo n l y us e d f o r m a ki n g e n d t e rm i na t i o n s .

Fixed Lifting Equipment

Lifting equipment permanently installed on a Platform normally located at the same point on the Platform throughout the life cycle of the Platform (e.g. pedestal cranes, gantry cranes, swing jib cranes, runway beams, beam, padeyes etc).

Page 236 of 247


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

Fleet Angle

The angle formed from the centre line of the drum to the centre of the first lead sheave then back to the inside centre of the drum flange.

Fleeting

A m e t h o d o f m o vi n g a n o bj e ct b y us i n g t w o h o i s t s , t a ck l e s t o lift, haul and lower the load.

Flemish Eye

A m e t h o d of fo r m i n g a n e y e i n F SW R by s e pa r a t i n g a n d re marrying the strands without tucks.

Fly Jib

A s e co nd a ry j i b m ou n t e d at t h e h e a d o f t h e cr a n e ’ s ma i n boom or jib, increasing the crane operating radius. Also know as “goose neck”

Forerunner

See Pennant

Frame

The primary load bearing elements of a container.

Free Fall

A b o o m o r h o ok - bl o ck d e s ce n d in g un d e r i t s ow n w e i g h t , o r that of the load.

Free on Wheels

A bl e t o l i f t l oa d w it h a w h e e l e d cr an e w i t h o ut u t i l i z i n g t he outriggers or stabilisers.

Frog

The trade name of the buoyant enclosed personnel transfer capsule marketed by Reflex marine. Which, is a conical shaped solid cage with three seats, designed for the aerial transport of personnel by an offshore crane.

Functional Testing

Operation of each motion of the lifting equipment without a load applied in order to determine whether the equipment performs as the manufacturer intended.

FSWR

Flexible Steel Wire rope

Gantry

Elevated structure supporting the track of an overhead travelling trolley or crane.

Gin Wheel

A p ur po s e -d es i g ne d s i n gl e -s h e a v e t a ck l e b l o ck .

Girder/Beam Clamp

A n a p pl i a n c e d e s i gn e d t o b e f i x e d t o t h e l o w e r fl a ng e o f a universal beam or RSJ to provide and anchorage for a sing, suspension rope or tackle.

Goose Neck

See Fly Jib.

Grommet

A n e nd l e s s s l in g co n s t r uc t e d w i t h a s l i n g r o p e s t r a nd l a y e d up onto itself.

Gross Weight (containers)

The maximum allowable weight of a loaded container, at the design sling angle, i.e. the Tare w eight (weight of empty container) plus the Pay Load (maximum weight of cargo, that can be carried by the container).

HAZID

Hazard Identification

HAZOP

Hazard and Operability Analysis

HEMP

Hazard and Effects Management Process. T he structured hazard analysis methodology involving hazard identification, assessment, control and recovery, and comparison with

Page 237 of 247


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

screening and performance criteria. To manage a hazard completely requires that all four steps must be in place and recorded. HI P

Hazard Identification Plan – A document that identifies possible hazards and the actions necessary to minimise risk.

Hammer Locks

A n a t t a chm e n t f o r j oi n i n g h o o ks o r ri n g s t o a ch a i n .

Hand Operated Chain Hoist or Chain Block

A b l o c k re ev e d w i t h a l o a d ch a i n a nd o p e r a t e d b y a ha n d chain so as to give a mechanical advantage (also known as a chain block).

Headache Ball

A s p h e r i ca l ov e rh a u l i n g w e i gh t a t t a ch e d t o s i n g l e f a l l h o i s t above the hook block.

Headroom

The maximum vertical distance between the item to be lifted and the point of suspension of the hoisting machine. e.g. between the lifting padeyes and the underside of runway beam.

Height of Lift

The amount of possible travel between the t op and bottom connection points (e.g. hooks) of a hoisting machine.

Hook Block

The lower block on a crane, which incorporates a hook for sling loads.

Hook Load

The total weight suspended form the hook.

Hoisting

Raising or lowering a load

Inertia Forces

The forces produced by a change of velocity.

Inspection

A v i s u al i ns p ec t i o n b y a a n i nd e p e n d e n t t h i r d p ar t y s urv e y or carried out carefully and critically for anything which may impair the safe operation of the lifting equipment.

Inspector

The term inspector is used to describe any person carrying out NDT inspection on lifting equipment. In all cases, the inspector shall have experience and training suitable to the NDT inspection being performed.

J ack

A n a p pl i a n c e , w hi c h i s p l a ce d un d e r a l o a d t o r ai s e o r l o we r it.

Kg

Kilogram

Kinking

Damage to a rope indicated by sharp permanent twist.

Kilogram

A u ni t f o r me a s ur i n g m a s s ( o r w e i g h t ) O n e l i t re o f w a t e r w e i gh s o n e ki l o g ra m. h e re a re 1 0 0 0 kg i n a t o n n e .

Kilo Newton

A u ni t f o r me a s ur i n g f o r ce . O n e ki l o N e w t on i s a p p rox i ma t el y equivalent to a weight of 100kg

Langs Lay

A c o n s t r uct i on me t h o d f o r F S W R w he r e t h e w i re s i n t h e s t r a n d and the rope strands are laid in the same direction.

Page 238 of 247


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

Lattice Boom Crane

A cr a n e w it h an o p e n- w e b b o o m, u s u al l y i n s e ct i o ns . Normally of a fixed length and cannot telescope.

Lay

The way a rope is constructed.

Left Hand Lay

A me t h o d of ro p e co ns t r uc t i o n w h e r e t h e s t r a nd s ar e l a i d up in an anti-clockwise direction. Sometimes called an ‘S twist’ because the strands run the same direction as the central part of the letter S.

Lifting Appliances

Lifting appliances (overhead cranes, winches, chain hoists, etc but excluding haulage apparatus).

Lifting Tackle Inspector

A p e rs o n f r o m a t h i r d p a rt y ce rt i f i ca t i o n a ut h o r i t y w h o h as the appropriate practical and theoretical knowledge and experience of the lifting tackle to be thoroughly inspected w hi c h e n a b l e s t h e m t o de t e ct d e f e ct s o r we a k n e s s e s a n d t o assess their importance in relation to the s afety and continued use of the lifting tackle.

Lifting Tackle or Lifting Accessory A ny i t e m w h at s o ev er , w h i ch i s u s e d o r d e s i g n e d t o b e us e d or Lifting Gear directly or indirectly to connect a load to a lifting appliance, a crane or chain block etc, and which does not form part of the load, but which is not itsel f able to lift or lower a load, e.g. slings, shackles, eyebolts, etc. Lifting Equipment

A g e n e r i c t e rm co v er i n g a l l e q ui p me n t us e d t o l i f t a n d l o we r a load.

Lifting Operation

A t a s k c o nc e rn e d w i t h t h e l i f t i n g a n d l o w e ri n g o f a l o a d . I t includes the selection attachment and use of suitable lift ing equipment.

Lifting Point

Generic term for the certified point(s) or attachment(s) on an item of plant, by which it can be l ifted safely. The term also applies to points or attachments fixed to st ructural members and from which a load can be suspended. For example lifting lugs, lifting eyes, trunnions, fabricated lifting plates, padeyes and jacking points.

Lifting Plan

A d o cu me n t p ro d uc e d b y t h e l i f t pl an n e r t o d e s cr i b e ho w t h e lifting operation should be carried out, including any contingency plan if the operation becomes interrupted (e.g. because of weather change, break down etc.)

Lift Planner

A p e rs o n w h o h as ap p r o pr i at e p ra ct i ca l an d t he or e t i ca l knowledge and experience of the lifting operations to enable them to prepare a full working lift plan.

Lifting Set/Sling Set

Lifting slings and shackles used to connect a container to the lifting equipment.

Lifting Technical Authority

The Lifting Technical Authority is responsible for assuring the technical integrity of an operational facility, in the context of this document this covers approval of this document, and deviations from this document.

Live Loads

A n y l o a d , e x ce p t wi n d l oa d , t ha t gi v e s ri s e t o a v a ri a t i o n o f s t r e s s i n t o a c r a ne . S u c h v a r i a t i o n m a y b e d u e t o a n y change of position or magnitude of an externally applied load, or to the movement of the crane st ructure itself.

Page 239 of 247


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

Load Line

A w i r e r o p e s u s p e n d i n g a h o o k .

Load Chart

A m a n u f a c t u r e r ’ s n o t i c e f i x e d t o a c r a n e o r h o i s t , w h i c h specifies the SWL’s in all normal operating configurations.

Load Factor

The fraction of a sling assembly’s WL L created by a particular sling method. It includes the angle factor and the reeve factor.

Load Weight Indicator

A d e v i c e , w h i c h i n d i c a t e s t h e w e i g h t o f t h e l o a d b e i n g l i f t e d .

Lorry Loading Crane

A p o w e r e d s l e w i n g c r a n e m o u n t e d o n a v e h i c l e f o r t h e principal purpose of loading and unloading the lorry.

Luffing

S e e B o o m i n g.

M

The symbol used to indicate the diameter of a structural bolt in millimetres. For example, M16 indicates a 16mm bolt.

m

A m e t r e – t h e u n i t f o r m e a s u r i n g d i s t a n c e - 1 0 0 0 m e q u a l o n e kilometre.

mm

Millimetres – the unit for measuring distance - 1000mm equal one metre.

MOU

Mobile Offshore Unit.

Manila

Sisal, A natural fibre used for rope construction.

Marlin Spike

A t a p e r e d h a n d t o o l u s e d t o p r y o p e n t h e s t r a n d s o n a n F S W R during splicing or during rope inspection.

Marine Vessel

For the purposes of this document, marine vessel shall be interpreted as meaning:Barge (towed) Barge (self propelled) Pontoon Pipe Laying Barges Cargo Barge W o r k B o a t Crane Barge

Measured Deflections

The deflections measured in such a manner that they relate t o precisely the same conditions as those covering the calculated deflection.

Mechanical Advantage

The ratio between the load raised and the effort required to raise it.

Mobile Crane

A c r a n e w h i ch c a n t r a v e l o v e r a s u p p o r t i n g s u r f a c e w i t h o u t the need for fixed runways or railway tracks and which relies on gravity for stability.

Mode Factor

A f a c t o r , w h i c h t a k e s i n t o a c c o u n t t h e g e o m e t r y o f t h e s l i n g assembly, the number of parts and other constants as specified in the appropriate British Standard.

Multi-Legged Sling

A s l i n g a s s e m b l y w i t h m o r e t h a n t w o s l i n g l e g s .

Page 240 of 247


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

Multiple Crane Lift

The movement of a load where the load is suspended from two or more cranes.

NDT

Non-Destructive Testing.

Net Capacity (Cranes)

The net capacity is determined by deducting the crane capacity deductions from the crane’s gross capacity. The deductions differ from manufacturer to manufacturer as well as between crane types. Deductions normally are: W e i g h t o f m a i n h o o k b l o c k W e i g h t o f s l i n g s a n d r i g g i n g W e i g h t o f a u x i l i a r y h o o k b l o c k W e i g h t o f a l l w i r e r o p e f r o m b o o m t i p a n d t h e b l o c k W e i g h t o f a n y s t o w e d j i b

The development and application of technical methods Non-Destructive Examination (NDE) to examine materials or components in ways that do not impair future usefulness and serviceability in order to detect, locate, measure, and evaluate flaws; to assess integrity, properties, and composition; and to measure geometrical characteristics. Non-routine Lift

A l i f t i n g t a s k t h a t i s o f g r e a t e r c o m p l e x i t y t h a n a r o u t i n e l i f t , such that it requires specialist resources and guidance and special procedures written to enable its safe completion. These lifts are normally subdivided into simple, complicated and complex lifts.

Offshore Container

Transportable unit for repeated transport of load or equipment, a unit that can be handled in open sea to/from installations and vessels NOTE 1 The unit includes equipment for lifting, handling, filling, emptying, cooling and heating etc. NOTE 2 There are two categories of offshore container: 1. Offshore freight container a. Freight container for dangerous goods. b. Freight container for non-hazardous load that is not covered by the IMDG code. 2. Offshore service container Service container produced and equipped for special use, mainly for temporary installation.

Offshore Crane

Slewing crane for general use mounted on an installation and w h i c h i s u s e d t o h a n d l e l o a d s t o a n d f r o m s u p p l y b o a t s , barges or semi-submersible installations

Operating Level

The level on which the operator stands.

Page 241 of 247


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

On Rubber

The operation of a truck-mounted or rough terrain mobile crane without the aid of outriggers.

Ordinary Lay

See Right Hand Regular lay.

Outrigger

A h y d r a u l i c s t a b i l i s i n g e x t e n s i o n f o r a m o b i l e c r a n e .

Overload Testing (Static)

Operation of the lifting equipment with a load exceeding the rated load but without operating the full range of motions of the equipment in order to determine whether the equipment is stable, structurally sound and fit for the use for which it was designed.

Overload Testing (Dynamic)

Operation of the lifting equipment, in all pos sible motions w i t h a l o a d t h a t e x c e e d s t h e r a t e d l o a d a p p l i e d i n o r d e r t o determine whether the equipment is stable, structurally sound and fit for the use for which it was designed.

Payload

The maximum permissible weight of cargo which may be safely transported by the container.

Parts of Rope

See ‘falls’

Permanently Attached Slings Sets are used only for Permanently Attached Slings Sets transportation of containers. They must not be used for general lifting duties. These slings are colour coded Purple w i t h a b a n d o f t h e c u r r e n t c o l o u r c o d e . Permissible Working Stress

The stress numerically equal to the basic stress, multiplied by the relevant duty factor corresponding to the load.

Performance Testing

Operation of each motion of the lifting equipment with the rated load applied in order to determine whether the equipment performs to the manufacturer’s specification.

Person In Charge (PIC)

Person who is approved by SMEP’s Lifting Technical Authority to be in charage of a lifting operation.

Personnel Carrier

Carrier designed for the aerial transport of personnel usually by an offshore crane “FROG” or Esvagt.

Billy Pugh -

A p e r s o n n e l t r a n s p o r t d e v i c e c o m p o s e d o f a s o l i d c y l i n d r i c a l platform, flexible sidewall rigging, lift cumulator ring and lifting loadline system designed for the aerial t ransport of personnel by an offshore crane. (Not used in SMEP)

Pendant

A r o p e u s e d t o p r o v i d e s u p p o r t t o l e n g t h o f a c r a n e b o o m o r jib.

Pennant/Stinger

A single wire rope sling with an eye on one end and a hook on the other usually suspended from the crane’s hook. Sometimes called a extension sling or forerunner.

Pendant Control

A h a n d - h e l d s e t o f m o t i o n c o n t r o l s a t t a c h e d t o a c r a n e o r hoist by an extension cable to provide operation. Particularly used with some types of overhead travelling cranes and powered-operated chain blocks.

Plant

Generic term covering, machines, sub-assemblies and structures.

Page 242 of 247


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

Plant/Identification Number

A u n i q u e n u m b e r g i v e n t o a n i t e m o f l i f t i n g e q u i p m e n t o r registration purposes and to facilitate traceability.

Plate Clamp

A p u r p o s e d e s i g n e d i t e m o f e q u i p m e n t f o r l i f t i n g s t e e l p l a t e and similar items, usually used in pairs.

Portable Lifting Equipment

Lifting equipment, which can be transported from one part of a platform to another or between different platforms. (chain blocks, lever hoists, beam clamps, Tirfors, etc)

Proof Load Test

A t e s t l o a d ( m a s s o r f o r c e ) a p p l i e d t o a n i t e m o f l i f t i n g equipment/accessory to prove its integrity. Proof load tests can be carried out to various standards, but results must be recorded on a Test Certificate.

Pre-Use And Post-Use Check

Visual and functional assessment (not test) of the lifting equipment’s technical condition before and after use (without disassembly)

Pulley (or Sheave)

A g r o o v e d w h e e l o v e r w h i c h a r o p e p a s s e s . P u l l e y s a r e usually shaft mounted and free to rotate in response to movement of the rope.

RCI

Rated Capacity Indicator.

Rotation Resistant (RR)

FSWR in which adjacent layers of strands are laid in opposite directions, i.e. alternative right hand and left hand to prevent the rope from spinning under load. Commonly used as a crane hoist rope, sometimes called non-rotating rope.

Radius (Slewing Cranes)

Horizontal distance between the point at which the centre of rotation meets the ground and the vertical centreline passing through the load lifting attachment

Radius (Non-Slewing Cranes)

Horizontal distance from the centreline through the load lifting attachment to the nearest axle or track measured at ground level.

Radius Indicator

A d e v i c e t h a t s h o w s t h e r a d i u s a t w h i c h t h e c r a n e b o o m i s operating and the corresponding rated capacity.

Range of Lift

The vertical distance that the bottom hook travels between the extended and highest positions.

Ratchet Lever Block

A g e a r e d p o r t a b l e a p p l i a n c e i n c o r p o r a t i n g a l o a d c h a i n , w h i c h i s o p e r a t e d b y a l e v e r h a n d l e .

Rated Capacity Limiter

A device that automatically provides, with a specified tolerance, motions that could increase risks, if the rated capacity is exceeded.

Rated Capacity Indicator

See ASLI

Responsible Person

Refer to Person in Charge (PIC).

Reeving (crane)

Configuration of the hoisting rope in a winching system.

Reeving (rigging)

A m e t h o d o f s l i n g i n g w h e r e t h e s l i n g p a s s e s b a c k t h r o u g h itself reducing the safe working load.

Rigging

The use of mechanical load shifting equipment and associated gear to move, place or secure a load including plant,

Page 243 of 247


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

equipment or members of a building or structure and to ensure the stability of those members and for the setting up and dismantling of cranes and hoists, other than the setting up a crane or hoist which only requires the positioning of integral outriggers or stabilisers. Rigging Screw or Turnbuckle

A n e ncl o s e d de v i ce w it h a n an ch o r a ge p o i n t a n d t h re a de d ro d in each end. Used to tension an FSWR or to provide fine adjustment to a sling assembly.

Rigging Store

A n o f f s h or e co nt ai n e r, o r s i m il a r, mo d i f i e d s p e ci f i c al l y t o s ui t the storage of lifting equipment (often equipped with l ighting and heating).

Right Hand Lay

A me t h o d of ro pe co ns t r uc t i o n w h e r e t h e s t r a nd s ar e l a i d up in a clockwise direction. Sometimes called a ‘Z twist’ because the strands run in the same direction as the central part of the letter Z.

Risk Assessment/JSA

J o b Sa f e t y A n al y s i s ( J S A ) i s t h e a p p l i c a t i o n o f t h e ha z a rd s and effects management process at the task level, identifying and assessing the hazards of each element of the task and defining appropriate controls and recovery measures. The methodology is derived from the work study technique known as Task Analysis, and is known variously as Job Hazard A na l y si s ( J HA ) , W o r k S a f e t y a n d H ea l t h A n al y s i s , A ct i v i t y Risk Assessment (ARA). Refer E95 – 0311

Rigger/Slinger

The person responsible for attaching and detaching the load to and from the crane and for correct selection and use of lifting tackle.

Rolled Steel Joist (RSJ)

A s t r uct ur al s t e e l me m be r wi t h a n I -s e ct i o n , n o w l a r ge l y superseded by the universal beams (UB’s).

Rough Terrain Crane

Short wheel based mobile crane designed to operate on unimproved natural terrain and disturbed terrain of construction sites, with crab steering, and fitted with oversized tyres to facilitate travel across rough terrain.

Round Sling

A n e nd l e s s s y n t h e t i c f i b re s l i n g c o ns t ru ct e d w i t h a ci r cu l ar cross section.

Routine Lifts

Those lifts undertaken on a day-to-day basis that are fully addressed by existing 'generic' training and competence procedures.

Runway Beam

A n o ve rh e a d s t r uc t ur al be am c e r t i f i ed t o a s p e c i f i c S W L a n d used for the attachment of lifting equipment, such as trolleys, beam clamps, etc.

SLI

Safe Load Indicator.

Safe Working Load (SWL)

The maximum load (as certified by an independent competent person), which an item of lifting equipment may raise, lower or suspend under particular service conditions.

Serving/ Sizing or Whipping

The binding, in wire or twine, at the end of a rope to prevent the strands from opening or fraying.

Page 244 of 247


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

Sling Assembly

A s l i n g i n t h e f o r m i n w h i ch i t i s ac t ua l l y u s e d .

Soft Eye

A n un s u p po rt e d l o o p, i . e . i s n o t p ro t e ct ed b y a t h i mb l e , a n d formed at the end of a rope to facilitate connection of a lifting device.

Sheave

A gr o o ve d w h e e l ov e r w h i c h a r o pe p a s s e s ov e r .

Sheer legs

A d e rr i ck l i k e a p p l i a n ce co n s i s t i n g of t wo l e gs i n a n ‘ A ’ formation, with sheave block fixed to its apex and i n a framework.

Sisal

V e g e t a b l e f i b re o b t ai ne d f ro m t h e s i s a l p l an t . So m e t i me s us e d to construct natural fibre ropes.

Significant Wave Height

Average height of the highest third of prevailing waves, typically measured over a period of three hours. NOTE A s a r ul e o f t hu mb , s i g ni f i ca n t wa v e h e i gh t i s a b o ut h a l f t h e maximum wave height.

Slewing

The left and right movement of a crane boom pivoting on it s base in the horizontal plane.

Sling

Detachable lifting gear made from FSWR, chain or synthetic fibre.

Sling Angle

The angle the sling makes with the horizontal. Maximum allowed is 90º included angle or 45º to the vertical.

Snatch Block

A s i ng l e p ul l e y s h ea v e b l o ck wi t h a d r o p s i d e pl at e t o a l l ow easy access to the pulley wheel for rope attachment or removal without reeving it through.

Spreader Bar/Beam

A b e a m/ b ar w i t h a c e n t r al l i f t i n g at t a ch me n t a n d w i t h slinging points at each end. Used to reduce the angle of slings or to sling loads with large surface areas or to reduce the strain on load.

Stinger

See Pennant

Strand

A n um be r o f w ir e s or fi b re s l ai d i n a s pi r a l , w hi ch i s l a i d up w i t h o t h e r s t r an d s t o f o rm a ro p e .

Strop

A n e nd l e s s sl i n g .

Structural Integrity

The reliability of the load bearing structure.

Statement of Conformity

A s t a t e m e nt i s s ue d b y t h e ma n uf ac t ur e r c on f i rm i n g t h at a n y necessary manufacturing tests have been carried out, and confirming the SWL. The statement has the same status as a test certificate and must be retained for inspection when required.

Surveyor

A p e rs o n f r o m a t h i r d p a rt y ce rt i f i ca t i o n a ut h o r i t y w ho h as the appropriate practical and theoretical knowledge and experience of the lifting equipment to be thoroughly inspected as will enable them to detect defects or weaknesses and to assess their importance in relation to the s afety and continued use of the lifting equipment.

Page 245 of 247


SMEP.EP200802258279


REV.1.0

Swaged Fitting

See Ferrule.

Swivel

A r ot a t i n g i t e m of l i f t i n g g e a r , w h i ch ca n ro t at e w it ho u t spinning the rope, hook or load.

Synthetic Fibre

Manufactured fibre used in the construction of fibre ropes and slings, such as polyamide (nylon), polyester, polyethylene, polypropylene etc.

T

Symbol indicating Grade 80 chain.

te

Symbol for tonne. (1000kg)

Tank Container

A c o n t ai n er t h a t co ns i s t s o f t h e t a n k or t a n k s , a nd t h e l o a d bearing structure.

Tagline

A f i b re ro p e at t a ch e d t o a s u s p e n d e d l oa d t o co nt ro l t h e l o ad during lifting.

Tare weight

The weight of the container without cargo. Tare weight shall include all fixtures normally fixed to the container in service.

Telescopic

The extension or retraction of a crane’s boom or jib by t he movement of the boom or jib sections during normal operation. A feature of most hydraulic boom cranes.

Test Certificates

A T e s t C er t i f i cat e i s t h e ce rt i f i ca t e o f a pr o o f l o a d t e s t , w h i ch w oul d no rma l l y b e ca rr i e d ou t a t t h e com p l e t i o n o f manufacture and be supplied with the equipment. A new Test Certificate may require to be issued if the equipment is subject to repair or modification, or if the independent competent person deems it is necessary to ensure continuing integrity.

Test Load

Specified load that the lifting equipment shall withstand w i t h i n t h e ma n uf a ct ur e r’ s s p e ci f i e d l i mi t s w i t ho ut re s ul t i n g i n permanent deformation or other defects, and thereby confirming that the design, materials and manufacture comply w i t h s p e c i fi cat i o n a n d s t at ut o ry re q u ir e me n t s

Thimble

A gr o o ve d pi e ce o f m e t a l , ci rcu l a r o r pe a r- s h a pe d , u se d t o protect an eye splice. It forms a ‘hard eye’

Thimble Eye

A l oo p f o rm e d a t t he e n d o f a r op e a ro und a s up p o r t i n g me t a l eye, i.e. the thimble.

Thorough Examination

A v i s u al e x a mi na t i o n an d c e r ti f i c at i on o f l i f t i ng e q ui p me n t carried out by a surveyor from an third party certification authority in accordance with IMP 0.03 Lifting Equipment SMEP.EP72.ST.0032 and any subsequent amendments thereto. The inspection carried out by the surveyor shall carefully and critically, supplemented by other means, such as measurement and where necessary non-destructive testing, in order to arrive at a reliable conclusion as to the condition and safety of the equipment. If necessary for the inspection, part of the equipment shall be dismantled. The surveyor shall be independent of the supplier of Lifting Equipment.

Ton (T) or long ton

For the purposes of the lifting equipment management documents, one long ton shall be interpreted as 2240 pounds, w h i ch i s 1 0 1 6 k i l og r a ms .

Page 246 of 247

SHELL_SMEP Lifting and Hoisting Manual Rev. 1.0

Recommend Documents